Starkov A.P.
Dixon R.R.
Ostrovsky B.S.
Suffixation
Adverbs
soon — sooner — soonest
late — later — latest
early — earlier — earliest
loudly — more loudly — most loudly
But:
I	II	III
well	better	best
badly	worse	worst
much	more	most
little	less	least
far	farther	farthest
А. П. Старков, Р. Р. Диксон
Б. С. Островский
ENGLISH
Учебник
3-й год обучения
(для 7 класса средней школы)
READER
Книга для чтения
Составители Е. Г. Копыл, М. А. Боровик
Допущено к использованию
Министерством общего и профессионального образования
Российской Федерации
Санкт-Петербург
♦ Специальная Литература»
1997
УДК 80
373
А 64
Условные обозначения
Восклицательный знак, стоящий слева от таблицы, обозначает,
I что нужно обратить внимание на слова, которые читаются
не по правилам.
Стрелка, стоящая рядом с таблицей, содержащей три формы
глаголов, указывает на то, что эта таблица дается в помощь
ученику для выполнения упражнений.
А Таким значком помечены упражнения для домашнего задания.
♦ Таким значком помечены задания по домашнему чтению.
Такое сокращение обозначает Reference Grammar
RG («Грамматический справочник»); первая цифра после этого
сокращения указывает на раздел справочника, вторая и
третья — на пункты этого раздела.
Гр| Такой значок напоминает о задании по домашнему чтению,
которое учащиеся выполняют в течение недели.
© «Специальная Литература», 1997
© Старков А. П., Диксон Р. Р.,
Островский Б. С., 1997
ISBN 5-7571-0037-0 (2-й завод) © Волошкин О. П., оформление обложки, 1997
Part I
Unit 1
§ i
1.	Look at the picture and answer the teacher’s questions.
2. Look at the picture, listen and correct.
3. Look at the picture and ask questions.
4. Look at the picture and answer the questions:
Are the family having dinner?
Are they going to have dinner?
What is the mother going to do?
What is she carrying?
Is her daughter going to help her?
Who is going to lay the table?
3
5.	Look at the picture and read the text. Ask your deskmate
questions about what the children are doing.
Look at this picture. In
this picture you can see
two children in the
kitchen. The boy is
standing near the table
and holding a plate in
his hand. He is
washing the plates and
drying them with a
towel. The girl is hol-
ding a brush in her hands. She is sweeping the
floor. The boy and the girl are helping their mother
to clean the kitchen.
6.	Read and correct.
1.	You are having a Russian lesson.
2.	Your teacher is reading a text.
3.	Your parents are going to work.
4.	It is snowing.
5.	You are asking questions.
6.	Your friend is standing in front of the blackboard.
4
8. Read and compare (See RG I 1, 2):
The definite article — the	The children are in the park now. He goes to the institute in the evening.
The indefinite article — a(an)	I have a small dog. I am reading an interesting English book.
No article	There are apple-trees in Aunt Vera’s garden. I have bread and butter and tea for my breakfast.
9.	Read and say which article we use:
I.	Have you a museum in your town? 2. That’s
the hospital where his mother works. 3. Take a
Number Three bus. 4. There are no books for physical
training lessons. 5. It’s a good thing to have a big
sister. 6. During the long break we can go to the
dining-room. 7. Lena, it’s time to go to school.
8. Have you any brothers or sisters?
1.	The definite article. 2. The indefinite article. 3. No
article.
10.	Read the text and say what it is about:
The First of September
Today is the first day of school. It is a happy
day for all schoolchildren and their parents. It is a
great holiday for those boys and girls who are only
beginning to go to school.
Let’s go out and see what people are doing in
the streets this morning.
There are a lot of schoolchildren in the streets.
5
They are going to school. Boys and girls are carrying
school-bags, many of them have flowers in their
hands. Big schoolchildren are going to school by
themselves, but small schoolchildren are going with
their parents.
Look at that little girl with a happy face! She
is carrying beautiful flowers for her first teacher
and a big schoolbag. You can see that she is very
glad to be a pupil of the first form.
Now we are in the schoolyard. More schoolchil-
dren are coming. They are not playing games this
morning. They are speaking about their summer
holidays, about their new teachers and what is new
at school. A boy is telling his friends what he knows
about a new school subject.
Music is playing and soon the meeting begins.
The children, their parents and other people who are
present listen to the director. The director says that
the children’s duty is to learn well.
Now the small girl with flowers is ringing the
bell.1 The schoolchildren are going to their classrooms
and school begins.
1 bell — звонок
▲ 11 а) Напишите по одному вопросу к каждому предложе-
нию, начиная их словами, данными в скобках. Прочитайте
написанное:
1.	The children are sleeping. (What...)
2.	My friend ф standing at the trolley-bus stop.
(Where...)
3.	He is having breakfast with his sister. (Who... with?)
!	great people beautiful friend present
6
4.	The parents and children are decorating the New
Year tree with toys. (What... with?)
5.	The old man is looking after the small children
playing in the square. (Who...)
6.	She is watching TV. (Is...)
б)	Выполните задание 1 домашнего чтения.
§2
12.	Read and answer the questions:
1.	Are you going to answer the questions?
2.	What are you going to do at the next lesson?
3.	What are you going to do during the next break?
4.	When are you going to be at home?
5.	Are your friends going to play games after the lessons?
6.	Where are you going to be at 8 o’clock in the evening?
13.	Describe what you are going to do when
a)	you want to prepare for your English lesson;
b)	you want to go for a walk with your friends.
14.	Ask your classmates questions about what they are going
to do on Sunday.
15.
Look at the picture, read and answer the questions.
1.	What colour is the girl’s hair?
2.	Is her hair long or short?
3.	Are her eyes big?
4.	What is her face like?
5.	Are her ears small?
16.	Read and describe the family, giving details.
These are the members of the family:
Father, 49, schoolteacher; hair, black; eyes, brown.
7
Mother, 45, doctor; hair, fair; eyes, blue.
Daughter, 20, student, thin, not very tall.
Son, 13, schoolboy, thin, tall.
Grandmother, 68, pensioner; hair, grey; eyes, dark.
17.	Read and answer the questions:
1.	Is your family large or small?
2.	How many sisters and brothers have you?
3.	How old are your parents?
4.	What are your parents?
5.	Have any you aunts and uncles?
6.	Where do they live?	fh x'"
18.	Look at the picture and de-
scribe the man and the girl
▲ 19. а) Прочитайте текст и подготовьте его пересказ.
A Letter from a Camp
Dear Mum and Dad,
I am all right. I like the camp very much. It is
near a beautiful river in a green forest. It has a
volleyball ground and a sports ground. We look after
the gardens and water the flowers. In the centre Of
our camp there is a square. This is the place for
camp meetings.
We get up at 7 o’clock and do morning exercises.
After that we wash and make our beds. After break-
fast some go to the forest, others help to pick ve-
getables.
After dinner we must sleep, but it’s difficult to
sleep in the day-time. When the girls begin to speak,
8
the door of our room opens and we hear, “Who isn’t
sleeping?” There is no answer, we are all “sleeping”.
After two hours of rest we have a glass of coffee
or milk and eat bread or a cake. Then we read or
draw, play table games, volleyball or basketball. In
bad weather we can read books, write letters, prepare
dances and songs for evening parties and do other
things. We dance, play games or watch films after
supper. Then we go to bed.
Please write if you are coming on Sunday. Bring
Borya too. Does he go to the children’s summer
playground?
Well, my letter is too long today, but I have
very much to tell you.
Love, 1
Lena
1 love [Iav] — в конце письма означает «целую»
б)	Перепишите предложения и подчеркните красной чер-
той определенный артикль, а синей — неопределенный
артикль.
1.	In the middle of the street there is a green square.-
2. On the other side of the square, opposite the
post-office the Stogovs see the theatre, a beautiful
building. 3. The sofa is in the corner near the balcony
door. 4. The family take their places at the table.
5. The father and the mother are sitting on a bench
under a big tree in the park. 6. There is a large
picture on the wall opposite the door.
beautiful breakfast bread weather ready other
love door today
9
§ 3
20.	Read and answer the questions.
1.	Do you live in town or in the country?
2.	Where does your mother work?
3.	How does your father get to work?
4.	What tram (bus) stops near your school?
5.	When do lessons begin in your school?
6.	Who prepares your breakfast in the morning?
7.	Do you like coffee or tea?
8.	What do you wear when the weather is cold?
21.	Read the text and ask questions on it
When the schoolchildren come to school, they
first take off their coats and raincoats, their caps
and hats, and then go to their classrooms. Some of
them go to laboratories and workshops, where they
have their physics lessons and labour training.
When a pupil is on duty, he comes to school at
eight o’clock, he goes to his classroom, opens the
windows, waters the flowers, and cleans the black-
board. Then all is ready for the first lesson.
At half past eight the teacher comes into the
room and the lesson begins.
22.	Read and correct:
1.	You look after your little sister (brother) all the time.
2.	Third form pupils of our school learn English.
3.	Your parents always work on Sundays.
4.	You go home by car after school.
5.	Our winter holidays begin a week before the New
Year.
6.	It rains every day in autumn.
io
23.	Read and use in situations.
rest: We had two stops for rest on the way to the
forest. We rested after dinner.
spend (spent, spent): How much time do you spend
on your homework? I spent my summer holi-
days in the country.
often ['ofn]: Do you often go to the theatre? We don’t
go to the park often.
hour ['auoj: Please come back in an hour’s time. Why
are you up at this hour? In an hour we shall
be at home.
sea [si:]: Sochi is on the Black Sea. Did you swim
in the sea last summer?
seaside ['sksaid]: Some children will go to the seaside
for their summer holidays. I walked along the
seaside. They spent the summer at the seaside.
life (pl lives): This book is about the life of young
people. It describes how they help each other.
Her grandfather spent his life in a little town,
again [o'gein]: Please say that again. Put it back
again! She was ill but now she is well again.
24.	Read the text and answer the questions:
Summer Holidays
On the first day of school in September there
is much talk about the school holidays. All school-
children ask each other, “Where did you go for your
holidays?” or “Where did you spend your holidays?”
The answers are very different. You may hear,
“We spent the summer in the country” or “I spent
my holidays at the sea”. Other boys and girls describe
how they went swimming in the river every day. All
your friends are ready to talk about their wonderful
holidays time and again.1
11
Life at a summer camp is another story which
is always interesting to hear. When you come back
from the camp, you can tell not only about what
you did there but about your new friends, too. Almost
every boy or girl has a new friend from another
school, sometimes from another town.
Some children stay at home during the school
holidays. But they always say that the holidays are
going too quickly, they have little time for all the
things they want to do.
At the end of August, after the holidays all boys
and girls like going back to school. When they go
there, their teachers ask them many questions and
say, “You are very big now!”
1	time and again — опять и опять, то и дело
1	. How do people like to spend their holidays? 2. What
kind of talk is there on the first day of school? 3. Where
do schoolchildren spend their holidays? 4. What can
you say about your life at the summer camp?
25.	Read and speak about your family parties.
1.	Say when your birthday comes, what your parents
and friends usually give you on your birthday.
Say a few words about one of your birthday
presents.
2.	Describe the birthday party you had on your
twelfth (thirteenth) birthday.
3.	Describe one of your family parties. How did you
prepare it?
26.	Ask your friend questions about what he (she) does in the
morning.
12
27.	Tell the class what you do
when your friend comes to see you;
when you come home from school;
when your mother asks you to help her;
when the weather is bad.
28.	а) Напишите по одному вопросу к каждому предложе-
нию, начиная их словами, данными в скобках. Прочитайте
написанное:
1.	She helps her mother to clean the room. (What...)
2.	She lives in a village not far from the Volga. (Where...)
3.	The children like to listen to their father’s stories.
(Whose...)
4.	On Sundays the family go for walks in the forest.
(When...)
5.	The teacher calls schoolchildren to the blackboard
to answer her questions. (Who...)
6.	We spend our summer holidays in the country. (Who...)
б)	Выполните задание 2 домашнего чтения.
29. Look at the picture
and describe
a)	what you see
in the picture;
b)	what you do when
you have your breakfast.
other another brother mother wonderful come
I	country young
learn ready theatre people friend
13
30.	Read and answer the questions:
1.	Does your brother (sister) go to school?
2.	Is he (she) going to school now?
3.	What are you doing?
4.	Is your teacher sitting or standing?
5.	Where does she (he) stand (sit) during the lesson?
6.	Where is she (he) standing (sitting) now?
31.	Read and compare (See RG 13):
The
Boris, wash the plates!
I don’t want salt.
Общий смысл.
14
32.	Read and say why we use or do not use the article with
the words underlined:
1.	Look at the blackboard. 2. Is there a blackboard
in the laboratory? 3. How many sisters and brothers
have you? 4. They usually take milk with their tea.
5. Shall I go and get the meat from the kitchen? 6.
Can you show me the way to the theatre?
I Конкретный смысл. II. Общий смысл.
33.	Read and speak about your home:
Home is the place where we live. Our home may be
in a house or in a flat.
1.	Describe what you can see in front of your house,
behind your house and round your house.
2.	Your friend says to you, “Come to my house!”
What will he (she) show you? What will you do
in his (her) house?
3.	There is a large garden at the back of your friend’s
house. What can you see there?
4.	Tell the class how you help about the house, what
you do on week-days and on Sundays. What is
it difficult for you to do at home?
34.	Read and use in situations:
grow (grew [gru:], grown [groun]): Apples do not
grow in the tundra. Our farm grew vegetables.
My brother has grown a little this year.
wheat [wi:t]: Our farm has a large field of wheat,
harvest ['havist]: Wheat harvest is very good this year.
Have our farmers harvested wheat in time?
potato [po'teitou]: We ate new potatoes in the country.
They will have meat and potatoes for dinner.
Do you like potato soup?
15
gather ['дзебэ]: Let us gather some flowers. School-
children have gathered in the yard. Gather round
and I’ll tell you a story.
rich: Our country is rich in forests (has many forests).
The school library is rich, it has many books,
different ['difarant]: My uncles and aunts live in dif-
ferent cities. The weather is different in autumn.
Sergei is different from his brother.
▲ 35. а) Прочитайте текст и опишите село:
In the Country
Boris Stogov’s friend Victor lives in the country.
His parents are farmers.
One day Victor goes to town and asks Boris
and his friends Oleg and Vera to come and see his
village. The friends want to spend a day in the
country. In the morning they come to Victor’s village
by bus.
The houses in the village are not large. The
streets and gardens are green with trees. There is
electricity 1 and radio in the village. The farmers
have radio and TV sets. There is a secondary school 2
in the village. The school has a good English room.
“Do you see that new building near the school?”
asks Victor. “That is our club. The farmers like to
go to the club in the evening. They like to see films
there and to listen to interesting concerts”.
Another boy from the village tells the friends
that the farmers have a large library with many
books, magazines3 and newspapers. The library is

one front brother come country young friend
field building aunt autumn
16
in the club. Young and old farmers come to the library
to read a magazine or a newspaper or to take out a
book. The farmers have libraries at home too.
“And this is our house”, says Victor. “Come in,
please”.
1 electricity [ilek'trisiti] — электричество; 2 secondary
['sekandori] school — средняя школа; 3 magazine
[,maega'zi:n] — журнал
б) Перепишите предложения в две группы, в первую —
предложения, где выделенные существительные имеют
конкретный смысл, а во вторую — предложения, где вы-
деленные существительные имеют общий смысл:
1. She puts a glass, a plate, and a spoon at each
place. 2. They will meet the workers of this factory.
3. The concert is very interesting. 4. We can help
on a farm. 5. It is a new film about workers. 6. Boris,
1 want you to wash the plates, spoons and forks.
36. Look at the picture and describe the room.
37. Look at the picture and ask questions about the room.
17
38.	Speak about the sutuation:
Your classmate has been at his (her) friend’s. Ask
him (her) about his (her) friend’s flat (house).
39.	Read and use in situations:
farm: My parents work on a farm. Our farm is rich,
cattle-farm: Our cattle-farm has many cows and sheep.
After leaving school my sister will work on a
cattle-farm.
lorry ['bri]: Many lorries work on our farms. The
farmers-brought vegetables to town in a large
lorry.
combine-harvester: There is much work for combine-
harvesters in summer. I shall learn to work on
a combine-harvester.
combine-operator: Combine-operators do much work in
July and August. Many young people in the
country are combine-operators.
grass [grcus]: Where does grass grow in your town?
You can read “Don’t walk on the grass” in
.many parks.
while [wail]: While I was out my friend came to see
me. We must finish the work while there is light.
40.	Read and discuss:
1.	Which do you think is more interesting —- a holiday
in the country or a holiday in a summer camp?
Why?
2.	Is there anything you can do in the country during
the holidays that you cannot do in town? What
is it?
3.	Did you work in the school garden last summer?
Did you help to do anything in the school building?
Was your work very difficult? Did you work all day?
18
41.	Read and say:
Proverb: THINK BEFORE YOU SPEAK.
Yes, you can make a mistake if you don’t think
before you speak. Why do people say, “Give me time
to think”?
42.	Read and say why we use or do not use the article with
the words underlined.
1.	They lived in a village near a small river. 2. They
saw large fields of green grass and flowers. 3. There
are tractors, combine-harvesters and lorries in the
fields. 4. Do you like wheat bread with butter?
5.	Please, come to my place in an hour. 6. The sea
was warm when we went to swim.
43.	Read and speak about your flat:
1.	On what floor is your flat? What can you see
through your flat windows?
2.	How many rooms are there in your flat? Where
do you learn'your lessons? What rooms do you
help to clean?
3.	What do the members of your family do in the
living-room? Do all of them come to the kitchen?
44.	а) Прочитайте и выпишите слова по теме «Село»:
Lorry, machine, rich, tractor, driver, seaside, field,
grass, cattle-farm, life, potato, wheat, farm, plot,
gather, combine-harvester, theatre, combine-operator,
different, grow, harvest, university, trolley-bus.
б)	Выполните задание 3 домашнего чтения.
19
§ 6
45. Read and answer the questions:
		1. Did you get any marks yesterday?
О	get — got have — had do — did go — went come — came	2.	When did you have your dinner yesterday? 3.	Did you do your homework on Sunday? 4.	Where did you go after the les- sons on Monday?
5. Did you come home from school late?
46. Read the text and a"§k questions on it:
Last winter the Stogovs visited St. Petersburg. They
stayed at a hotel in the centre of the city. Every
day they walked along the streets of the city and
looked at its beautiful buildings and wonderful parks
and-squares. The weather was fine. It snowed, but
it was not very cold. They liked the city very much.
47. Read and correct:
I.
	be — was, were	2.
	go — went	Q
О	begin — began	o.
	wear — wore	4.
5.
You were ill yesterday.
You went to the theatre on
Wednesday.
We began our school year on
the first Sunday of September.
We had four lessons on Thursday.
You wore a winter coat in Octo-
ber, didn’t you?
20
48. Read and act.
Short Conversations
1
“We are going on our holidays on Saturday”.
“Do you want to spend them in the country or
at the seaside?”
“We decided to spend them in the country. All
the members of the family like walking in the forest.
Last year we went for long walks”.
2
“How are the holidays going?”
“Too quickly. I have no time to do many things.
What about you?”
“I’m having a wonderful holiday time. But so-
metimes I think about going back to school”.
3
“We visited many interesting places during the
summer holidays”.
“Oh, I’ve already made three or four visits to
beautiful places and old towns. Did you spend your
holidays at a summer camp?”
“Yes, but I’ve only been at a town summer camp.
I want to go to a camp in the country next year”.
49. Look at the picture and describe the village.
21
50.	Read and discuss the situations.
Misha was absent from home for a long time. Yes-
terday he came back. He was glad to be home again.
Tell each other where Misha was;
how long he was absent;
who stayed at home when Misha
was absent;
why he was so glad to be home again.
51.	Read and speak about life in the country.
1.	You live in the country. Describe what is new in
your village.
2.	You live in a town. Say what you saw when you
were on a ^arm.
3.	Your friend lived in the country last July (August).
Ask him what he did there.
4.	People who live in towns like to go to the country
for a day or- two. In what seasons do they go
there? What do they like in the country?
▲ 52. а) Прочитайте текст и опишите, что видел Дима Немков:
A Stop on the Way to Voronezh
When Boris Stogov came back to school in Sep-
tember, he wanted very much to speak about his
holidays at the Black Sea.
“Last month we went to Sochi”, said Boris to
Dima Nemkoy, his classmate. “It was our first visit
there, and I want to go there again. The Black Sea
is wonderful!” .
“Of course, but I don’t like to go to the same place
every summer”, said Dima. “There are many interesting
places to see. I think I’ll go to the Black Sea some
day but listen — I have something to tell you”.
“Is it about the summer holidays?” asked Boris.
22
“Yes. We went to Voronezh by car. When we
stopped to wash our car on the way to Voronezh, a
man told us about a little old town not far away.
We went there and saw beautiful little houses built
very long ago. One of them is a museum now. It
shows the history of that part of the country”.
“Did you spend much time there?” asked Boris.
“Only two days, but what days! We swam in
the river and went to the forest. It’s a fine place
for a holiday”.
б) Напишите по одному вопросу к каждому предложе-
нию, начиная их словами, данными в скобках. Прочитайте
написанное:
1. The family spent their holidays in the village. (Where...)
2. The boy was seven years old. (How old...)
3.	Their uncle showed them the farm and the village
where they lived. (What...)
4.	The teacher gave the schoolboy a good mark. (Did...)
5. On the first of September all the schoolchildren
came to school early in the morning. (When...)
6.	The son gave his mother flowers on her birthday. (Who...)
’ There is something
in the school-bag.
There isn’t anything on the
plate. There is nothing on it.
23
Is there anything in the school-bag? Yes, there is
something.
Is there anything on the plate? No, there isn’t any-
thing.
What is there on the plate? There is nothing on it.
There is nothing there.
There is something in the school-bag, isn’t there?
Yes, there is something.
54. Read.
There is somebody There isn’t anybody at the bus
in the room. stop. There is nobody there.
Is there anybody at the bus stop? No, there isn’t
anybody.
Is there anybody in the room? Yes, there is somebody.
There is nobody at the bus stop, is there? No, there
isn’t anybody.
There is somebody in the room, isn’t there? Yes,
there is somebody.
wonderful somebody something nothing mother
one two course country beautiful early build
24
55. Read and compare. (See RG II):
+	something somebody	There	is	something interesting	in	the newspaper. There is somebody coming to the house.
—	(not) anything (not) anybody nothing nobody	There isn’t anything new in the letter. There isn’t anybody in the room. I have nothing to say. Nobody is absent.
?	anything anybody	Have you anything to eat? Is there anybody playing in the yard?
56.	Read and answer the questions:
1.	Your friend saw something dark in the garden.
What was it?
2.	You saw somebody at the window. Why were you
glad?
3.	“I have something in my bag that I want to show
you”, said your classmate. What did he have in
his bag?
4.	Somebody has taken your pen. What can you do
about it?
57.	Read and use in situations:
' plot: Near our school there is a plot of vegetables.
My grandfather grows potatoes on his plot.
25
decide [di'said]: I have decided to see my grandmother
on Sunday. What have you decided about the
holidays?
think (thought [0o:t], thought): What do you think
about the new film? You must learn to think
before you speak. I think it will be cold today.
so:	I am so glad to see you. I have so much to do
today.
We have so little time for doing our homework,
never ['neva]: I’ve never met this boy in our yard. My
mother never gets up late in the morning.
visit ['vizit]: She usually visits us in winter. When we
were in Moscow, we visited the Museum of
History. Our visit was very interesting. They
paid a visii to their old friend.
together [ta'geba]: Let us go for a walk together. They
came home together.
58.	Read the text and ask questions on it:
A Visit to the Country
Last summer the Stogov family went to the
country. They went to visit Victor Nikolayevich’s
brother, Pyotr, his wife, Natalia Alexandrovna, and
their children, Pavel and Natasha. Pyotr Nikolayevich
is a tractor-driver, his wife works on a cattle-farm.
go — went — gone leave — left — left pK meet — met — met take — took — taken see — saw — seen hang — hung — hung	be — was, were — been have — had — had speak — spoke — spoken say — said — said come — came — come begin — began — begun
26
The Stogovs left their flat early in the morning
and went by bus to the country. Pyotr Nikolayevich
and his family met them at the bus stop and took
them to their house.
On the way, Pavel and Natasha showed Boris
and Lena the fields of wheat and vegetables and
the cattle-farm. Lena and Boris saw fields of green
grass and flowers. In the fields there were many
cows and sheep.
They went into the house and had dinner. After
dinner they all went for a walk. Pyotr Nikolayevich
showed the Stogovs the tractors and other machines.
Natalia Alexandrovna took them to the cattle-farm.
From the cattle-farm they went to the pig-farm.
There were many large pigs, and many little ones.
After their walk, they went back to the house and
had tea and some cakes. They spoke about different
things and about life in town and in the country.
Then the Stogovs said good-bye and went home.
59.	а) Перепишите предложения, вставляя местоимения
something, anything, nothing, somebody, anybody, nobo-
dy. Прочитайте написанное:
1.	Have уоил. to drink? 2. No, I have.:. . 3. He is
reading... very interesting in the newspaper. 4. All
are present. ... is absent. 5. Has... seen my little
brother here? 6. He sent a letter to... in Omsk. 7. I
do not know... about how to grow vegetables in the
kitchen-garden.
U б) Выполните задание 4 домашнего чтения.
27
§ 8
60.	Look at the picture and answer the questions.
I.	Who has come to school
early?
2.	What have the pupils
on duty opened?
3.	What have they cleaned?
4.	Has the girl dusted the
teacher’s desk?
5.	Has the boy hung the map up?
6.	The lesson has begun, hasn’t it?
61.	Read the text and ask questions on it.
Look at the picture.
It’s twenty minutes to
eight. The boy has
washed and dressed.
He has had his
breakfast. The boy has
put his things in his
bag and put on his cap.
Now he is going to say
good-bye to his mother
and run to school.
62.	Read and correct.
1.	You have never seen a combine-harvester.
2.	Your friend has spent three months at the seaside.
3.	You have spent four hours on mathematics today.
4.	You have never eaten potato soup.
28
63.	Read and answer the questions:
/
1.	Have you anything in your school-bag?
2.	Is there anybody in the corridor?
3.	Do you write letters to anybody?
4.	There is something about school life in the wall
newspaper, isn’t there? ”
5.	Is there anything on the wall opposite you?
6.	Is anybody ill in your class?
64.	Read the text of Exercise 58 and answer the questions:
1.	Where did the Stogovs go last summer?
2.	Who did they visit?
3.	Where does Pyotr Nikolayevich work?
4.	When did the Stogovs leave their flat?
5.	How did they get to the village?
6.	Who met them at the bus stop?
7.	What did Pavel and Natasha show the children
on the way to their house?
8.	What did they all do after dinner?
65.	Read and answer the questions:
1.	Where did you spend your summer holidays?
2.	How did you get there?
3.	Who were you with?
4.	What was the weather like at that time?
be — was, were — been
do — did — done ,
get — got — got
go — went — gone
grow — grew — grown
have — had —had
leave — left — left
meet — met — met
see — saw — seen
show — showed — shown
sit — sat — sat
put — put — put
run — ran —run
29
5.	What did you do there?
6.	Did you have a good time?
66.	Do the task.
Ask your classmates questions about your village.
Ask your deskmate how she (he) helped the farmers
to gather the harvest.
▲ 67. а) Подготовьте описание своей поездки в сельскую мест-
ность (или в другое село), включая и впечатления от
этой поездки.
б)	Напишите по одному вопросу к каждому предложе-
нию, начиная их словами, данными в скобках. Прочитайте
написанное:
1.	The teacher has introduced a new pupil to the
class. (Who...)
2.	Lyuda has read the English text. (Has...)
3.	Mother has written a long letter to her daughter.
(What...)
4.	They have been to Saratov this year. (Where...)
5.	We have already had four lessons today. (How
many...)
6.	The pupil on duty has put the chalk and the duster
in the box. (Who...)
§ 9
68.	Read and answer the questions.
What do you do when
you have finished your lessons?
your mother has prepared dinner?
you	have laid	the table?
you	have had	your dinner?
you	have done	: your homework?
you	have had	your supper?
30
69.	Read and speak.
1.	The children gathered in the yard. Why did some-
body tell them to gather? Did they gather to
speak about something or to play a game?
2.	Say what can grow in fields, forests, gardens
(kitchen-gardens) and parks.
3.	How is your town (village) growing? Are there
new buildings, schools, hospitals, factories?
70.	Read and learn by heart:
Bed in Summer
1
In winter I get up at night
And dress by yellow candle-light. 1
In summer, quite the other way,
I have to go to bed by day.
I have to go to bed and see
The birds still hopping2 on the tree,
Or hear the grown-up 3 people’s feet
Still going past me in the street.
And does it not seem 4 hard to you,
When all the sky5 is clear6 and blue,
And I should like so much to play,
To have to go to bed by day.
Robert Louis Stevenson
1 candle-light ['kaendljait] — свет свечи; 2 hop —прыгать,
перепрыгивать; 3 grown-up — взрослый; 4 seem — казать-
ся; 5 sky — небо; 6 clear [klia] — ясный, чистый
be — was, were —been
see — saw — seen
put — put — put
have — had — had
grow — grew — grown
do — did —done
come — came —come
bring — brought — brought
tell - told - told
speak — spoke — spoken
31
71.	Read and use in situations:
else [els]: Nobody else knows what I am going to
tell you. This isn’t my bag; it is somebody else’s.
What else can you say? Who else did you see?
Does anybody else want to read this book? When
else can we meet?
sun: Sit in the sun; it is warm there. The sun is in
my eyes: I cannot see you. My grandfather gets
up with the sun.
shine (shone [Jon], shone): The rain has stopped and
the sun is shining. Look, a light is shining in
the window. The little boy’s face shone when his
father gave him a new toy.
wind [wind]: Ther^ is not much (a lot of) wind today.
The wind has changed, the rain will stop soon.
blow (blew [blu:], blown [bloun]): The wind is blowing
but it isn’t cold. The wind has blown my hat off.
There was a cold wind blowing in our faces when
we were in the field.
72. .Look at the pictures and ask your deskmate questions
about the weather.
▲ 73. а) Напишите ответы на вопросы:
1.	Have you any penfriend? 2. Does anybody grow
potatoes near your town? 3. Is there anything han-
ging on the wall opposite you? 4. Has anybody in
your family read books by Kaverin? 5. Can you say
anything about your parents’ work? 6. Do you know
any people who can speak English?
EQ б) Выполните задание 5 домашнего чтения.
§ 10
74.	Look, read and answer the questions:
I.	Who has come to Ann’s birthday party?
2.	What has the boy brought?
3.	What is the boy doing?
4.	Is the girl going to give her friend flowers too?
5.	What is Ann’s mother going to do?
6.	Who is meeting the children?
7.	What are they all going to ha.ve?
75.	Read and .tell the class what you did
when you left your house;
when you saw the red light at the corner of
the street;
when you came to school.
2 Зак. 52
33
76.	Read and answer the questions.
1.	Have you had breakfast?
2.	Did you have breakfast at 9 o’clock?
3.	When did you have breakfast?
4.	What have you just done?
5.	What did you do when the lesson began?
6.	Have you prepared your lesson?
7.	Did you prepare your lessons in the morning or
in the evening?
77.	Read and answer the questions.
1.	Have you ever been to the countryside?
2.	When did you go to the country last time?
3.	Did you live there for a long time?
4.	Was it sunny or rainy at that time?
5.	Was it harvest time?
6.	What machines did you see in the fields?
7.	What did you see on the farms?
8.	Were you glad to spend a few days in the country?
78.	Read and speak:
1.	What have you grown in your kitchen-garden, in
the yard, in the school garden or in the fields?
2.	Have you helped to grow a forest, a garden, or
a park? When and where Was it? Who worked
with you on that day?
3.	What have you heard about this year’s harvest?
79.	Do the task:
a)	Describe your village.
b)	Tell your classmates about your visit to a village.
begin — began —begun
do — did — done
go — went — gone
have — had — had
be — was, were — been
see — saw — seen
spend — spent —spent
grow — grew —grown
34
▲ 80. а) Прочитайте текст и скажите, что нового вы узнали
из него:
Where the British Live
In the past, most people in England lived in
villages. Today, most English people have to live in
a town or city because that is where the work is.
There are many more houses than flats in En-
gland. But the proportion 1 of flats is very much
higher in London and in Scotland, and more and
more big blocks of flats are being built 2 everywhere.
At the same time many people still prefer to have
their own 3 house and their garden.
Very few people want big houses now. A typical
house is built on two floors. The front door opens
into a hall on the ground floor. Then there are two
rooms Which are not too large. One is the dining-
room, the other is the sitting-room or the living-room.
The people who live in the house can stay in this
room and do things together.
The kitchen is at the back of the house, and the
back door (which may be at the side) opens out of
it into the garden.
Upstairs5, on the first floor, there are bedrooms,
a bathroom and a lavatory6.
There is a small garden at the front of the
house, and a larger one at the back. There is often
a garage 7 at the side.
1 proportion [pra'pojn] — пропорция, соотношение; 2 are
being built — строятся; 3 own [oun] —собственный; 4 typi-
cal ['tipikl] — типичный; 5 upstairs [Ap'steaz] — наверху,
на верхнем этаже; 6 lavatory ['laevatari] — уборная, туа-
лет; 1 garage ['даегсиз] — гараж.
2*
35
б) Перепишите предложения, употребляя глаголы, дан-
ные в скобках, в нужной форме. Прочитайте написанное.
I. When we were in the country we ... for walks in
the forest, (to go) 2. Have you ... to Pskov? It ...
very nice to ... a month there in autumn, (to be, to
spend) 3. The farmers ... all kinds of vegetables in
the vegetable-gardens, (to grow) 4. When did the
farmers ... the harvest? (to gather) 5. The apples ...
green when we went to the country, (to be) 6. The
sun ... brightly and a wind ... from the fields, (to
shine, to blow)
§ 11
81.	Read and answer the questions:
1.	What lessons will you have tomorrow?
2.	Who will be on duty next week?
3.	He will like the present, won’t he?
4.	What will the weather be like tomorrow?
5.	How many days will there be in the next month?
6. When will the winter holidays begin?
82.	Read the text and ask questions:
Next Sunday we shall get up very early. My
father and I shall wash and dress quickly and have
a light breakfast. Then we shall take our bags. There
will be bread and butter, meat and some other things
to eat, and tea to drink. We shall go to the forest
for a walk. Mother won’t go with us. She will stay
at home with my little sister. We shall walk in the
forest, swim in the river, pick flowers for Mother.
We shall have dinner in the forest and come back
home in the evening.
36
83.	Read and correct:
1.	You will go home from school by car.
2.	We shall have a meeting today.
3.	We shall come to school again late in the evening.
4.	It will be very cold tomorrow.
5.	The schoolchildren will finish their lessons at 3 o’clock.
84.	Read and answer the questions:
1.	This year’s potato harvest is good. Who will take
part in gathering the potatoes?
2.	Your family will go to the seaside next summer.
How will you rest there?
3.	All the schoolchildren work on your school plot.
What are they going to grow there next year?
85.	Read and use in situations:
rainy ['reini]: We are having a lot of rainy weather
this week. A rainy day isn’t good for a walk
in the forest.
sunny ['sAni]: I think it will be sunny tomorrow for
our walk in the fields. One of the rooms in
our flat is very sunny.
windy ['windij: Windy weather is bad for a holiday
at the seaside. We shall not go to the river
on a windy day.
86. Read and compare (See RG III 1):
Noun	Adjective
rain	rainy
wind	windy
sun	sunny
rainy
37
▲ 87. а) Перепишите предложения, вставляя вспомогательные
глаголы shall или will. Прочитайте написанное:
1.	The boys ... bring flowers and put them on the
table. 2. They ... take part in the concert. 3. It ...
snow very soon. 4. We ... not have a music lesson
at school today. 5. He ... go up to the eighth form
next year. 6. ... you stay at home in the evening?
Yes, I ... .
Q б) Выполните задание б домашнего чтения.
§ 12
88.	Read and answer the questions:
1.	Shall we go to the cinema tomorrow?
2.	When will you go to see your friend?
3.	How old will you be next year?
4:	Will you go home or to the sports ground after
your lessons?
5.	Where will you go in the evening?
6.	Who will come to teach you at the next lesson?
89.	Read the sentences and say, using will:
1.	Stop talking!
2.	Listen to the teacher!
3.	Bring some water!
4.	Look after the child!
5.	Turn on the light!
6.	Show me the way to the library!
38
90. Look at the pictures and describe the seasons and the
weather.
91. Read the text and ask questions:
The Weather
We speak about the weather almost every day.
Before we begin doing something, we want to know
what kind of weather it is going to be.
Why do we speak about the weather so often?
The answer is not very difficult. We want sunny
weather when we go for a walk in the country, and
when a day is rainy we stay at home to read books,
watch TV and do other things.
When we are at the seaside, windy weather is
not a pleasure. It is difficult to swim when the wind
blows. And the wind can change good weather into
bad. The sun will stop shining, rain may come.'
And is there anything which we can do and must
do in any weather? Yes, of course, there is. As English
people say, “rain or shine” (in any weather) we must
go to school. School is good in any weather, isn’t it?
92. Look at the picture (p. 40) and say
what you can see in the picture;
what season it is;
what the weather is like;
what the farmers are doing in the field;
what they grow;
if the harvest is good or bad.
39
▲ 93. а) Прочитайте текст и ответьте на вопросы:
An English Village
A few days ago Sasha’s mother came home later
than usual. “I’m sorry, I was too late to give you
dinner”, she said to Sasha, “but I have something
interesting for you in my bag”.
“I’ve had my dinner already. There’s always
something in the kitchen... What have you brought?”
“A book”.
“What kind of book?”
“A book about England *. I got it in a book
lottery2. When I opened the book to read something,
the page was about an English village”.
“About a village?”
“Yes. An English village is an interesting place.
The shop is the centre of village life. Women and
children like to go there. Men meet at the pub3 to
speak about this or that. There is talk about the
40
weather and the harvest, about football and village
news”.
“Is there a cinema or a club in the village?”
“No. The people of the village go to the nearest
town by bus when they want to see a new film or
buy something that they cannot get in the village
shop”.
“What about a school?” asked Sasha. “Have they
a school?”
“The village school is a small old building. When
the schoolchildren are eleven years old, they go to
secondary schools4 in the nearest town. A school
bus takes them every morning and brings them back
in the afternoon”.
“Are there any other interesting things about
the village?” asked Sasha.
“Oh, you must read the book yourself!”
1 England ['irjgland] — Англия; 2 lottery ['btori] — лотерея;
3 pub — паб, пивная; 4 secondary ['sekandori] school —
средняя школа
1.	What does Sasha do when his mother is late?
2.	What kind of place is an English village? 3. What
has Sasha heard about an English village school?
4.	Do you live in a village? 5. What is interesting
about your village?
б) Напишите по одному вопросу к каждому предложе-
нию, начиная их словами, данными в скобках. Прочитайте
написанное.
1.	Edik will be on duty next week. (Who...)
2.	She will get a good mark for her answer. (What
mark...)
3.	You will get off at the next tram stop. (Where...)
41
4.	I shall read the article. (Shall...)
5.	The children will prepare this homework for next
Thursday. (Will... or...)
6.	The weather will be fine tomorrow. (What...)
§ 13
94.	Read and say what the underlined words mean:
1.	We haven’t had much rain this year.
2.	Rainy weather is not good for games on the
playground.
3.	You can hear the wind in the trees on a windy
day.
4.	Sit in the sun; it will be warmer there.
5.	I think it will be sunny tomorrow for our visit to
the country.
95.	Read and speak about your town (village):
1.	What can you see in the streets of your town
(village)?
2.	Are there any concert-halls, clubs and reading-
halls in your town (village)? Which of them do
you go to? What do you do there?
3.	Speak about how your town (village) has changed
this year.
96.	Read and act:
Short Conversations
Speaking About the Weather
1
“Good morning. How are you?”
“Good morning. I’m all right, thank you. What
about you?”
42
“I’m fine, thanks. It’s a nice day today, isn’t it?”
“Yes, the sun is shining brightly and there is
no wind”.
“I like sunny weather”.
2
“What’s the weather like?”
“Well, it’s dark and cloudy. It looks like rain”.
“Put your raincoat on and take your umbrella”.
“It’s too hot for a raincoat. I shall take an
umbrella”.
3
“Hello. What bad weather we are having!”
“Yes, it’s raining cats and dogs *. I’m afraid I’ll
get wet I. 2 through”.
“Let’s take a bus, then”.
“Hurry up. The bus is coming”.
4
“I say, John. What’s the weather going to be?”
“It’s cold and windy. I think it’s going to snow”.
“What does the thermometer 3 say?”
“It’s 10 degrees 4 below zero”.
1 to rain cats and dogs — лить как из ведра; 2 wet —
мокрый, влажный, сырой; 3 thermometer [Оэ'тэтПэ] —
термометр; 4 degree [di'gri:] — градус.
97.	Read and talk with your deskmate about the weather. Tell
each other what you can do on a hot and a rainy day:
I. Today the weather is sunny with warm winds and
no rain.
• 2. Tomorrow the weather will be cool with some
winds and rain in places.
43
98. Look at the pictures and compare the things.
99. Look at the pictures and ask your deskmate questions
▲ 100. а) Напишите 8 вопросов, которые вы зададите ученику
сельской школы о его деревне.
И б) Выполните задание 7 домашнего чтения.
§ 14
101.	Read and say why we use or do not use the article with
the words underlined:
1.	You are an hour late. 2. Boys! The potatoes are
ready. 3. The new harvest is very good. 4. We went
to a cattle-farm. 5. We had meat and potatoes for
dinner. 6. The children gathered around a dog in
the yard.
44
102.	Read and discuss the situations:
1.	Your mother says, “The potatoes are ready”, and
you go to the dinner table to eat them.
Tell each other who grows potatoes;
in what month of the year you
can have new potatoes;
what you like to eat with potatoes.
2.	Your deskmate says that he is preparing for a
visit to an interesting place.
Tell each other where and when you can pay a
visit with your parents out of your
town (village);
what you can see when you are
on a visit.
103.	Do. the tasks:
1.	Say what you know about life at summer camps.
2.	Tell your classmates where you went in summer,
what the weather was like and what you did there.
104.	Read the text and finish the story:
Lena Stogova and her friends decided to go to
the country on a Sunday in September.
“Our parents won’t let us go there by ourselves”,
said Vitaly Menshikov.
“What shall we do then?” asked Vera Petrova.
“Shall we ask our parents to go too?”
“I think somebody’s father or mother can go with
us, we shan’t ask all parents to come”, said Lena.
Then she said, “I’ll ask my dad. He likes to go to
the country and he’ll tell us interesting things on the
way. He knows how people live and work in the country”.
On Sunday morning the children gathered at
the bus stop. Victor Nikolayevich was their leader.
45
“Now, boys and girls”, he said, “we are leaving
for the countryside1. You’ll see some interesting places
and what people are doing there on this autumn day”.
1 countryside ['kAntrisaid] — сельская местность
▲ 105. а) Прочитайте текст и скажите, чем различаются вре-
мена года в Англии и там, где вы живете:
A Carpet1 of Many Colours
England is not a large’country. No town in
England is very far from the sea, and many English
families spend their summer holidays at the seaside.
There are no high mountains2 in England, no very
long rivers, and no very large forests.
There are many towns in England. No town is
very far from another. The English countryside be-
tween the towns is like a carpet of many colours.
In spring and summer, the fields, meadows3 and
forests are light green or dark green, and the gardens
a.re green, red, blue, yellow and white with flowers.
In autumn the leaves4 on the trees change their
colour from green to yellow, brown and red.
You can see many cows and sheep in the English
meadows. There are sheep-farms and cattle-farms in
all parts of England.
The English summer is never very hot, and the
winter is not very cold. Spring and autumn are cool.
Cold winds blow in winter and there are cool winds in
summer. There is little snow and much rain in England.
Spring and summer are beautiful seasons, be-
cause the sun often shines brightly. The fields, me-
adows and forests are green and there are many
beautiful flowers of all colours in the gardens.
46
Autumn is a nice season, too. It is the season
of the harvest, the season of beautiful apples.
There are many fine days in winter, when the
sun shines. But all children like summer, because it
is the season of holidays, the season when they go
to the seaside or play in green meadows and forests.
1 carpet ['kcupit] — ковер; 2 mountain ['mauntinj — гора;
,3 meadow f'medou] — луг; 4 leaves [li:vz] — листья
б) Перепишите предложения и подчеркните синей чертой
существительные, имеющие общий смысл, и красной —
имеющие конкретный смысл.
I.	They sat on the grass under a tree. 2. All the
people of the farm are in the fields. 3. There are
many tractors, combine-harvesters and lorries in the
wheat fields. 4. There will be new houses, a new
club, and a new cattle-farm in the village. 5. The
holidays will soon be over, school will begin again.
6. There is a cow drinking water in the river.
§ 15
106. Read and compare (See RG IV 1):
47
“Is there any water in the
glass?”
We went for a walk in
the park.
Great changes have taken
place in our town
(village).
Many thanks for your
letter.
“I am going to water the
flowers”.
Shall we walk or take a
bus?
The wind has changed,
now it is blowing in our
faces.
I want to thank you for
the nice birhtday present.
107.	Read and say what the underlined words mean:
1.	You must go to the seaside for a rest. 2. Let us
rest here for a few minutes. 3. Schoolchildren so-
metimes visit factories and farms. 4. When I was
on a visit to Sochi, I liked to watch the sea. 5.
Sometimes we have fish for dinner. 6. My father
likes to fish when he is on a holiday. 7. This year’s
harvest is very good. 8. Is it time to harvest the
wheat?
108.	Read and discuss the situations:
1.	You have lived in this town (village) all your life.
Tell each other what you like about your town (village);
how long your parents have lived
in this town (village);
what you think about your town
(village) when you go to other places
during your holidays.
2.	Your class can decide many questions at a class
meeting. Yesterday your class decided to help a
boy with his lessons (to prepare lessons).
Tell each other why you decided to do it;
when you decided to begin.
48
109.	Read and say:
Proverb: MAKE HAY1 WHILE THE SUN SHINES.
In summer the weather may change any minute, and
farmers must work very quickly.
And people must work quickly not only in the fields,
mustn’t they?
1 hay — сено
110.	Read this story by Aesop who lived more than two
thousand years ago, and say what you think about it.
The Town Mouse1
and the Country Mouse
A country mouse lived in a field. A mouse from
the town came to see the country mouse. The country
mouse gave the town mouse dinner, but the town
mouse did not like this dinner.
“My friend”, he said, “in town we have much
nicer food than this. You must come and see where I
live. I shall give you all kinds of good things to eat”.
The town mouse and the country mouse went to
town. When they came to a big house the town
mouse said, “I live here. Come and see my house”.
They went into a big room. There was a long
table in it. “You can eat anything you like”, said
the town mouse.
On the table, the country mouse saw plates of
nice food. There was a large cake in the middle of
the table, and a lot of other tasty2 things.
“We must eat quickly”, said the town mouse.
“There is a cat here”.
“No, thank you”, said the country mouse. “I’m
' going home. This house is not for me. My house is
small, and my food is not very good, but I’m happy
49
in the field with all my family and no cat that can
eat me”.
1 mouse — мышь; 2 tasty ['teisti] — вкусный
▲ 111 а) Напишите 8 предложений об осени и погоде в осенние
дни.
Ш б) Выполните задание 8 домашнего чтения.
§ 16
112. Read and compare (See RG
“That’s a Number Two bus”.
My family has a telephone.
My birthday is on the 1st
of March.
Last summer was sunny
and hot.
April is the fourth month
of the year.
“There is nobody at the
bus stop”.
I know my friend’s
telephone number.
My little brother liked his
birthday cake very much.
They spent their summer
holidays at the seaside.
We went for a walk in the
forest on a fine April day.
113.	Read and say what the underlined words mean:
1.	It rained all morning yesterday. 2. We have got
the morning newspaper, haven’t we? 3. We have
50
discussed an interesting newspaper article. 4. I like
spring time because after spring comes summer.
5. The university is opposite our school building.
6. His brother is a university student. 7. Harvest
time in our place begins in July. 8. The farmers
have got a good harvest of potatoes.
114.	Read and discuss the situation.
Your friend’s mother said to him one day, “You must
learn to think before you speak”.
Tell each other if your friend’s mother liked what he said;
if you always say what you think;
if you have learnt to think before you
speak.
115.	Read and say.
Proverb: A CHANGE OF WORK IS AS GOOD AS
A REST.
To do one kind of work all the time is difficult.
Is work not difficult when you change it? Give an
example of a change of work.
What kinds of rest do you like?
116.	Speak about the situations.
1.	You meet a friend and ask him (her) how he (she)
spent the first of September.
2.	You are telling your friend what you can do on
Sunday in sunny (rainy) weather.
A 117. Прочитайте текст и закончите рассказ.
When the last lesson was almost over, Alexei
Ivanovich, the geography teacher, said, “Now, boys
and girls, all classes must gather in the gymnasium.
51
I think Ivan Dmitrievich, the director, wants to see
all the schoolchildren there. Now let’s go”.
All forms gathered quickly. Soon the director
came and with him another man was. Ivan Dmitri-
evich said, “Boys and girls, this is Vladimir Stepa-
novich Danilov. I’ll tell you nothing more because
Vladimir Stepanovich himself will speak now”.
§ 17
118. Check yourself.
The Stogovs’ Summer Holidays
The school year was over and therfe were no
more lessons, but Boris Stogov went to the school
very often in June to work on the school plot. He
and his schoolmates looked after different vegetables
and fruit trees on the plot.
Lena did not want to stay at home in June.
“Some of my friends have gone to a summer camp”,
she said, “and I want to go too”. So she went and
spent two weeks there. In the morning boys and
girls helped on a farm and after dinner they played
games and visited interesting placed.
Then July came and the Stogovs went to the
Black Sea. The sun was hot. It shone every day and
everybody was in the sea. Nadyusha was very happy
because it was her first visit to the seaside.
When the family came back home, Vera Ivanovna
said, “Your parents’ holiday has ended, but you,
children, are going to have some more holidays. But
they will be a little different from what you have
had at the seaside. You’ll go to see your uncl.e in
52
the country. He works on the farm and you can help
him”.
“That’s fine!” said Boris. “I am glad to go to
the country”.
again adv	grass n	potato n	sun n
as cj	grow V	rainy a	sunny a
blow v	harvest n, v	rest n, v	think v
cattle-farm n	hour n	rich a	together adv
combine-harvester n	life n	sea n	visit n, v
combine-operator n	lorry n	seaside n	wheat n
decide v	never adv	shine v	while cj
different a	often adv	so adv	wind n
else adv	plot n	spend v	windy a
gather v			
Вы должны уметь:
Описывать летние школьные каникулы, жизнь в
летнем лагере, поездки на отдых и в деревню,
город и село, где проживаете вы или ваши
родственники, погоду в разные времена года,
начало учебного года;
расспрашивать о летних школьных каникулах,
о жизни в летнем лагере, о поездках на отдых,
о городе или селе, где проживаете вы или ваши
родственники, о погоде, о начале учебного года;
употреблять артикли в речи, ориентируясь на
общий или конкретный смысл по контексту;
употреблять в речи неопределенные местоимения
в различных типах предложений;
понимать все это в речи собеседников, а также
понимать короткие тексты в исполнении учи-
теля;
53
читать и понимать усвоенные устно слова;
читать короткие тематические тексты и диалоги,
построенные на освоенном устно материале,
с последующим применением их в речи;
читать про себя и понимать короткие
рассказы и отрывки из произведений англий-
ских и американских авторов, используя в
J случае необходимости словарь.
Part II
Unit 2
Read and compare (See RG V 1, 2):
This girl is
tall.
The boy is
taller.
The man is
the tallest of
all.
I	II	III
tall	tall + er	tall + est
old	older	oldest
cold	colder	coldest
long	longer	longest
young	younger	youngest
warm	warmer	warmest
short	shorter	shortest
dark	darker	darkest
2. Read and compare (See RG V 3):
tall	large	big	happy
taller	larger	bigger	happier
tallest	largest	biggest	happiest
55
cool	nice	hot	ready
cooler	nicer	hotter	readier
coolest	nicest	hottest	readiest
low	fine	thin	early
lower	finer	thinner	earlier
lowest	finest	thinnest	earliest
3.	Read.
1.	He is younger than his brother.
2.	Today is warmer than yesterday.
3.	This year’s harvest is richer than last year’s.
4.	August is sunnier than November.
5.	The 22nd of June is the longest day of the year.
6.	October is the rainiest month in our place.
7.	Today is the happiest day in my life.
8.	This is the brightest lamp in our flat.
4.	Read.
1.	My father is taller than my mother.
2.	Grisha is the tallest of all the children in the
class.
3.	Our village is richer than it was before.
4.	The richest school library in town is our library.
5.	In June the sun is brighter than in May.
6.	My sister likes the brightest colours when she
draws.
7.	The snow is cleaner in the yard than in the street.
8.	Our street is the cleanest street in town.
5.	a) Look at the pictures and compare the things and the
people in the pictures.
6) Look at the pictures and ask questions.
Аба) Прочитайте:
1. January is colder than March. 2. July is the
hottest month of the year. 3. May is cooler than
June. 4. The darkest forest is near our village. 5. I
get up earlier than my sister. 6. The finest weather
in this part of the country is in September. 7. The
Black Sea is larger than the White Sea. 8. The
highest building in our town is in the centre.
б)	Напишите прилагательные в сравнительной и пре-
восходной степенях сравнения. Прочитайте написанное:
clear, high, new, fine, nice, low, hot, great, warm,
cool, early, light
в)	Выполните задание 9 домашнего чтения.
57
§ 2
7.	Read and compare (See RG V 4):
The weather is good today.
The weather today is better than yesterday.
May is the best month of the year.
I	II	Ill
good '	better	best
bad	worse	worst
many, much]	more	most
little	less	least
8.	Read:	\
1.	This book is better than that one.
2.	Igor is the best pupil in the class.
3.	Your work is worse than Alec’s.
4.	March is the worst month of the year in this place.
'5. Have you any more paper?
6.	Which of you has made the most mistakes?
9.	Read and compare (See RG V 5):
This film is more interesting than the one I saw
last Sunday.
“Yes, it’s the most interesting film I have ever seen”.
I	II	III
interesting beautiful difficult	more interesting more beautiful more difficult	most interesting most beautiful most difficult
58
10.	Read:
1.	The theatre is the most modern building in the
town.
2.	It is more important to help him now than later on.
3.	This is the most difficult exercise in this lesson.
4.	The most wonderful book in my library is a birth-
day present from my parents.
5.	This place is more beautiful for a summer camp
than the place near the forest.
6.	This is the most interesting film of the week.
1. Victor is a little younger than
Tanya.
Svetik is the youngest of the
children.
Who is younger, Victor or
Tanya? Victor is.
Who is the youngest? Svetik is.
Victor is the youngest, isn’t
he? No, he isn’t.
Is Tanya older or younger than Svetik? She is much
older than Svetik.
2. This dog is big.
That dog is bigger.
That other one is the
biggest.
Which dog is bigger,
this one or that one?
That one is. £
Which dog is the
biggest? That other
one is.
59
▲ 12 а) Прочитайте:
1.	Is September longer than July? No, it isn’t.
2.	Which is longer, August or April? August is.
3.	Is December longer or shorter than June? It is
longer.
4.	Which is the shortest month of the year? February is.
5.	Which is the coldest month of the year: March,
January or October? January is.
6.	Who is the oldest in your family? Grandfather is.
7.	Who is youger, your mother or your father? My
mother is.
8.	Is your house bigger or smaller than that of your
friend? My house is bigger than my friend’s.
б) Перепишите предложения, вставляя данные в скобках
прилагательные в сравнительной или превосходной сте-
пени. Прочитайте написанное:	\
1.	Which do you think is the ... building in Moscow?
(beautiful) 2. Autumn is the ... season of the year,
(bad) 3. Is history ... than botany? (difficult) 4. Which
is the ... city in Russia? (large) 5. This exercise is
... than the next one. (difficult) 6. Ivanov is the ...
pupil in our class, (good) 7. Literature is the ...
subject for me. (interesting) 8. Are there ... than 20
pupils in your class or ...? (many, few)
§ 3
13.	Read and use in situations:
anniversary [,aeni'v3:sori]: On the 9th of May we
shall celebrate the anniversary of the victory
over fascism.
60
army ['ami]: My brother will join the army after leaving
school.
last [last]: I think this good weather will last. Our
autumn holidays last five days.
also ['o:lsou]: Yesterday my brother was at the cinema,
I was also there. My friend not only learns well
but also helps her classmates.
important [im'po:tant]: It is important to learn well.
English and other subjects are very important
to me. I haven’t anything important to do now.
victory ['viktari]: He was glad to see his friends’ victory
in a football game. On the 9th of May we
celebrate Victory Day.
over ['ouva]: A lamp hangs over the table in my room.
The sun was high over our heads when we
decided to have a rest in the forest.
revolution [,reva'lu:jn]: The October Revolution took
place in 1917.
14.	Read the story and ask your deskmate questions.
The Fox Knows What to Say
The lion1, the dog and the fox decided to help
each other to get food. One day they caught a pig,
a sheep and a cow2. The lion said to the dog, “We
are three here. We must have dinner. What will each
of us have to eat?”
The dog said, “You must have the cow because
it is the biggest. The fox can have the sheep because
it is the smallest. I’ll take the pig”.
The lion did not like this and he killed the dog.
Then he asked the fox the same questions. The fox
• said, “The cow is for you, the pig is for your wife,
and the sheep is for your children”.
61
The lion was glad. He asked the fox, “Who has
taught you to give the correct answer?”
The fox turned to the lion and said, “I learned
my lesson from the dog”.
1 lion [ 1 aian] — лев; 2 cow [kau] — корова.
15.	Read and discuss the situations.
1.	After school you have dinner and help about the
house. Then you are free to do your lessons. When
the lessons are ready, you are free to go out or
to stay at home.
Tell each other where you can go;
what you can do at home or at
another place.
2.	You have done your homework. You tell your
mother, “I haven’t anything important to do now”.
Tell each other what your mother may say;
what you may tell your mother
after you hear what she says.
16.	Read and answer the questions:
1.	Is Tomsk bigger than St. Petersburg?
2.	Are the days shorter than the nights in winter in
all parts of Russia?
3.	What are the most beautiful cities in Russia?
4.	The sun is hot in June. In what month is it hotter?
5.	Is your friend younger than you?
6.	Is the weather today better or worse than yester-
day?
get — got — got	have — had — had
catch — caught — caught take — took — taken
say — said — said	teach — taught — taught
62
± 17 а) Напишите ответы на вопросы:
1. Is your school bigger or smaller than the post-
office? 2. Who is the tallest in your class? 3. Who
is younger, you or your friend? 4. Which is more
interesting, to go to the cinema or to watch a new
film on TV? 5. Which is the hottest month of the
year? 6. Where is it cooler in summer, in Novgorod
or in Sochi?
б) Выполните задание 10 домашнего чтения.
§ 4
18. Read and compare (See RG VI):
1. The man is
as tall as the
woman.
The boy isn’t
so tall as the
man. He is
smaller than
the man.
2. This apple isn’t so large as that
one.
This apple is as large as that
other one.
Is this apple as large as that one
or is it larger than that other
one?
It’s as large as that other one.
63
3.
The boy is as old as the girl.
Is the boy as old as the girl or
isn’t he so old as the girl?
He is as old as she is.
19.
Read.
1.	The woman is not so tall as her husband.
2.	February is not so long as March.
3.	It is as cold today as yesterday.
4.	This cake is as thick as that one.
5.	My brother is as tall as I am.
6.	This place is not so beautiful as that one.
20.	Read and answer the questions.	\
1.	Is your house as high as your friend’s?
2.	Is the weather today as bad (good) as yesterday?
3.	Volgograd isn’t so big as St. Petersburg, is it?
4.	Are you as old as your friend?
5.	Have you as many lessons today as yesterday?
6.	When is it cleaner in the street, in the morning
or in the evening?
7.	Who is taller, you or your friend?
8.	Which is more interesting, to go to the cinema or
to watch TV?
21.	Read the story and say what you think of it.
The Farmer and the Boy
One morning a farmer met a boy and asked him:
“Do you want a job1, my boy?”
“Yes, I do”, said the boy.
“Have you a good character2?” asked the farmer.
64
“Yes, I have a good character”, said the boy. “It is
from Mr Muggs. My fast job was with him”.
“Good”, said the farmer, “go and ask Mr Muggs to
come here and speak to me”.
Five minutes, ten minutes passed. Mr Muggs did
not come. Later in the afternoon the farmer saw
the boy in the street.
“Mr Muggs didn’t come to me with your character”,
said the farmer.
“No”, answered the boy. “I didn’t ask him to come”.
“Why not?” asked the farmer.
“Well, I told him who wanted it”, said the boy.
“And what did he say?” asked the farmer.
“Well, he told me your character”, said the boy.
1 job — работа; 2 character ['kaerakta] — характер; харак-
теристика (устар.)
22.	Read and use in situations:
road [roud]: What is the shortest road to the museum?
Every morning I go to school along the road.
land: This is the land of his uncle’s farm. We have a
small plot of land to grow vegetables for the
family.
build [bild] (built [bilt], built): His father is a builder;
he has built many houses. My father is an
engineer who builds machines.
without [wi'&aut]: We cannot live without water. Don’t
go out without a coat, it’s cold.
win (won [wAn], won): The Soviet Army won a great
victory in 1945. The girls of our class can win
tomorrow’s volleyball game.
friendship ['frendfip]: There is great friendship between
all members of my family. We live in friendship
with the boys in our class.
3 Зак. 52
65
struggle ['strAgl]: The struggle was very difficult but
we won the game. All Soviet people struggled
for their country in 1941 — 1945.
fight [fait] (fought [fo:t], fought): My little brother
and sister fight very often.
against [a'geinst]: We ran against the wind. I have
nothing against him, what he says is all right.
peace [pi.s]: All peoples of the world want to live in
peace. Do you live at peace with your brother
and sister? We stand for peace in the world.
war [wo:]: My grandfather fought in the Second
World War. All people are against war.
A 23 а) Подготовьте краткое сообщение о том, что вы видели
по телевидению в выходные дни.
б)	Перепишите предложения, вставляя слова as или so.
Прочитайте написанное:	у
1.	I am not ... old ... ту sister. 2. Today it is ...
rainy as it was yesterday. 3. This picture is ...
wonderful as that one. 4. The pig-farm isn’t ... big
as the cattle-farm. 5. The daughter’s hair is ... dark
as her mother’s. 6. The bedroom isn’t ... light as the
living-room.
§ 5
24.	Read and use in situations:
free: I am free from lessons at one o’clock. On my
brother’s birthday a room was free for his
friends to dance in.
hero ['hiarou] (pl heroes): Three heroes of the Soviet
Union took part in the Victory Day party. Many
heroes gave their lives for our Fatherland.
66
past [pcust]: I like to listen to my grandmother’s stories
about the past. Our city has a great past.
world [wa:ld]: People in many countries of the world
speak English. Russian is very popular in the
world now, a lot of people learn it.
same: You’ve made the same mistakes. Father sits in
the same chair every evening to watch TV. She
wears the same red dress to every party.
25.	Learn by heart:
Thinking of Snow
The day is new,
The snow is white,
’Tis a beautiful day
Oh, what a sight1!
It’s on the ground,
It’s on the rocks2,
It’s in the trees
And in my socks!
Later the sun
Will melt3 the snow
All things must end
And so it must go.
But again it will come
To cover4 the ground
And fill5 the trees
For miles6 around.
Bill Alexander.
1 sight [sait] — вид; 2 rock — скала; 3 melt — таять, рас-
таивать; 4 cover ['клуэ] — покрывать; 5 fill — наполнять;
6 mile — миля
26.	Read the text and say what holidays we celebrate in
Russia.
Holidays
We have New Year’s Day on January 1. Before
’ New Year’s Day we send our friends New Year
wishes, or we ring them up in the evening on De-
cember 31. On the night of December 31, we are
 usually at home with our family or with some friends.
At 12 o’clock we say to each other, “Happy New
3‘	67
Year!” and we answer: “Thanks, the same to you”.
We give presents to all the family for the New Year,
and we have a New Year tree with lights and
decorations.
We celebrate Christmas 1 Day on the 7th of
January. In Britain, the United States and other
countries it falls on December 25.
On February 23, we have Defender of Fatherland
Day. On that day we congratulate soldiers and
officers of the Russian Army.
March 8 is Women’s Day. On that day we give
presents to our mothers and sisters. The best present
for women is flowers, and on Women’s Day we see
many men who are buying flowers to give to their
mothers and wives.
May 1, May Day, is a spring holiday. We ce-
lebrate it as the first day of real merry and green
spring.	\
Victory Day, the anniversary of the victory over
fascist Germany, is one of the greatest holidays, and
all the countries which fought together against the
fascists celebrate it.
27.	Read and learn:
Holiday Wishes
1.	I wish you a Happy New Year!
Thanks, the same to you.
2.	Best wishes for the New Year!
The same to you.
3.	Merry Christmas!2
4.	Merry Christmas and a Happy New Year!
1 Christmas ['krismas] — Рождество; 2 Merry Christ-
mas! — Веселого Рождества!
68
28.	Read and answer the questions:
1.	Which is the largest country in the world?
2.	Which is the smallest country: Russia, the USA
or England?
3.	Which is the longest river: the Volga, the Neva
or the Don?
4.	Which is the most modern building in your town?
5.	Where is the nearest bookshop?
6.	Which do you think is the most interesting film?
▲ 29. а) Перепишите предложения, вставляя местоимения
some, any, no, something, anything, nothing, somebody,
anybody, nobody. Прочитайте написанное.
1.	There are ... sheep in the farm yard. 2. They did
not pick ... flowers. 3. Did you meet ... on the way
to the farm? 4. There was ... on the pig-farm, they
were all at the meeting. 5. ... has come to see you.
6. There was ... wrong with the tractor. 7. It’s too
late, there is ... in the office.
CQl б) Выполните задание 11 домашнего чтения.
§ 6
30.	Look and compare
the men in the pic-
ture.
69
31.	Read and answer the questions:
1.	Is your house as far from the school as your friend’s?
2.	Who is the oldest in your family?
3.	Which is the shortest month of the year?
4.	Are the days in December as long as the nights,
or are they shorter than the nights?
5.	Is June as sunny as July?
6.	Where is it colder, in the fields or in the town?
32.	Read and say.
Proverb: THE LONGEST DAY MUST HAVE AN END.
Everything must have an end. You may work very
long at something. Your work may be difficult but
it is a great pleasure to finish what you have begun.
Tell if you worked very long at something. Did you
think it was difficult? Was the end happy?
33.	Read and use in situations:
/
receive [ri'si:v]: I don’t receive letters very often. She
received a nice present on her birthday.
greeting ['grutirj]: In the morning I received birthday
greetings. The letter to our aunt was with
greetings from all of us.
forget [fo'get]: I never forget to bring all my books
to school. I forgot an exercise-book; I left it
in your room.
send (sent, sent): Every year my uncle sends us his
good wishes on the 1st of January. In her
letter my aunt sent us her greetings.
postcard [z| о istkcud]: We receive a lot of postcards
with New Year wishes. All members of our
family send postcards on each holiday.
stamp: We cannot send a letter without a stamp. We
buy stamps at the post-office and in other places.
70
hope: I hope you will come and see me tomorrow.
We’re hoping to visit Moscow this year.
telegram ['teligraem]: I’ve got a telegram with birthday
wishes.
34.	Read the text and say what you know about Lena’s English
penfriend:
A Letter from an English Penfriend
Some children in Lena’s class have English pen-
friends who write letters to them in English.
Lena received a letter from her penfriend, Mary
Smith, today. Here it is:
37, High Street,
London, W8 7DN
England
October 6th, 1994
Dear Lena,
I received your letter of September 8th today and
thank you very much for it.
You ask me to tell you about myself and my
family. Well, I am fourteen. I have a brother, John;
he is sixteen. I also have a sister, Alice; she is twelve.
During the holidays, we went to the country. We
also went to the seaside for a week. The weather
was fine, the water was warm, and I swam in the
sea every day. I can’t swim very well, but John can.
I like school very much. I also like music and
often go to concerts. Please tell me in your next
letter what you did during your holidays.
Yours sincerely,1
Mary Smith
1 sincerely (sin'siali] — искренне
71
35.	Read the text and say how to write an address in English.
The Address in English
When Lena showed her letter to the English
teacher, the teacher said, “Look at this letter, and
you will see how English people write letters.
“They write their address 1 in the top 2 right-hand
corner of the first page. First comes the number of
the house, then the name of the street, and the name
of the town. The English write the date under their
address.
“Mary has written Lena’s address in English.
Lena Stogova,
Flat 10,
16, Gagarin Street,
Verkhovsk, 395078,
Russia
“And the number of the flat comes before the
number of the house and the name of the street.
“Now look at the greeting at the beginning of
the letter. It is “Dear Lena”. It can be: “My Dear
Lena”, “My Dear Mother”, “My Dear Aunt”. Other
greetings are: “Dear Mrs. Smith”, “My Dear Mrs.
Smith”, “Dear Mr. Smith”.
“English people end a letter with “Yours since-
rely, Mary” or “Your Friend, Mary”.
“Other endings for letters are:
Your loving son '	Your loving daughter
John	Alice
“You can see now how to write the address, the
greeting, and the ending in English”.
1 address [a'dres]; 2 top — вершина, верхний
72
A 36. а) Прочитайте текст и подготовьте его пересказ.
An Address Without a Letter
Before 1840 there were no stamps. In those days
people usually paid a lot of money for a letter when
they received it. That is why people who were poor
did not write to one another often. But when they
sent or received a letter, it was a very important
thing for them and many people knew about it.
There is a story from that time about a letter
to a poor woman. One day the postman came to her
house to bring her a letter. He told the woman to
pay a lot of money, which she did not have.
She looked at the letter, and gave it back to the
postman. “I cannot pay for it”, she said.
Just at that moment a man heard the conversation
between the postman and the woman. He came up to
the woman and said, “Let me pay for the letter. I
have money and want to help you”. Then he gave the
postman the money he wanted to get from the woman.
“I thank you very much”, said the woman, “but
you must not pay for the letter. It is from my brother.
He sends me one letter every three months. He does
not write about himself and his family. He writes
only my address on the letter. Then I know that he
is well and as 1 cannot pay for the letter^ 1 give it
back to the postman”.
б) Напишите своему другу короткое письмо о летних ка-
никулах, оформив его по-английски.
money one another
! „	woman poor
receive people heard
73
37.
§ 7
Read.
“Show me your coat”.
“Here it is. This is mine”.
“Show me Sveta’s coat”.
“There it is. That’s hers”.
38.	Read and compare (See RG VII):
This is my umbrella. The
That is your school-bag. The
Those are Victor’s books. The
Th£se are Nina’s toys. The
That is our trolley-bus. The
That is the children’s football.The
umbrella is mine,
school-bag is yours,
books are his.
toys are hers,
trolley-bus is ours,
football is theirs.
1	my	mine
you	your	yours
he	his	his
she	her	hers
it	its	its
we	our	ours
they	their	theirs
39.	Read and answer the questions using mine, yours, his,
hers, ours, theirs:
1.	My eyes are grey. What colour are your eyes?
2.	My clothes are in the wardrobe. Where are your
clothes?
3.	My parents are young. Are your friend’s parents
young too?
74
4.	Our English teacher is a woman. What about your
teacher?
5.	Our room is No. 12. What number is the room of
the other class?
6.	Your hat is big. My hat is smaller. What is my
hat like?
40.	Read and discuss the situation:
Your friend is at a summer camp. He sends postcards
. almost every day. He also receives many letters and
postcards.
Tell each other who your friend sends postcards to
every day;
what he writes in his postcards;
who writes letters and postcards to
your friend.
41.	Compare the addresses and say what differences you
can see:
Россия, Т^ерховск
jQena Stogova
JCat 10,
16 Qagatin St
^Vetkhovsk
Russia
ЛЛаЬу Smith,
37 Qllgh. Street,
London, S.S.9
QB
ул. Гагарина, д. 16, кв.10
Стоговой Елене
ЗЗБ018
Л(а±</ Smith,
37 Qligh Street,
JSondon, SE9.
42.	Read and say what Lena does at the post-office:
At the Post-Office
Vera Ivanovna and her daughter Lena have just
finished breakfast. Vera Ivanovna says, “Have you
forgotten what day it is today, Lena?”
“No, Mum”, answers Lena, “I haven’t forgotten,
it’s Sunday, isn’t it?”
75
“Yes, it’s Sunday”, her mother says, “but what
is the date?”
“The date?” says Lena. “Oh, yes, it’s the tenth
of April, it’s Aunt Rosa’s birthday, and I haven’t
sent any birthday greetings. Shall I send her a
birthday card?”
“Aunt Rosa will only receive the postcard to-
morrow or the day after tomorrow”, says her mother,
“you must send a telegram”.
“Yes”, says Lena, “I’ll do that. I’ll go now”.
“Here’s a letter”, says Vera Ivanovna. “Buy a
stamp, and post the letter for me, please”.
“Yes, Mum”, says Lena. She puts her hat on
and goes to the post-office.
Lena crosses the street, and goes into the post-
office. Then she sits down at a table and begins to
write. First she writes Aunt Rosa’s address. Then
she thinks, “What shall I say in my telegram? It
mustn’t be very long, but it must be nice”.
And she writes: “Many Happy Returns1 Love
Greetings from All Lena”. Lena pays for the telegram,
goes to buy a stamp and posts her mother’s letter.
1 Many happy returns (of the day) — Поздравляю c
днем рождения
▲ 43 а) Перепишите предложения, вставляя соответствующие
притяжательные местоимения из данных в скобках. Про-
читайте написанное.
1. ... farm is as rich as .... (our, ours, their, theirs)
2. ... hair is as dark as .... (hers, her, my, mine)
3. ... aunt lives in ... town, (mine, my, ours, our)
What about ...? (your, yours) 4. Shall we take ...
sister with us? (yours, your) 5. Is that ... ticket
76
or ...? (mine, my, hers, her) 6. That house over there
is .... (their, theirs)
б) Выполните задание 12 домашнего чтения.
§ 8
44.	Read and answer the questions.
1.	Whose hair is darker, yours or your friend’s?
2.	Whose classroom is high and light?
3.	Is the book you are holding in your hand yours
or the teacher’s?
4.	What country is the largest country in the world?
5.	Whose desk is nearer to the blackboard, yours or
your friend’s?
6.	My father is a lorry-driver. What is your friend’s
father?
45.	Compare your room and your friend’s room.
46.	Read and answer the questions.
1.	Have you a penfriend?
2.	Who is your penfriend?
3.	Do you often receive letters from your penfriend?
4.	Do you like to receive and to write letters?
5.	What do you usually write in your letters?
6.	Where do you usually post your letters?
47.	Read and act.
Short Conversation
Here Comes the Postman!
“Good morning! Here is your magazine”.
• “Thank you. Are there no letters today? I must have
a letter”.
77
“Sorry, no letters today”.
“And no newspaper?”
“But I brought your newspaper this morning!”
“Oh, yes, you did!”
“Good-bye!”
“Good-bye! Thank you!”
48.	Read the letter and say what you can write to your
penfriend about your holiday:
Lena Writes to Her English Friend .
Flat 10,
16, Gagarin Street
Verkhovsk,
Russia
October 15th, 1994.
Dear Mary,
I was very glad to receive your letter of October
6th and thank you for it. Thank you also for telling
me about your family and your holidays.
I went to the seaside for my holidays too. I was
in Sochi, by the Black Sea, for three weeks. The
weather was fine, sometimes hot,, and the water was
warm.. I went for a swirh every day.
After my holidays at the seaside, I visited my
uncle in the country. He lives in a small village.
My uncle’s house is near a small river and there
is a forest not far from it. There are many flowers
in the forest, and I often went to pick flowers with
other village girls.
After my holidays I was glad to begin school
again. 1 am now in the 7th form and I have new
teachers and new subjects to learn. I like my teachers
and my school-friends very much.
78
That is all for today. I hope you will write again
and tell me about the weather in England. ,
Your friend,
Lena
▲ 49. а) Прочитайте письмо и скажите, что нового вы узнали
из него.
Mary Smith Writes About the Weather
in England
37, High Street,
London, W8 7DN
November 6th, 1994.
Dear Lena,
Thank you very much for your letter. It was
very interesting and I am happy to know that you
had a very good time at the seaside and in the
country.
You asked me in your letter to tell you about
the seasons and the weather in England.
Spring is a very nice season because it is the
first warm season. The trees and the grass are green,
and the flowers give bright colours to our gardens.
„ The sun begins to get warm, the sky is blue and
light. In England some flowers grow in the forests
and fields at the end of February and in March, but
April and May are the best spring months.
Summer is a warm season. There are hot days
in summer, but cool winds often blow from the sea,
so the English summer is not always hot. The sky
is often blue, we have many warm, sunny days. I
like summer, and every year I go to the seaside.
The autumn months are also very beautiful. In
 September and October the countryside is very nice.
The farmers gather the harvest in the fields.
79
Then in November the cold weather begins: the
sky is grey, cold winds blow, the country-side pre-
pares for its winter sleep.
Winter is cold, but we do not have much snow in
England, and the winter months have some sunny days.
That is what the seasons are like. People say
we have no climate in England, only weather. But
we can say that the climate is cool and rainy, never
very hot and never very cold for a long time.
Well, I hope you will soon write to me again.
Yours sincerely,
Mary Smith
б)	Перепишите предложения, вставляя соответствующие
местоимения из данных в скобках. Прочитайте написанное.
, 1. ... don’t think ... can finish ... work at 7 o’clock. (I,
my, mine) 2. Did ... parents know about the meeting?
(you, your, yours) 3. ... likes ... cup of coffee in the
morning, doesn’t ...? (he, his) 4. The mistake is ... (I,
my, mine) 5. ... say ... want to play football, (they,
their, theirs) 6. This is ... family, (we, our, ours)
§ 9
50.	Read and compare: (See RG III)
revolution
demonstration
illumination
organization
situation
революция
демонстрация
иллюминация
организация
ситуация
decorate
decoration
80
51.	Read and say what the underlined words mean:
1.	I have a fine collection of stamps. 2. It is a
tradition at our school to hold a meeting on the 1st
of September and at the end of the school year.
3. The members of an expedition to Lake Baikal
described their work on TV and answered many
questions. 4. A delegation of English veterans has
come to Russia for the Victory Day celebrations.
52.	Read and speak:
1.	A few days ago you received a letter. Say what
you read in it and what you wrote in answer.
2.	When you came home from school your mother
said, “There is a postcard from your uncle. He
is coming on Saturday.” What else did your uncle
write in the postcard?
3.	You have prepared a book as a birthday present
for your friend. Why do you hope that your friend
will like the book?
53.	Speak about the situation.
You meet a friend who wants to write a letter to
his English friend. Tell him how he must write the
letter and the address.
54.	Do the tasks:
1.	Tell your deskmate how you celebrated Women’s
Day last year.
2.	Tell the class what holidays we celebrate in our
country.
81
▲ 55. а) Перепишите предложения, вставляя нужные предлоги.
Прочитайте написанное.
I.	We fight ... peace ... the world. 2. We celebrate
Women’s Day ... the 8th of March. 3. Thousands of
heroes gave their lives ... their country in the Great
Patriotic War. 4. The Soviet Union won victory ...
fascist Germany ... 1945. 5. “Happy Birthday ... you”,
said the girl. 6. “This is the best present ... Mother.
I know she likes roses,” said the boy.
б) Выполните задание 13 домашнего чтения.
§ 10
56.	Read and say why we use or do not use the definite or
indefinite article with the world underlined.
1.	a) There is green grass in the field.
b) The cows are eating the grass in the field.
2.	a) They end a letter with “Yours sincerely”, or
“Your friend”.
b) She ended the letter with “Yours sincerely,
Mary”.
3.	a) She has taken a postcard.
b) She has taken the postcard.
57. Look, read and compare: (See RG I 4,5):
82
Teacher:	Do you
understand the text?
The arm-chair is in the
right-hand corner of
the room.
IV
Mother: Leave your
coat in the hall.
a)	Mother: I shall
never let you go to
the cinema again.
b)	Mother: When you
want to cross the
street first look to
the left and then to
the right.
.1. Указание на объект. II. Ссылка на известное. III.
Дополнительная конкретизация. IV. Логическое включе-
ние в число известных. V. Родовая характеристика.
83
58.	Read and say why we use the definite article.
1.	The sheep gives us wool. 2. Let the cat in, please.
3.	Go to the kitchen and get a bottle of milk out of
the refrigerator. 4. The sun is shining brightly.
5.	Does your brother play the piano? 6. You must
go to the doctor. 7. Never cross the street when the
light is red. 8. «The flat is nice but the bathroom
is too small,” she said.
59.	Speak about the situations.
1.	You have read a story about young patriots. Answer
your classmates’ questions about the heroes.
2.	You come home from a party at your school and
you tell your parents (sister or brother) what took
place at the party.
60.	Read and say:
Proverb: SHORT VISITS MAKE LONG FRIENDS.
When you come to see your friend at his home (pay
a visit) and stay there too long, your friend may
not like it.
What can you say about this proverb? How long do
you stay with your friends when you visit them?
▲ 61. а) Прочитайте письмо и скажите, что нового вы из него
узнали:
Mary Smith Writes About Holidays in England
37, High Street,
London, W8 7DN
England
December 14th, 1994
Dear Lena,
Thank you very much for your letter of November
18th. It was very interesting to read about holidays
in your country.
84
We have some interesting holidays in England
too. The first is New Year’s Day, on the 1st of
January, when we send good wishes to all our friends
for a Happy New Year.
But children like Christmas1 Day most of all. It
is on December 25. We get presents from our parents
and friends on that day.
On a Sunday in the middle of March, we have
Mother’s Day. This is a holiday for all mothers. They
do not work on that day, and their children bring
them flowers and presents.
Soon it will be Christmas and then the New Year. So
I send my letter now and wish you a Happy New Year.
Yours sincerely,
Mary Smith
1 Cristmas ['krismas] — рождество
б)	Перепишите предложения и подчеркните синей чертой
существительные, имеющие общий смысл, и красной —
имеющие конкретный смысл:
1. We want peace and friendship with all peoples. 2. 1
saw a film about the life of American schoolchildren.
3. In the room there was a New Year tree with lights
and decorations. 4. A hero of the Soviet Union took part
in the meeting. 5. The English winter is much warmer.
§ 11
62.	Read.
1.	I like the film I saw last Sunday.
2.	Have you received the letter I sent you last week?
-3	. I want to get the book all the boys and girls in
our class have read already.
85
4.	It was wrong of you not to come to the concert
we organized last Saturday.
5.	My new friend wrote down the address and te-
lephone number I gave him.
6.	Dmitry Petrov is the worker we have seen on TV.
63.	Read and answer the questions.
1.	Do you know all the English words you have
heard from your teacher?
2.	Are we having the wonderful weather we all like
so much?
3.	Did you see the boy the teacher sent to the doctor?
4.	Will you go to the summer camp you liked so
much last year?
64.	Read the text and say who is the strongest and why.
The Sun, the Wind and the Rain
One day the Sun met the Wind.
“I am stronger 1 than you,” said the Sun.
The Rain listened to them. Then he said, “I am
the strongest, of course.”
Soon they saw a man with, a raincoat in his
hand.
“Look at that man!” said the Rain. “I can make
him put on 2 his raincoat. You can’t do that.”
When it began to rain the man put on his
raincoat.
“Now I’ll make him take off his raincoat,” said
the Wind. He blew at the man, but the man did not
take off his raincoat. The Wind blew and blew, but
nothing changed.
The Sun looked at the Wind and said, “The Rain
is stronger than you, but 1 am the strongest. Now
I’ll show you how to do it!”
86
The Sun began to shine down on the man, but
he did not take off his raincoat.
“The man is still wearing his raincoat,” said
the Wind.
“But I have not finished,” said the Sun.
It was very hot now.
“The sun is shining,” said the man, “and the
wind and the rain have gone. I will take off my
raincoat.”
“You are strong,” the Sun said to the Wind. “The
Rain is stronger than you, but I am the strongest.”
1 strong — сильный; 2 make him put on — заставить его
надеть.
65.	Read, guess 1 and compare:
A Riddle2
<
Two legs sat upon three legs
With one leg in his lap;3
In comes four legs
And runs away with one leg;
Up jumps two legs,
Catches up three legs,
Throws it after four legs,
And makes him bring back one leg.
blow — blew — blown
meet — met — met		show	— showed — shown
	say — said — said	take -	— took — taken
	see — saw — seen	shine	— shone — shone
Uz	make — made — made	wear	— wore — worn
	put — put — put	be —	was, were — been
	begin — began — begun	go —	went — gone
do — did — done
87
Две ноги на трех ногах,
А четвертая в зубах.
Вдруг четыре прибежали
И с одною убежали.
Подскочили две ноги,
Ухватили три ноги,
Закричали на весь дом —
Да тремя по четырем!
Но четыре завизжали
И с одною убежали.
(Перевод К. Чуковского)
1 guess [ges]— догадываться; 2 riddle — загадка;
3 lap — подол, колени
66.	а) Перепишите предложения, вставляя определенный ар-
тикль там, где нужно. Прочитайте написанное:
> 1. ... 9th of ... May is a very important date in ...
life of all ... people. 2. ... Petrovs lived in ... country
for many years. 3. ... Great Patriotic war ended in
1945. 4. We are for ... peace and ... friendship in ...
world. 5. ... weather is fine and ... sun is shining
brightly. 6. Bring ... soup from ... kitchen.
б) Выполните задание 14 домашнего чтения.
§ 12
67.	Read and answer the questions:
1.	Soon the New Year will come. What will you do
on the last day of this year and on the first day
of the New Year?
2.	How will you help to prepare for the New Year
party?
88
3.	What will your family do in the evening before
the New Year comes at twelve o’clock?
4.	How will you spend your winter holidays?
5.	Will you go to another place (interesting town)
with your schoolmates and teachers?
6.	Do you think you can have a good holiday at
home? What will you do?
68.	Read the text and finish the story:
The old year is coming to an end, but the school
year is going on. You have gone to school for almost
four months now and there are many other months
of learning after the winter holidays.
These days all schoolchildren think about the
marks they are going to receive at the end of the
year. They want to give good answers to their
teachers.
But all boys and girls do not think about school
subjects only. As the New Year comes nearer, you
can hear talks about how to organize the New Year
party, how to decorate the New Year tree and prepare
a good concert. These talks in the classroom, in the
corridor and in the schoolyard do not help much.
*
69.	Learn the song and sing:
Jingle 1 Bells
Dashing2 through the snow
In a one-horse3 open sleigh 4
Over the fields we go,
Laughing all the way.	,
Bells on bob-tail 5 ring?
Making spirits 6 bright
What fun 7 it is to ride and sing
A sleighing song tonight!
89
Jingle bells, jingle bells!
Jingle all the way!
Oh! What fun it is to ride
In a one-horse open sleigh! Oh!
Jingle bells, jingle bells!
Jingle all the way!
Oh! What fun it is to ride
In a one-horse open sleigh! Hey!
1 jingle — звенеть; 2 dash — мчатся, нестись; 3 horse —
лошадь; 4 sleigh [slei] — сани; 5 bob-tail — лошадь с об-
резанным хвостом; 6 spirit ['spirit] — настроение; 7 fun
— веселье, забава.
▲ 70. Read the funny stories and say which of them you like
better:
Now It’s Your Turn 1 to Whistle2
One day Jack and his father went to see Jack’s
grandfather. On the train, Jack put his head out of
the window every minute. His father said, “Jack,
don’t put your head out of the window.”
But Jack went on putting his head out of the
Window. Then the father took Jack’s cap, put it
behind his back and said, “You see, your cap has
blown off3.” Jack began to cry. He wanted to have
his cap back.
His father said, “Well, whistle! Perhaps your cap
will come back.” Jack went to the window and whistled.
The father quickly put the cap on Jack’s head.
“Oh! How interesting!” Jack said, very pleased.
He quickly took his father’s hat and -threw it
out of the window.
“Now it’s your turn to whistle, Dad!” he said.
1 turn — очередь; 2 whistle ['wisl] — свистеть; 3 blow (blew,
blown) off — сдувать
90
Why Is He Crying?
“Tom, what is the matter with your little brother?”
asked the mother.	*
“He is crying”, answered Tom, “because I’m
eating my cake and won’t give him any.”
“And what about his cake?”, asked the mother.
“And he cried when I ate that too.”
б) Перепишите предложения и подчеркните выделенные
слова красной чертой, если они выступают в роли су-
ществительных, зеленой — в роли глаголов и синей — в
роли прилагательных. Прочитайте написанное:
1. I wish you a Happy New Year. 2. Mother sends
you her best wishes. 3. Let’s go for a walk in the
park. 4. Do you walk to your school or take a bus?
5. They have fish for breakfast. 6. He liked to fish
early in the morning.
§ 13
71. Check yourself.
The Day Before the New Year
It was the day before the New Year. In the
morning, only Boris was at home, but in the afternoon
the Stogovs began to gather.
Lena came home before the other members of
the family.
“Let’s have dinner,” she said, “then I must go
back to school to help to prepare for the New Year.”
After dinner, Boris went for a walk but in the
yard he saw the postman with a large bag.
“Have you anything for us?” asked Boris. The
postman gave him some newspapers, a letter and
91
five or six beautiful holiday postcards. All those
postcards were from their friends in Verkhovsk and
other towns.
When Boris opened the door of their flat, the
telephone rang. It was his mother. “What are you
doing, Boris?” asked Vera Ivanovna.
“I’ve just received holiday postcards. Shall I tell
you who sent them?”
“Yes, of course.”
“Well, the first card is from Ivan Petrovich
Mishin...”
“Oh, he is your dad’s old friend, and we haven’t
sent him our New Year wishes yet! Now copy his
address and go to the post-office to send him a telegram.”
“But what shall I write?”
“Well, write it down:
“Happy New Year to you and family Your friends
the Stogovs.” Now go to the post-office. Dad and I
will buy something for our New Year party. We are
coming home soon.”
against prep	postcard n	same pron
also adv	postman n	send v
anniversary n	post-office n	stamp n
army n	receive v	struggle n, v
build v	revolution n	telegram n
fight n, v	road n	victory n
forget v	important a	win v
free a	land n	wish n, v
friendship n	over prep	without prep
greeting n	past n	war n
hero it	peace n	world n
hope v	post V	
92
Вы должны уметь:
описывать приходящиеся на данный период празд-
ники, сообщать, как вы их провели, как гото-
витесь к Новому Году дома и в школе;
расспрашивать о праздниках, приходящихся на
вторую четверть, о том, как провели эти празд-
ники другие, как они готовятся к Новому Году;
поздравить с праздником;
написать по-английски короткое письмо другу по
переписке о себе, о сроей семье, о школе, учебе,
о погоде, о каникулах и летнем отдыхе, офор-
мить это письмо по-английски;
употреблять в речи определенный артикль, ори-
ентируясь на типовые ситуации;
сравнивать различные предметы, явления и лица;
употреблять в речи абсолютные притяжательные
местоимения;
понимать все это в речи собеседников, а также
понимать короткие тексты в исполнении учи-
теля;
читать и понимать усвоенные устно слова, а
также понимать при чтении слова, образован-
ные с помощью суффиксов -у, -ion;
читать короткие тематические тексты и диалоги,
построенные на усвоенном устно материале, с
последующим применение^ их в речи;
читать про себя и понимать короткие рас-
сказы и отрывки из произведений английских
и американских авторов, используя в случае
необходимости словарь.
Part III
Unit 3
§ i
1.	Read and answer the questions about your family:
1.	Why do some members of your family get up
earlier (later) than you do?
2.	What can your family decide to do on a rainy
Sunday or when the weather is good?
3.	Your sister has gone to her room to put on a
more beautiful dress. What is she going to do
after that?
4.	Which is more difficult for you — to clean the
room or to work in the garden?
2.	Read the text and ask questions on it:
New Year’s Evening
Today is the first day of the new year. The
Stogovs began celebrating the New Year the day
before. First, they decided to decorate the New Year
tree. Victor Nikolayevich did the. illumination and
Boris began to hang the toys.
Lena did not take part in this, but she did some
other important things. She helped her mother to
prepare the New Year supper. Nadyusha wanted to
help them with the New Year cake, but Vera Ivanovna
did not like the idea.
“Making cakes is a difficult thing for little girls,”
she said. “You may put too much sugar or too little
94
butter in. Better go to decorate the New Year tree,
which you can do very well.”
Nadyusha went to help with the New Year tree.
In the evening the family sat at the table for
the holiday supper. Everything was wonderful and
when the New Year came at twelve o’clock, they
said to each other, “A Happy New Year!”
After that the New Year concert was on TV, but
Vera Ivanovna did not let Nadyusha stay in the
room for more than half an hour.
“You must go to bed, it’s very late now,” she
said.
“Oh, Mum! Please, I’m so sorry. The concert is
so wonderful and I don’t want to sleep.”
“Don’t be sorry. They will show this concert
again. And it won’t be so late. WeTe going to bed
soon, too. When you get up in the morning, there
will be New Year presents for you all.”
3.	Read and correct.
1.	January is as long as February.
2.	Early spring was warmer than early autumn.
3.	Your father is as old as your mother.
4.	All your classmates are as tall as you are.
5.	The light in the corridor is brighter than in the
classroom.	*
6.	In the first days of October it is as hot as in
summer.
4.	Read and answer the questions.
1.	Do you like to read books which describe other
countries? What kind of books do you like to
read?
2.	The boy who often comes to play in the yard has
Olympic stamps. Who has Olympic stamps?
95
3.	The girl whose mother came to the school to speak
to the teacher is ill now. Who came to the school
to talk to the teacher?
4.	When you come to the library, you can take out any
book you like. What can you take out at the library?
▲ 5. а) Перепишите предложения, вставляя прилагательные,
данные в скобках, в соответствующей степени сравнения.
Прочитайте написанное:
I. Have you anything ... than this dress? (short)
2. This hat is the ... we have in the shop, (good)
3. I have not so ... penfriends as she has. (many)
4. I want a suit ... than this one. (modern) 5. The
weather in October was as ... as in September,
(sunny) 6. They were as ... as we were, (happy)
ЁЭ б) Выполните задание 15 домашнего чтения.
§ 2
6.	Read and speak:
1.	All children like their grandmothers (grandfathers).
How do you help your grandmother (grandfather)?
Does she (he) ask you to help or do you do everything
yourself when you see that you can help?
2.	We always say that a birthday is a happy day.
Why are you happy on that day? What do your
parents and other members of the family do to
begin — began — begun
do — did — done
hang — hung — hung
take — took — taken
go — went — gone
sit — sat — sat
come — came — come
let — let — let
show — showed — shown
get — got — got
96
make a birthday party nice and interesting? How
do you take part in preparing a good family
party?
7.	Look, read antj compare (see RG I 6):
Little girl: What’s that?
Boy: It’s a ,mushroom.
Little girl: What time is it?
Boy: It’s a quarter to two.
I.	Называние объекта. П. Указание количества.
8.	Read and say why we use the indefinite article with the
words underlined:
1.	She stayed for a week in the country. 2. What a
wonderful day it was! 3. This is my friend Andrei,
a student at the university. 4. There is a shoe shop
on the corner of the street. 5. A year ago he was
’ in the sixth form. 6. Please take a pencil and a piece
of paper and write the address.
4 Зак. 52
97
9. Look at the pictures and make up a story.
1.	to cook — готовить;
2.	to iron [aion]— гладить;
3.	toy — игрушка;
4.	to prepare [pri'peo] — го-
товить;
5.	decoration [,deko'reijn] —
украшение;
6.	to buy [bai] (bought,
bought) — покупать;
7.	present ['prezont] —
подарок;
8.	to sing (sang, sung) —
петь;
9.	to dance — танцевать;
10.	to get (got, got)
tired — устать
98
A 10. а) Прочитайте вопросы и составьте по ним рассказ:
When did the winter holidays begin? How long were
the holidays? Did you go to your school during the
holiday? What did you do there? Did you have a New
Year party there? When did it take place? Did you
take part in the concert there? What else did you do
during the holidays? Did you have a nice time?
б) Перепишите предложения и подчеркните выделенные
слова красной чертой, если неопределенный артикль
употребляется для называния объекта, и синей, если он
указывает количество.
I. Buy half a litre of milk and a packet of sugar.
2. There is an ice-cream in the refrigerator. 3. He
cannot say a word in English. 4. Grishin, a boy in
our class, lived by the Black Sea a year ago. 5. We
had a nice day picking flowers in the forest and
swimming in the river. 6. Give the child an apple
a day.
§ 3
11. Read Yura’s time-table and describe the boy’s day:
7 a. m. Getting up.
7.15 a. m. Morning exercises.
7.30 a. m. Breakfast.
•8 a. m. School.
2 p. m. Dinner.
2.30 p. m. Homework.
6 p. m. Games.
8 p. m. Supper.
8.30 p. m. Free time.
10 p. m. Going to bed.
4*
99
12.	Read and answer the questions about what you did yes-
terday:
1.	When did you get up?
2.	What did you do then?
3.	Where did you go to wash?
4.	What time did you have your breakfast?
5.	Did you do your homework in the evening or in
the morning?
6.	Was your homework difficult?
7.	What lessons did you have yesterday?
8.	What marks did you get?
9.	When did you come home from school?
10.	How did you help your mother?
13.	Read and use in situations:
food [fu:d]: We buy food every day. There is a food
shop near our house.
sugar ['Jugo]: We take sugar with our tea. Many
children like sugar very much.
cheese [t.fi:z]: I like cheese made from the milk of
cows. My mother likes cheese made from the
milk of sheep. There is very good cheese in
our food shop.
sausage ['sosids]: We often eat sausage for breakfast.
Sometimes I bring bread and sausage to school
to eat during a break.
market ['mcvkit]: There is no market on week-days in
our village; the market day is on Sunday only.
The market place is not very large in our town.
money ['тлт]: Schoolchildren usually have not much
money. Yesterday I spent all my money in a
bookshop. How much money have you?
cheap [tji:p]: Apples are very cheap these days. This
is the cheapest market in the town.
100
14.	Read the text and say: (a) what schoolchildren in your
part of the country do during their winter holidays;
(b) what you did during the first ten days of January:
Winter Holidays
A few months ago you read and spoke very much
about summer holidays.
Now it is time to read something about how
schoolchildren spend their winter holidays.
In one part of the country the weather can be
too cold for much skating and skiing. That is why
you may want to go home after an hour on the
skating-rink or a game of hockey.
The winter in another place is not so cold and
there is little snow. In some parts of the country
schoolchildren can neither skate nor ski. But they
spend their time playing games, going to the cinema
and theatre, reading books and watching TV. Many
children go to Moscow, St. Petersburg and other
cities with their teachers. They visit museums and
other interesting places.
This year Lena Stogova went to Volgograd with
some schoolmates. On the way to the Hero City she
saw tractors in the fields.
“What are they doing there on a winter day?”
she asked a man standing near her by the window.
“Oh, they are banking up snow 1 in the fields
to get a good harvest. I’m a farmer myself and 1
get — got — got
do — did — done
go — went — gone
have — had — had
be — was, were — been
get — got — got
come — came — come
101
can tell you that when there is a lot of snow in
winter, the harvest is good in autumn.”
Anna Pavlovna, the English teacher who heard
the conversation, said, “And I know what English
people say about much snow in winter. Here it is:
’Snowy year, rich year’.”
1 bank up snow — проводить снегозадержание
15. a) Look at the pictures and compare the things and the
people in the pictures.
b) Ask your deskmate questions.
102
▲ 16. а) Перепишите предложения, вставляя неопределенный
артикль там, где нужно. Прочитайте написанное.
1. In the shop window you can see ... coats, ... suits,
... shoes and other things. 2. There are fifty-two
weeks in ... year. 3. Will you give me ... kilo and a
half of ... sweets. 4. What ... nice lake that is! 5. He
can spend ... month or two at the seaside. 6. Take
... shopping-bag for the things you must buy.
CQ б) Выполните задание 16 домашнего чтения.
§ 4
17.	Read what other people have said and answer the questions
about the same things:
1.	“My exercise-book has bad marks; has yours?”
“No, mine has only good marks.”
What about yours?
2.	“We saw a very good sports ground but ours is
no worse.”
What about yours?
3.	“Our New Year tree was very high. What about
theirs?”
“It was not very high but it was beautiful.”
What about yours?
read — read — read	do — did — done
speak — spoke — spoken	get — got — got
spend — spent — spent	tell - told - told
 go — went — gone	hear — heard — heard
see — saw — seen	know — knew — known
103
4.	“Nadyusha wants to have Boris’s stamps.”
“What about hers, which her father gave her?”
“She thinks they are not so beautiful.”
What about yours?
18.	Read and use in situations:
price [prais]: What price did you pay for the bag?
What is the price of this suit?
sell (sold [sould], sold): Farmers sell vegetables and
fruit in the market. Apples are selling at a
low price in autumn.
department [di'padmant]: The shoe department of this
shop is on the second floor. Tomorrow my mother
will take me to the children’s clothing (clothes)
department to buy me a coat.
store [sto:]: This large store sells clothes. There is
a small store in the village where you can
get different things.
sweet [swi:t]: On her birthday she received a box of
sweets. My grandmother does not like sweets.
ice-cream [zaiskri:m]: An ice-cream is very good in
hot weather. Do you like ice-cream?
shopping: When his mother is at the factory he goes
shopping. She did her shopping in the morning
and was back before breakfast.
19.	Read the text and answer the questions:
Shops and Shopping
There are different kinds of shops. Some of them
sell bread. Others have tea, sugar, coffee, butter,
cheese, sausages, meat, fruit.
When we want to buy something, we take our
shopping-bag and go to a shop. There we can see
shop-assistants who sell things.
104
Many people do their shopping at the market.
There farmers and other people sell vegetables and
fruit which they grow themselves. They sell meat,
milk and other things too.
Large shops with many departments are depart-
ment stores and supermarkets. In these stores we
can buy almost all we want. In the windows we see
all the things which they sell there — food, suits,
dresses, coats, boots, shoes, radio and TV sets, and
many other things.
1.	Are shops important in our life? Why? 2. What
do farmers do with the vegetables and fruit which
they cannot use themselves? 3. What is good about
department stores (supermarkets)? 4. Why do so
many people visit them?
20. Look at the pictures and say what kind of shops you see
and what you can buy at them.
105
▲ 21. а) Прочитайте вопросы и составьте по ним рассказ:
Yesterday was a usual day, wasn’t? When did you
go to school? Who did you meet on your way to
school? What did you speak about? What lessons
did you have? What was interesting at the lessons?
What did you do during the long break? Did you
stay at school after lessons? What did you do then?
When did you go home?
б) Перепишите предложения, вставляя пропущенные
слова. Прочитайте написанное.
1. Please ... another dress. This one is too big for
you. 2. The farmers sell fruit and vegetables at the
... . 3. They ... sausages at this shop. 4. The ... will
give you the hat you have bought. 5. How much
does this ice-cream ... ? 6. What is the ... of these
sweets?
§ 5
22.	Read the sentences and answer the questions:
1.	When the children were at the summer camp, they
went to the forest every day. When did they go
to the forest? What did they do there?
2.	We must get home when it is dark. What must
you do at home when it is dark?
3.	Lena likes to sing to herself when she works in
the garden. What does Lena do when she works
in the garden?
4.	When they came to the seaside it was very hot.
Was it hot when they came to the seaside? What
did they do there?
106
23.	Read and answer the questions:
1.	What kinds of shops do you know?
2.	Who tells you the price and sells food and other
things?
3.	Does your mother do her shopping at the market?
4.	What do farmers sell at the market?
5.	What is a department store (supermarket)?
6.	What can you buy in a department store?
7.	What departments are there in a department store?
8.	What can you see in shop windows?
24.	Read and use in situations:
change [tjeinds]: Take your change, please! The girl
bought an ice-cream with the change received
at the greengrocer’s.
slowly ['slouli]: These boys are working too slowly on
the school plot today. This is a slow bus; it
goes slowly and stops very often.
enough [i'nAf]: Have you had enough to eat? It’s warm
enough to swim. I have enough to do.
cost [kost] (cost, cost): How much did your pen cost?
What does this watch cost you? My uncle has
bought a sideboard at a small cost. It costs me
three dollars.
try [trai]: Try to do this exercise. I shall try to come
home early.
try on: My sister tried on many hats to choose the
best one. Try it on!
rather ['гсибэ]: It’s rather cold today. My brother is
rather better now.
•size [saiz]: What size dress do you wear? Take size
42 in boots.
107
25.	Read the text and answer the questions:
A Talk About Shopping >
The Stogovs do some shopping every day. All
members of the family buy something, and only
Nadyusha does not go shopping.
“When you grow a little more, I’ll let you go to the
shops,” says Vera Ivanovna. “Some day you’ll go for bread.”
“What about an ice-cream on my way home
when I’m a little bigger?” asks Nadyusha.
“Well, ice-cream is less important than bread.”
“What about the change when I buy bread? May
I have it?” asks Boris.
“Oh, you always want it to buy new stamps,”
says his mother.
“Of course, I do. But there is always less change
than I want to spend on stamps. And I can’t buy
less sugar or cheese.”
“You are talking about buying things and I think we
must buy something for tea now,” says Victor Nikolayevich.
“You’re right, Daddy.” says Lena. “I’ll run and
buy some sweets, cakes and sausage. Where is the
shopping-bag?
1.	Who goes shopping in your family? 2. Do you do
your shopping every day? 3. When did you begin to
go shopping? 4. What shop is the best for you to
buy things? Why do you think so?
one some something mother other another rouble
bought enough buy sugar
108
26. (a) Look at the pictures and ask questions about the shops.
(b) Look at the pictures and describe the shops.
27. Read and note:
Money
U.S.A. 1 dollar1 ($1 )=100 cents2 (c)
U.K. 1 pound3 (£l)=100 pence4 (p)
Before 1971:
1 pound=20 shilling’s5 (s)
1 shilling=12 pence (d)
Weight6
1 kilogramme=l,000 grammes (g)
1 pound (lb)=12 ounces7 « 453 grammes
1 ounce (oz)=28 grammes
1 dollar — доллар; 2 cent — цент; 3 pound [paund] — фунт;
4 penny (pl pence) — пенни, пенс; 5 shilling — шиллинг;
6 weight [weit] — вес; 7 ounce [auns] — унция
109
▲ 28. а) Перепишите предложения, вставляя предлоги там, где
нужно. Прочитайте написанное.
1. They sell cheese ... that department. 2. We have
bought a lot of flowers ... our old teacher ... her
birthday. 3. When the children go ... school, Mother
goes ... shopping and prepares dinner. 4. She is ...
the market now. 5. How much shall I pay ... this
box of sweets? 6. Buy a litre ... milk and half ... a
kilo ... butter ... the milk and butter department.
EQ б) Выполните задание 17 домашнего чтения.
§ 6
29.	Read and say. Explain why you use the indefinite article:
1.	You go to the shop. Ask the shop-assistant to give
you one kilo of sugar, one an’d a half kilos of
sausages and half a kilo of cheese.
2.	Tell your friend what you saw in the morning on
your way to school.
3.	You have bought a lot of things at the shop. Tell
your mother what you have bought and what the
price was.
4.	You want to buy things, but you have no time.
Ask your friend to buy them for you.
30.	Read and speak about shopping:
1.	The members of your family buy many things.
What do you buy every day? What do you buy
every week? Who buys bread, butter, coffee, tea,
apples, cakes, meat, fruit, salt?
2.	Your mother has gone to buy some food. What
will she bring home?
no
3.	Who goes to the market in your family? What
 can you buy at the market?
31.	Read the funny stories and say which of them you like more.
1. A Bigger Hand Is Better
One day a woman went shopping to the market
with her small son. Soon they came to a man who
was selling cherries.1 The man liked the small boy,
and said, “Take a handful2 of cherries, my little
man.”
The boy went up to the box of cherries. He put
out his hand, then took it back. He did not take any
cherries.
“Don’t you like cherries?” the man asked.
“Yes, I do,” said the boy. The man took a big
handful of cherries and gave them to the boy.
“Thank you,” said the boy.
“Bobby,” said his mother on the way home, “why
didn’t you take the cherries yourself?”
“Because the man’s hand was bigger than mine,”
was the answer.
2. Which Is More Foolish?3
Farmer Jones wanted to buy some things at a
store. The storekeeper4 had a lot of bicycles5 in the
store and he wanted to sell one to the farmer. “Look
here, farmer Jones,” he said. “I can sell you a very
good bicycle and you can ride around your farm on
it every day.”
“Oh, no,” said the farmer. “I don’t want a bicycle,
I think a cow is more useful and the price is just
the same.”
“But just think,” said the storekeeper, “you can’t
ride round the town on a cow. That’s foolish!”
in
“Oh, I don’t know which is more foolish,” an-
swered the farmer with a smile, “to ride on a cow
or to milk a bicycle.”
1 cherry ['tjeri] — вишня, черешня;2 handful fhaendful] — при-
горшня; 3 foolish ['furlij] — глупо; 4 storekeeper ['sto:ki:po] —
лавочник; 5 bicycle ['baisikl] — велосипед; 6 milk — доить.
32. Read and act.
At the Food Shop
“Good-morning.”
“Good-morning.”
“I want a loaf1 of bread, please.”
“Here you are.”
“Thank you.”
“Do you want anything else?”
“Yes. I’d like a bottle of milk, a dozen 2 eggs,3
a packet of sugar, three pounds of apples and two
cans4 of Cola-Cola5. How much is all that?”
“Five pounds fifty, please.”
“Here’s six pounds.”
“That’s 50 pence change. Thank you very much
and come again.”
1 loaf [louf] — буханка, булка; 2 dozen [dxzn] — дюжина;
3 eSS ~~ яйцо; 4 сап — банка; 5 Cola-Cola [kouko'kaulo] —
кока-кола
33. Describe the nearest shop you buy food at.
▲ 34. а) Прочитайте текст и подготовьте его пересказ:
Boris Goes Shopping
This morning, Vera Ivanovna Stogova looked in
her refrigerator and sideboard and saw that she did
not have enough bread, butter and milk. She asked
Boris to go shopping.
112
“Boris,” she said, “I want you to go and buy
some things. Please don’t forget what I’m going to
tell you. Here are the things I want you to bring.
First buy three kilos of potatoes. Then buy a kilo
of sausages, two hundred and fifty grammes of
butter, two hundred grammes of cheese and a litre
of milk. You can buy bread, too. Here is the money.”
Boris repeated what his mother wanted him to buy,
took his mother’s shopping-bag and went shopping.
He bought sausages, cheese, butter and milk
and went to buy potatoes. As he. went into the shop
he saw his classmate, Zhenya Popov. First he wanted
to ask him, “What are you doing here?” but just at
that moment he saw a large shopping-bag in
Zhenya’s hand.
“I’m going to buy potatoes,” said Zhenya, “and
what do you want to buy?”
“Potatoes,” answered Boris.
Soon the boys came out of shop and got on a bus.
“Do you often go shopping?” asked Boris.
“Very often,” answered Zhenya Popov. “Mum
says I know a lot about shopping and I can buy
almost anything. And another thing is, I must help.”
б) Напишите по одной-две фразы по-английски, что бы
вы сказали в подобных ситуациях:
1.	Вы в гостях у друга по переписке в Англии. Он
показывает вам свой дом и сад. Выразите свое
восхищение увиденным.
2.	К вам в дом в гости пришел ваш английский
друг. Познакомьте его (ее) со своей семьей.
3.	Вы со своим английским другом собираетесь в
однодневный поход. Напишите, сколько и какой
еды вы возьмете с собой.
из
§ 7
35.	Read and compare (see RG 1ПЗ):
They are going to There are many beautiful
build a new hotel here, buildings in the street.
Let us begin our lesson. Read the text from the beginning.
Turn to the right! Take the first turning on your left.
build + -ing = building
36.	Read and say what the underlined words mean:
1.	We greet people when we meet them. “Good mor-
ning” is a greeting. 2. Schoolchildren learn many
subjects. The learning of physics is difficult for some
schoolchildren. 3. The members of our club meet
every week. We shall have a meeting after classes
tomorrow. 4. Every year all my friends come to my
birthday party. The coming of the birthday is a nice
thing for children. 5. Some boys and girls in our
form can draw well. The drawings they bring to
school to show other classmates are beautiful. 6. The
class teacher usually opens our meetings. The ope-
ning of our school meeting was very interesting.
37.	Read the funny story and say how much money the boys got.
Jackie and Billy Buy from Each Other
Jackie and Billy, two American boys, were great
friends.
Jackie’s mother made cookies 1 and sold them in
the street. One day she told Jackie to take twelve
cookies and sell them. She said: “Don’t eat any of
them, and don’t give them to other boys. Sell all the
cookies and bring the money home.”
114
Billy’s mother made and sold cookies, too, and
she told her son to do the same. She also gave him
twelve cookies to sell in the street.
The boys went into the street to sell the cookies.
In two hours Billy could sell only one cookie. He
got hungry. 2 An idea 3 came to him that he could buy
one of Jackie’s cookies with the money he had. Jackie
was very glad to have some money now because he was
also hungry. He used it to buy one of Billy’s cookies.
The boys went on selling and buying cookies
from each other. Soon they had no more cookies.
1 cookie ['kuki] — (домашнее) печенье; 2 hungry ['hArjgri] —
голодный; 3 idea [ai'dio] — мысль, идея
38.	Read and act.
At the Department Store
1. At the Shoe Department
“Excuse me, sir, how can I get to the shoe
department?”
“It’s over there, on the right.”
“Thank you.”
“I want a pair of shoes, please.”
“What size 1 shoes do you want?
“Size 28.”
“Here you are. They are good and rather 2 cheap. 3”
“I shall try them on. They are rather small, I
want a larger pair of shoes.”
“Try these, then. They are larger.”
“I think I’ll take them. What’s the price?”
“Thirty-seven.”
“Thank you.”
2. At the Hat Department
’ “Can I help you, madam?”
“I’d like a hat, please. May I try on that hat?"
115
“Yes. Take it, please.”
“Oh, this hat is too large for me. Have you got
them in a smaller size and in a different colour?”
“Here’s another one.”
“Is it smaller?”
“Yes, it is. I hope it will be better. And we have
more hats to try on.”
1 size — размер; 1 2 rather [Tcv:6a] — довольно; 3 4 cheap
[t Ji:p] — дешевый
39.	Read and answer the questions.
1.	Who goes shopping in your family?
2.	Does your mother ask you to buy food sometimes?
3.	What is the price of the sweets you like?
4.	Is the shop where you buy bread far from your house?
5.	Which bread do you like, white or brown?
6.	How much do you pay for a kilogramme of cheese?
40.	Make up a short story using the words:
1) birthday
2) present
3)- to buy
4) interesting
5)	department
6)	store
7)	to try on
8)	to cost
9)	to pay
10)	change
11)	birthday party
12)	to be pleased.
▲ 41. а) Перепишите предложения, подчеркните слова, обра-
зованные с помощью -ing, и напишите в скобках, от
каких глаголов они образованы:
1.	Look at the new modern building of the town
library. 2. Do you know how to write the greeting
and the ending in English letters? 3. The meeting
will take place in the hall at 5 o’clock. 4. Take the
first turning on your right and you will see the
museum. 5. The coming of the New Year is a happy
holiday. 6. Show me the drawings you have brought.
б)	Выполните задание 18 домашнего чтения.
116
42. Read and compare, (see RG VIII):
You will take the sugar when If you jump that high, I
I say “Three”.	shall give you the sugar.
Future Indefinite if (when)H-Present Indefinite
If (when) + Present Indefinite Future Indefinite
But: Tell me
Tell me
if you will go to the library,
when you will come home.
43.	Read:
I.	When ‘the bus comes, we shall be ready to go.
2.	If he comes, tell him I’ll be back in half an hour.
3.	When there is no more food in the refrigerator,
he will go shopping.
4.	If you don’t understand, I’ll repeat it again.
5.	I shall go to bed when I finish my work.
6.	She will tell him about the meeting if she sees
him tomorrow.
117
44.	Read and pick out the sentences in which we must not
use shall or will after when or if:
1.	When do you come home from school?
2.	When you come home, it will be too late.
3.	Tell me when you will come back.
1.	I want to know when you will ring me up.
2.	When you receive this letter, I shall be far away.
3.	When do you have your literature lesson?
1.	I want you to tell me if you have enough money.
2.	I shall do so if I have time.
3.	My friend asks me if I shall go to the seaside
next year.
45.	Read and act:
At the Book-Shop.'
“Good afternoon. What can I’do for you, sir?”
“Good afternoon. I’m looking for a good English
dictionary”.
“Oh, we have some dictionaries of course. What
kind of dictionary do you need?”
- “A Russian-English dictionary, please.”
“Here you are. It really1 is very good.”
“How much does it cost?”
“Just let me see... It’s $25.”
“Oh, it’s too expensive2. Well, I want a guide-
book3 with maps.”
“Yes, sir. Here’s one with a map of the under-
ground.4”
“This is just what I want. I’ll take this one,
please.”
“Thank you, sir.”
1 really ['riali] — действительно; 2 expensive [iks'pensiv] —
дорогой; 3 guide-book ['gaidbuk] — путеводитель.
118
46.	Do the tasks.
1.	Tell the class what you do when your mother asks
you to go shopping.
2.	Tell the class what you ask the shop-assistant
when you want to buy some sweets.
3.	Ask you friend to buy something for you.
▲ 47 а). Прочитайте предложения и подготовьте к каждому из
них вопросы:
1. When we decide to go to the forest, I shall tell
you. 2. If the exercise is difficult, I shall ask my
sister how to do it. 3. When the dinner is ready,
Mum will tell is. 4. If you dress quickly, we shall
have enough time to get to the theatre. 5. When I
know English well, I shall read a lot of books in
English. 6. If I have time, I’ll come to see you on
Sunday evening. 7. When my father comes from the
factory, we shall go to the cinema. 8. If I finish my
work soon, I shall go for a walk.
б) Перепишите предложения, вставляя вспомогательные
глаголы shall или will там, где нужно. Прочитайте на-
писанное:
1.	If the weather is rainy, we ... stay at home.
2. When the parents ... come home, the rooms ... be
clean. 3. I ... go shopping when I ... finish my
homework. 4. If we ... have no bread at home, 1 ...
go and buy some. 5. If you ... have time, we ... go
out for a walk. 6. 1 ... go to the library to take out
a new book when I ... finish reading this one.
119
§ 9
48.	Read (See R.G IX):
1.
it’s
“It’s ten o’clock.
You have to go to
bed, dear.”
“Why, Mummy?”
“Because
late.”
2.	“Yesterday I did not go to the cinema. I had to
stay at home after school.”
“Were you ill? Did you have to go to the doctor?”
“No, I didn’t go to the doctor. I had a lot of
homework to do.”
3.	“Are you free tomorrow?”
 “No.”
“What will you have to do?”
“My parents will be out all the day, so I shall
have to look after my little sister.”
49.	Read:
1.	We did not have to get up very early on Sunday.
2.	You will have to go to the bus stop to meet your
aunt and uncle.
3.	You don’t have to walk, take a bus.
4.	Do you have to buy new textbooks every year?
5.	You will have to send him a telegram or a postcard.
6.	I was not well and had to see my doctor.
120
50. Read and pick out the sentences in which to have means must:
I.	I have a penfriend in England.
2.	I have to visit a doctor, I’m not well.
3.	I have forgotten to turn off the gas in the kitchen.
4. I have tea with bread and butter for supper.
1.	Have you a library at home?
2.	Do you have dinner at 2 o’clock?
3.	Have you bought enough bread?
4.	Do you have to help your parents?
51.	Read the text and retell it:
Buying Cakes
A bus stopped hear a small English town in the
country. A man looked out of the window and saw
a woman selling cakes. The man wanted to buy a
cake, bu£ the woman was far away 1 from the bus.
The man did not want to get out himself, so he
asked a little boy who was near the bus, “How much
does a cake cost?” “Threepence,2 sir,3" answered the
boy. The man gave him sixpence and said to him,
“Bring me a cake, and with the other threepence
buy one for yourself.”
A few minutes later the boy came back eating
a cake. He gave the the man threepence change and
said, “There was only one cake left, sir.”
1 far away [a'wei] — далеко; 2 threepence ['Qrepans] — три
пенса; 3 sir [sa:] — сэр, господин (обращение)
52. Read and answer the questions:
1. Could you skate when you were six years old?
2. Could your mother play the piano when she was
a schoolgirl?
3. Could you help your classmates with English last year?
121
4.	What could you see in the fields last autumn?
5.	How could you help your parents last Sunday?
6.	Where could you go during your winter holidays?
53. Look at the pictures and make up a story.
jeans [dsi:nz] — джинсы;
shop-window — витрина;
to show (showed, shown) —
показывать;
to try on — примерять;
to buy (bought, bought) —
покупать;
to put on — надевать;
mirror ['miro] — зеркало;
to be happy — быть счаст-
ливым;
shower Цаиэ] — ливень;
to shrink (shruhk, shrunk) —
садиться (о ткани)
▲ 54. а) Опровергните утверждения и прочитайте написанное:
1. I have to go to the doctor. 2. He has to have his
breakfast at 7 o’clock. 3. He had to stay at school
122
after the lessons. 4. You will have to put your raincoat
on. 5. They had to send a telegram. 6. They had to
take a trolley-bus to get to the theatre in time.
б) Выполните задание 19 домашнего чтения.
§ 10
55.	Read and answer the questions:
1.	What do you have to put on when the weather is
bad?
2.	Where did you have to go when you wanted to
buy an ice-cream?
3.	When will you have to have supper if you are
going to the theatre in the evening?
4.	Who has to go and bring some chalk if there isn’t
any?
5.	You have to spend more than three hours on your
homework, don’t you?
6.	What do you have to do in the morning?
56.	Read and answer the questions.
I.	What new subjects have you this year?
2.	Did you have to go to the library yesterday?
3.	How many lessons will you have tomorrow?
4.	What have you prepared for your English lesson?
5.	Where did you have to go yesterday evening?
6.	When did you have your last school holiday party?
57.	Read and say why we use the definite or the indefinite
article with the words underlined:
1.	a) I want to buy a bottle of milk.
b) Put the bottle in the shopping-bag.
2.	a) Go to the shop on the corner of the street.
123
b) There is a shoe shop on the corner of the
steet.
3.	a) Give me an ice-cream, please.
b) Put the ice-cream into the refrigerator.
4.	a) Show me the white dress over there.
b) Show me a white dress.
58.	Speak about the situations.
1.	Your mother has asked you to buy food for dinner.
Describe what you are going to buy.
2.	You go to a shop to buy a birthday present for
your friend. Make up a conversation with the
shop-girl.
3.	You and your boy-friend speak about what present
you are going to buy for your girl-friends on
Women’s Day.
4.	You have been to the market. Tell your friend
what farmers sold there.
▲ 59.a) Прочитайте текст и завершите рассказ:
Masha Krylova is going to the shops to choose
something interesting for a birthday present for her
friend Tanya Sedova.
Before leaving the house Masha had a conver-
sation with her parents.
“I don’t know what girls like best of all for
birthday presents/’ said Masha’s father. “But I think
she will like something beautiful to hang on a wall
or put on her table.”
“Yes,” said her mother, “and a box of sweets is
very good for a birthday party.”
124
б) Напишите по одному вопросу к каждому предло-
жению, начиная их словами, данными в скобках. Про-
читайте написанное:
1.	The children have to spend an hour or two in the
forest. (Who ...)
2.	They had to stay at school after their lessons. (Why...)
3.	He has to look after his younger sister. (Who... after?)
4.	The teacher had to write a letter to Victor’s parents.
(Who... to?)
5.	They will have to stay in town for a month or
so. (Where...)
6.	She had to clean her room and wash the floor
before she began her work. (What...)
change n	food n	size n
cheap a	have to v	slowly adv
cheese n	ice-cream n	store n
cost V	market n	sugar n
could v	money n	supermarket n
department n	rather adv	sweet n
do one’s shopping	sell v	try V
enough adv	sausage n	try on V
Unit 4
1.	Read and answer the questions.
1.	What new subjects do you learn in the 7th form?
2.	Have you got new teachers? Who are they?
3.	What subjects do you like very much?
4.	When do your lessons begin this year?
5.	Do you have physical training and labour training?
6.	What days do you have English lesson?
125
2.	Read the list of the subjects-in the 7th form and compare
them with what you had last school year:
1.	Russian
2.	Literature
3.	Algebra ['aeldjibro]
4.	Geometry [dsi'omitri]
5.	Physics ['fiziks]
6.	History
7.	Geography
8.	Botany ['botoni]
9.	Zoology [zou'olod3i]
10.	English
11.	Labour Training
12.	Arts
13.	Music
14.	Physical Training
3.	Read and speak about your lesson:
1.	Speak about how you begin a lesson. How do you
finish it?
2.	Sometimes teachers tell schoolchildren to look at the
blackboard. What do they want them to see there?
3.	“Open your books!” is a usual classroom command.
What other commands can you hear during an
English lesson?
4.	What does you English teacher say when you
come late to a lesson?
4.	Read and answer the questions:
What They Say About School
Every day you can hear something interesting at
school. When you come home after classes, you tell your
parents what you have heard and seen at school. Now
read what some schoolchildren in England tell each other.
Different Sums
When Larry 1 came home from school- he said,
“I’m not going to school tomorrow.”
“Why?”asked his mother.
“On Monday, the teacher said four and four are
eight. On Tuesday, she said six and two are eight,
Today, she said seven and one are eight. The sums
126
are different, but the answers are always the same.
How сап 1 learn mathematics?”
A Difficult Question
One day Pete came home from school and said,
“The class could not answer the teacher’s question,
only I could answers it.”
“Very nice, Pete. And what was the question?”
“The teacher asked who broke2 the classroom
window.”
1 Larry ['laerij; 2 broke (broke, broken) — разбивать
1. Does Larry want to go to school tomorrow? 2. Larry
doesn’t know how much three and five are, does he?
3. What was the question which Pete answered?
5. Look at the pictures and describe the schools.
6. а). Напишите по одному вопросу к каждому предложе-
нию, начиная их словами, данными в скобках. Прочитайте
написанное.
1.	We had five lessons yesterday. (How many...)
2.	He has to go to the doctor. (Where...)
3.	I have new textbooks for the eighth form. (What
form... for?)
127
4.	She had to read the text three times. (How many...)
5.	They have had a geography lesson today. (What lesson...)
6.	We had to have dinner at home. (Where...)
CQ б) Выполните задание 20 домашнего чтения.
§ 2
7.	Read and compare (See RG I 7):
The indefinite article
A (an)
No article
(-)
There is a stand in the
reading-room.
Dr ih/<
a p i ixt
nri Lk
a ^ay
II. The woman is
drinking cbffee.
III. The boys went to
school by bus.
1.	Называние исчисляемых объектов. II. Называние
неисчисляемого объекта. III. Распредмечивание.
128
8.	Read and say why we use no article before the words
underlined:
1.	There are picture-books with pictures and stories
for small boys and girls. 2. The farm grows wheat,
potatoes, vegetables and fruit. 3. We want peace
and friendship with all peoples. 4. The father goes
to work by trolleybus. 5. We can see new blocks of
flats, schools, cinemas and shops in towns and vil-
lages. 6. Does he live in town or in the country?
9.	Read and discuss the situations:
One day an engineer comes to your school to have
a' talk after lesson. He says to the children, “The
subject of my talk today is ‘New Machines.”
Tell each other what interests you;
what you think about the subject of
the talk;
what subjects you must learn to be
an engineer or a doctor;
what subjects you will choose for
another talk at school.
10.	Read and say which of the school subjects you like and
why:
A Discussion During a Break
Last week some children of Form 7 A discussed
school subjects.
“My favourite subjects are algebra and geomet-
ry,” said Liza Prokhorova. “I don’t think I can learn
other subjects very well.”
“What do you say?” asked Misha Popov. “Don’t
you khow that all subjects are important?”
“Then why don’t you have good marks for all
subjects?” asked Maya Chaikina.
5 Зак. 52
129
“Because I can’t now, some of the subjects are
difficult for me.”
“And I think,” said Lena Stogova, “that we must
learn all subjects well. They will help us when we
have a profession.”
“How can literature help you to be a good
driver?” asked Valery Nikonov.
“Well, I know,” said Alik Vetrov. “Modern drivers
must know a lot, not only about cars. They may
learn new professions at institutes. And haven’t you
seen car drivers reading books during a break in
their work?”
“Oh! Yuri Timofeyevich is coming!” said Sasha
Grigoryev. “Music is also an important subject. Let’s
go to the classroom!”
/
▲ II. а) Прочитайте текст и скажите, нравятся ли вам шутки
и почему.
Joking * on the Way to School
Victor and Sasha live in the same house. Every
morning they meet in the yard and go to school
together.
One day Victor says, “I’ve just finished reading
a book about some friends who agreed2 to tell each
other interesting stories.”
“Were those stories from books?”
“Not always. Sometimes they made up their
stories themselves.”
“Listen!” said Sasha. “I don’t know about stories,
it may be difficult, but I can tell you a lot of jokes.
Let’s begin either today or tomorrov. Do you agree?”
“I can’t quite3 agree,” said Victor, “if you want
to tell your jokes in Russian. I’ve read many jokes
in English and I’m going to tell them in English, too.”
130
“But I’m going to tell my jokes in English too,”
said Sasha.
Next morning Victor was ready to tell his first
joke. Here it is.
Mother: Johnny, I left two pieces of cake in the
cupboard this morning; I see there is only one
piecfe now. Where is the other? Can you tell me?
Johnny: It was too dark, Mummy. I could not see
the other piece.
“Oh,” said Sasha. “Johnny was ready to eat two
pieces of cake. Now listen to my joke.”
Mother asks her small daughter who is reading
a book: “What are you reading, dear?”
“I don’t know,” answers the girl.
“You don’t know? You are reading aloud, so you
must know.”
“I am reading aloud, Mummy, but I am not
listening,” the girl said.
The boys had no time to tell more jokes because
they were at the school door. They were a little late
for the lesson and the English teacher asked them
why they were late.
“You see, Yelena Petrovna, we told each other
jokes... In English...” said Victor.
“In English? I don’t think that’s bad. You may
sit down.”
1 joke — шутка, шутить; 2 agree [э'дгi:] — соглашаться;
3 quite [kwait] — полностью, вполне
б) Перепишите предложения, вставляя неопределенный
артикль там, где нужно. Подчеркните исчисляемые су-
ществительные красной чертой, неисчисляемые — синей:
131
1. We have enough ... cheese and ... sweets. 2. How
much ... money have you? 3. You can see ... books
on ... literature at our library. 4. There were ... tall
bookcases with books all around the room. 5. We
saw ... fruit and vegetables ... meat and ... fish and
... butter and other things at the market. 6. There
were ... newspapers, ... letter and ... telephone on
the desk.
§ 3
12.	Read the text and say what you do to celebrate Defender
of Fatherland Day:
Defender of Fatherland Day
At the beginning of February Sveta Chernova
came to the class teacher and said, “Klavdia Semy-
onovna, on the 23rd of February we shall celebrate
Defender of Fatherland Day”.
“ Of course, you must,” said Klavdia Semyonov-
na. “That is a very important holiday and I hope
that all the boys and girls will take part in the
celebration.”
“Yes, but we girls want to prepare something
interesting for our boys. They are not army men of
course, but they will be in the army after finishing
school.”
“Weil, I think that is a very good idea. You can
prepare a wonderful concert. There are, for example,
many poems and songs about the army.”
“Shall we give our boys small presents on that
day?” asked Sveta.
“Why not? And I think that the best present is
a book about the army.”
132
“Tanya Suslova says there are beautiful post-
cards with pictures about the army. Shall we send
one of those cards to each boy by post?” asked Sveta.
“Oh, no. I don’t think that’s right. You can put
a postcard in a book. That will be a nice present,”
said Klavdia Semyonovna, “and all the girls must
write something on the card.”
“Thank you,” said Sveta and went to speak with
the other girls.
When all the girls gathered after the lesson,
they discussed where to get books for presents and
how to prepare a concert.
“And what shall we write on our cards?” asked
one of the girls.
“We can write our wishes,” said Galya Grigorenko.
“We can wish our boys to prepare themselves for the
army life and to be ready to defend our country.”
Lyuda Burova thought a little and asked, “Can
I wish Tolik Petrov to think more about physical
training?”
“Of course, you can,” answered the girls. “And
on Women’s Day he may wish you to think more
about mathematics.”
13.	Read and answer the questions about Defender of Fatherland
Day.
1.	What does your school (form) organize on the 23d
of February?
come — came — come send — sent — sent
say — said — said	write — wrote — written
be — was, were — been put — put — put
give — gave — given speak — spoke — spoken
think — thought — thought get — got — got
133
2.	What do you do to help to celebrate this holiday
at school?
3.	Who do you give presents on that day?
4.	How does your family celebrate this holiday?
5.	What kind of wishes do you write on holiday cards?
14.	Read and speak.
1.	Speak about what schoolchildren do on Defender
of Fatherland Day.
2.	Describe the. party you have had at school.
3.	Did you have a class meeting yesterday? What did
the schoolchildren speak about at the class meeting?
4.	What do you do when you are present at a class meeting?
Do you sit and listen or do you make a report?
15.	Read and use in situations:
full [ful]: Do you want a full cup of tea or half a cup?
As this page is now full, I can’t write any more.
This work is full of mistakes.
novel ['noval]: Dostoyevsky’s novels are popular in
different countries of the world. War and Peace
is a wonderful novel by Leo Tolstoy.
poem ['pouim]: A lot of children know poems by Mar-
shak. How many poems do you know?
interest ['introst]: We want to interest all children in
our work. Can I interest you in this book? That
doesn’t interest me. He is interested in history.
librarian [lai'brEarian]: The librarian sits at her desk giving
out and taking back books. The librarian put the
books back on the shelves and we went out.
magazine [jnaega'zkn]: All members of our family read
Neva, a very interesting magazine for young people.
wait [weit]: Who are you waiting for? I waited for my
sister to bring me my raincoat.
134
16. (a) Look at the pictures and answer the teacher’s questions.
(b) Look at the pictures and describe the library.
▲ 17. а) Напишите полные ответы на
вопросы и прочитайте
написанное:
1.	Who will go shopping if your mother is ill?
2.	When will you put on your warm coat? 3. What
will your parents do when they have their holidays?
4. Where will you spend next Sunday if the weather
is rainy? 5. What book will you take out from the
library when you go there next time?
б)	Выполните задание 21 домашнего чтения.
18.	Read and compare (See RG HI 4):
She will teach Geography She is a Geography teacher,
at our school.
The boy can run very fast. He is a good runner.
He writes short stories. The writer lives in our
town.
work + -er = worker
135
19.	Read and say what the underlined words mean:
1.	You can see a lot of readers in the reading-room
of the library. 2. My younger brother is not a good
swimmer. 3. The Bolshoi Theatre has many wonderful
dancers and singers. 4. The best jumper of our school
is Igor Ivanov. 5. Many helpers will make the work
easier. 6. The listeners gathered in the room near
the radio set. 7. All lovers of sport watch hockey
and football games on TV.
20.	Read and use in situations:
favourite ['feivarit]: Listen, that’s my favourite song!
Who is your favourite writer? My sister’s favou-
rite flowers are red roses.
author ['э:0э]: Who is the author of this book? My
favourite author is Kaverin. I am the author of
this wall newspaper article.
find [faind] (found [faund], found): I can’t find my
- boots! Have you found the answer to this ques-
tion? We went to her house, but we found her
out (not at home).
translate [traens'leit]: I can’t translate this sentence.
My father can translate from English into Rus-
sian.
idea [ai'dia]: Have you any idea of what I am going
to do? I have an idea of a new game. What a
good idea!
look for ['luk'fo:]: 1 am looking for a book about cos-
monauts.
popular f'popjula]: This singer is very popular with
young people.
136
21.	Read the text and describe the library.
At the Library
Lena Stogova likes to read interesting books.
She very often goes to the library to read books
there or to take out a book to read at home.
When you go into the children’s library, you first
see a large room with shelves on all the walls, and
all the shelves are full of books. There are picture-books
with pictures and stories for small boys and girls.
For older children, there are novels, plays, books
on history, geography and the arts. Books on history
and geography are very popular.
Lena likes books on literature very much. Russian
writers interest her most of all. She often takes out
works by Pushkin, Lermontov, Chekhov, Gorky and
others. She likes Pushkin’s poems, but she reads
Mayakovsky’s poems, too.
There is a table in the room at which the librarian
sits. She gives out and takes back books. Many boys
and girls are standing in front of the table. They
are bringing back the books they have read and
taking out the books they have chosen.
Lena sees Kolya, her classmate. He is bringing
back a book about animals.
On the right of the big room is the reading-room,
where there are tables and chairs. Near the wall there
is a stand with newspapers and magazines. Many boys
and girls are reading books, magazines or newspapers.
22.	Describe your school library or your town (village) library.
23.	Read the text of Exercise 21 and answer the questions:
1.	When does Lena go to the library?
2.	What does she do at the library?
137
3.	What can you see in the library?
4.	What	books interest Lena?
5.	What	poems does she like?
6.	Where does the librarian sit?
7.	What	do boys and girls do	in	the	reading-room?
8.	What	is there on the stand	in	the	reading-room?
24.	Read and answer the questions:
1.	What do you see when you go into a children’s
library?
2.	What kind of books do older children take out to
read?
3.	What interests you most of all when you choose
a book?
4.	What is your school reading-room like?
5.	Why is it a popular place in the school?
6.	What are your favourite books?
▲ 25. а) Прочитайте текст и опишите ваши внеурочные занятия
в школе.
Doing Things Together
Schoolchildren not only learn together. They do
many other things after lessons. They prepare wall
newspapers, go to the cinema or the theatre and
they work together on the school plot or in the fields.
Doing interesting things together helps friend-
ship and you learn to help each other when there
is something difficult.
Today Misha Popov and three other classmates
have gathered to prepare their form’s new wall
newspaper.
“What are we going to write in it?” asked Vasya
Belov.
138
“Well,” answered Misha. “This is not a holiday
newspaper. We shall write about our school life.”
“I told some boys and girls to write for our
newspaper,” said Valery Nikonov, “and here is what
I have collected.”
“Read what they have written,” said Liza Prok-
horova. “We shall discuss what is good for our
newspaper articles.”
One of the classmates wrote how schoolchildren
helped each other with difficult homework. A girl
wrote about her work in the second form and how
she organized games for smaller schoolchildren.
Two boys wanted the class wail newspaper to
give more information about different kinds of sport.
“I think we can make a good newspaper but
four articles won’t be enough,” said Misha Popov.
“And what about jokes?” asked Vitya Mikhailov
who liked jokes very much.
“We can take some good jokes from a magazine,"
answered Liza.
But Vitya was against that. “You see,” he said,
“those jokes may be good, but we must have jokes
about our class, not about other people.”
“That’s right,” said Misha. “And I hope that
Vitya will help us.”
“Yes, of course. Only telling jokes is so difficult...”
said Vitya.
б) Напишите существительные, образованные от глаго-
лов с помощью суффикса -ег, и переведите их на русский
язык:
•to build, to work, to fight, to speak, to dance, to
swim, to read, to sing, to jump, to play
139
§ 5
26.	Read and compare. (See RG X 1,3):
Русла*
Pushkin wrote
this poem.
This poem was written
by Pushkin.
The letter was written yesterday.
These exersises were done at the last lesson.
The theatre was built in 1970.
The vegetables were bought at the market.
The holiday meeting was opened at 5 o’clock in the hall.
These novels were translated from Russian into English.
PAST INDEFINITE PASSIVE
was
were
written (the
3rd form)
27.	Read:
1.	The seaside was visited by many people from the town.
2.	Four children were questioned at the Russian
lesson yesterday.
3.	The question was decided very quickly by the
teacher.
4.	The table was laid for dinner at 3 o’clock.
5.	The magazine was put in the bookcase.
28.	Read and pick out sentences with the Passive:
A. 1. They organized a holiday party on the 22nd
of February.
140
2. The meeting was organized in the school hall.
3. They have organized a literature club in their
school.
I.	The children decorated the New Year tree with toys.
2.	She has decorated the room with flowers.
3.	The buildings were decorated with slogans and
flags.
В. 1. The price of the coat was too high.
2.	There was a shop-girl selling ice-cream at the door.
3.	The cotton shirt was bought at the department
store.
1.	They were free yesterday evening.
2.	The telegram was sent by my uncle.
3.	There was something interesting in this ma-
gazine.
29.	Read and act:
A Conversation at the Library
“Hello, Kolya, are you waiting to take out a book?”
“Yes, I am, but I must give back this book first.”
“Oh, let me see! What is it?”
“It is a book written by Mayne Reid. He is one
of my favourite authors.”
“My favourite writer is Paustovsky. His short
stories are so beautiful.”
“And which poet do you like?”
“Well, Pushkin is my favourite poet.”
“I like modern poets. Do you read the poems in
Neva?”
“Yes, I do, but I like not all of them.”
“I like to read Gorky’s plays, do you?”
“Yes, but it’s better to see them at the theatre.”
141
30.	Read and answer the questions.
1.	What’s your librarian’s name?
2.	Has your school library a lot of books?
3.	Are there books on arts and literature on the
shelves of the library?
4.	Who is the author of the book you have taken out
from the library?
5.	When do you have to bring the book babk to the
library?
6.	What books are very popular with your classmates?
31. Look at the pictures and say how the schoolchildren prepare
their wall newspaper.
I.	2.
▲ 32. а) Перепишите предложения, вставляя глаголы, данные
в скобках, в соответствующей форме страдательного за-
лога. Прочитайте написанное:
1. The new library ... two years ago. (to build) 2. All
the mistakes ... by the teacher, (to correct) 3. At the
meeting at an English university, the writer from
St. Petersburg ... guestions about life in Russia, (to
ask). 4. The table ... by me half an hour ago. (to
buy) 5. The portrait of M. Gorky ... on the wall in
the reading-room yesterday, (to hang) 6. The um-
brella ... by somebody on a tram, (to leave)
б) Выполните задание 22 домашнего чтения.
142
§ 6
33. Read and compare. (See RG X 4):
Were these exercises done by you? Yes, they were.
Was the letter written on Friday or on Sunday? It
was written on Sunday.
When was the postcard sent? It was sent last week.
Who was this poem written by? It was written by
Lermontov.
What were you given? I was given a book of stories
by Gaidar.
34. Read and compare. (See RG X 5):
The telegram	was	The telegram was not sent the
sent yesterday.		day before yesterday.
The textbook	was	The textbook was not left at
left at home.		school.
These books	were	These vegetables were not
bought at	the	bought at the market.
bookshop.		
143
The postcards were received The letters were not
before the holiday.	received in time.
The letter		was		written		yesterday	•
The letter	was	not	written	the day before	•
35. Read:
1.	The windows were not opened before the lesson.
2.	The boy was not met by anybody at the bus shop.
3.	Some of the vegetables and fruit were not sold
during the day.
4.	The plates were not washed and put into the
cupboard.
5.	This exercise was not done at the last lesson.
6.	The new pupil was not introduced to the class.
36.	Read and answer the questions about your last English
lesson:
1.	Who was the English lesson given by?
2.	Who was asked by the teacher?
3.	Was the date written by the teacher or by the
pupil on duty?
4.	Were any written exercises done during the lesson?
5.	Who was the blackboard cleaned by?
6.	Were the windows shut or opened before the
lesson?
37.	Read and act:
Short Conversations
1
“Can you give me an interesting book, please?”
“If you like short stories, you can take a book
of short stories by Jack London.”
144
2
“What kind of books do you usually read?”
“I like to read books for pleasure.”
“What about learning new things from books?”
“Yes. Such books interest me very much, too.”
3
“I think a book is a good birthday present.”
“Oh, yes. But sometimes it’s difficult to choose
a book for a friend.”
“Then let’s go to a bookshop to choose something
interesting for my sister’s birthday.”
38.	Describe how you chose and took out a book from the
library.
▲ 39. а) Прочитайте текст и опишите английский клуб или
кружок в вашей школе.
Lena Writes to Mary Smith
Flat 10
16 Gagarin Street
Verkhovsk, Russia
January 17th, 1995
Dear Mary,
Many thanks for your interesting letters about
England. I showed them to my Englich teacher and
to my classmates, and they liked them very much.
Today I am going to tell you about the English Club
in our school. It was organized by the English
teachers.
Meetings of our club take place every week. So-
metimes we have talks about England and America
and the life of the people there. Very often there are
exhibitions 1 on English and American life or literature.
Last year, a very good exhibition on Shakespeare
took place at our club. There was a large portrait
145
of Shakespeare on a stand, and around it were
pictures of Shakespeare’s house, the Shakespeare
Theatre, the story of his life and work. We like
Shakespeare very much in Russia. Very good films
based on his plays were made in our country.
So you see, we like English very much and we
always learn a lot about your country.
I shall end my letter now. I wish you and your
family all the best, and I hope I shall receive another
letter from you soon.
Your friend,
Lena
1 exhibition [,eksi'bifn] — выставка
б)	Напишите по одному вопросу к каждому предложению,
начиная их словами, данными в скобках. Прочитайте
написанное.
I.	The dishes were washed by the children. (Who... by?)
2.	The newspapers and magazines were brought at
8 o’clock. (What...)
3.	The telegram was received in the afternoon. (When...)
4.	On her birthday Mother was given presents and
flowers. (What...)
5.	The postcard was written by my penfriend. (Who... by?)
6.	All the newspapers were sold out in three hours.
(Were...)
§ 7
40.	Read the text and say what you like in this holiday and why:
Women’s Day
Women’s Day is a wonderful holiday for all people.
Schoolchildren celebrate it too. On that day they give
their teachers flowers and there usually is a concert
146
in which many boys and girls take part. They sing
songs, read poems, act in a play and dance.
Mothers are present too, and they like their
children’s acting very much.
Now this is how the last Women’s Day was
prepared by Form 7 A.
Long before the holiday came, the boys gathered
to decide how to prepare for it.
Slava Kryukov was the first speaker. “I think,”
he said, “that we must give presents to all women
teachers and to our mothers and grandmothers. Let’s
buy something.”
“Yes, it’s a good idea about the presents,” said
Alik Vetrov, “but it’s better to make our presents our-
selves. I’ve already decided to make something interes-
ting. Anna Pavlovna will be glad to have my present.”
“Can you make it yourself?” asked a boy.
“Well, I’ll ask my father or a big boy from our
block of flats to help.”
The next question was about presents for the
girls of their form.
“On Women’s Day it will be a pleasure for our girls
to receive small presents from us,” said Alik Vetrov.
“Do you want us to make something in the work-
shop?” asked Sasha Solntsev. “I have another idea. Let’s
prepare a small concert for the teachers and the girls.”
“Oh, that is interesting, but who will take part?”
asked Slava. “How can we give a concert?”
be — was, were — been give — gave — given take — took — taken sing — sang — sung read — read — read	come — came — come think — thought — thought buy — bought — bought make — made — made have — had — had
147
“It’s not very difficult, and we still have to learn
some poems and songs. Kolya Stepanov can play
the piano and we shall ask Yuri Timofeyevich, our
music teacher, to help.”
41.	Read and answer the questions.
1.	Who receives presents in your family on Women’s
Day? Who writes the wishes on holiday cards?
2.	Is there a holiday dinner in your family? Who
helps your mother to make it?
3.	How does your form celebrate Women’s Day?
4.	What do the women workers who come to your
school before Women’s Day tell the schoolchildren?
42. Look at the pictures and make up a story.
43. Read and act.
At the Bookshop
“What can I do for you?”
“I want to send my sister a book for a present
on Women’s Day”.
“What kind of book? There is a good book of poems”.
“My sister likes poems, and she may have that
book already”.
“Here are some new novels”.
“No, 1 think it is better to send her a book about
our town. Have you a book with pictures of our town?”
148
“Yes, here is one with very good pictures”.
“That will be a very nice present, won’t it?”
“Oh, yes”.
“I’ll take it then”.
44. Read the funny story and say what you think of the boy.
Shakespeare’s Telephone
It was an English lesson. The teacher, Miss Ri-
chards, talked to the children about English writers.
“Who can tell me the name of a great English
writer we all know?” asked Miss Richards.
Jane held up her hand: “I can— Shakespeare”.
“Good, Jane. And who can tell me when Shake-
speare lived? Can you, Dick?”
“No, Miss Richards”.
“Did you read this lesson at home, Dick?”
“Yes, Miss Richards”.
“Well, why don’t you know? Open your book and
read what it says”.
Dick opened his book.
“It says Shakespeare, one, five, six, four”.
“Well”, said the teacher, “correct reading is fifteen
sixty-four, and why didn’t you remember 1 it?”
“Oh”, answered Dick. “I remember that, but I
thought it was his telephone number”.
1 remember [ri'memba] — помнить, вспоминать
▲ 45. а) Перепишите предложения, вставляя глаголы, данные
в скобках, в действительном или страдательном залоге.
Прочитайте написанное.
1. Katya ... not ... the book of poems on the stand
near the window, (to find) 2. The small children ...
in the forest only in the evening, (to find) 3. Last
year potatoes ... not ... in the field near the forest.
149
(to grow) 4. The children ... presents from the New
Year tree before they went to bed. (to give) 5. My
friend ... out an interesting book from the school
library, (to take) 6. Some money ... on flowers to
decorate the hall before the holiday, (to spend)
Щ б) Выполните задание 23 домашнего чтения.
§ 8
46. Read and say what you know about great libraries.
Great Libraries
Libraries are very important in the life of all
people. We cannot buy all the books we want to
read. That is why we take out books from libraries.
In Moscow, we have the State 1 Library, where
we can find millions of books which were written
in many countries. Another very big Moscow library
is the Foreign2 Literature Library, where we can
find books which were written by the greatest writers
and poets of all countries and times.
The British Museum in London has a very big
library. Many famous scientists3, writers and poli-
ticians 4 worked there.
There are libraries in every town and village in
our country. We must understand what riches we
can find in them; we must learn what the great men
and women of literature, science and art teach us
in their books.
1 state [steit] — государственный; 2 foreign f'hrin] — инос-
транный; 3 scientist ['saiontist] — ученый; 4 politician
[,poli'ti Jn] — политик
150
47. Read and act:
Short Conversations
1
“Is that an interesting book?”
“Yes, it is The Blue Cup by Gaidar”.
“May I have it after you?"
“I’m sorry, Sasha wants it after me. You may
have it after him”.
2
“What are you reading?”
“A book of poems. They were written by Robert
Bums”.
“Are you reading them in English?”
“No, in Russian. They were translated by Marshak”.
3
“I am looking for a book for my eight-year-old
sister and I can’t find one”.
“I have an idea. In the library there are books
of Russian stories for children”.
“That’s a good idea! I’ll get one for her”.
'48. Read and say which is your favourite book and why:
A Letter About
Alice in Wonderland 1
37, High Street,
London, W8 7DN
England
February 15th, 1995
My dear Lena,
I must thank you for your letter about your
English Club. It was very interesting and I was
very glad to know that you like English literature.
151
I am going to look for a book to send to you.
It is Alice in Wonderland, by Lewis Carroll. It is
not a new book, it was written in 1865, so it is more
than a hundred years old. But it is a great favourite
with many children. I hope I shall find this book and
then I shall send it to you as a present from me.
I am working much at school. The weather is
cold here; it is winter, but I have an idea that it is
colder in Russia and that you have thick snow on
the ground.
Please write soon.
Yours,
Mary Smith
1 Alice in Wonderland — «Алиса в стране чудес» (по-
пулярная детская книга Льюиса Кэрролла)
49.	Read and answer the questions.
1.	Who is your favourite writer?
2.	What book by this author do you like most of all?
3.	Do you like to read poems?
4.	What book have you just read?
5.	What do you like to read more, novels or plays?
6.	What books by English and American authors
have you read?
50.	Read and use in situations.
climate ['klaimat]: A dry climate is good for some
people. The climate of our place is neither hot
nor cold; our climate is wonderful.
population [,popju'leifn]: Our town has a population of
13 thousand people. What was the population
of your town (village) ten years ago? The po-
pulation in this village works on farms.
152
mountain ['mauntin]: Have you seen mountains? A
mountain river runs near our town. Many
people like to spend their summer holidays
high in the mountains.
lake: We spent a week near a blue lake in summer.
Have you swum (fished) in a lake?
area ['eorio]: There aren’t many sheep in this area.
51.	Do the tasks:
1.	Tell the class what interesting book you read last
month and what it was about.
2.	Ask your friend what book he (she) has just read
and what he (she) thinks of it.
3.	Tell the class what book you took out from the
library, when you took it out and when you brought
it back.
4.	Say what all the members of your family like to
read and where they get the books from.
▲ 52. а) Прочитайте текст и скажите, что нового вы из него
узнали:
’	Mother’s Day in Great Britain
In Great Britain, there is a holiday now which
people call Mother’s Day. In the old days many girls
from workers’ families in towns and from farmers’
families in the country worked in rich people’s houses.
They had to do all the housework. Their working
day was usually very long and they often worked
on Sundays, too.
One day a year, it was usually on Sunday in
March, they could visit their mothers. They went
home on that day and brought presents for their
mothers and for other members of their families.
153
They could stay at home only one day, and then
they went back to their work. People called that day
Mothering Sunday.
Later, workers at the factories and girls who
worked in the houses of rich families received one
free day a week, and Mothering Sunday became a
holiday Mother’s Day. It is usually on a Sunday in
the middle of March.
On that day, sons and daughters visit their
mothers and bring them flowers and little presents.
The eldest1 son must bring his mother a good cake.
If sons or daughters cannot be with their mothers
on that day, they usually send them presents.
Mother’s Day must be a day of rest for the
mother of the family, so her daughters make the
dinner on that day and lay the table and the sons
help to wash the dishes after dinner.
In the United States of America and Canada 2,
Mother’s Day is the second Sunday in May.
1 the eldest — самый старший; 2 Canada ['kaenada] — Ка-
нада
б)	Перепишите предложения, вставляя нужное слово из
данных в скобках.
1. Chekhov is the author of many ... (novels, short
stories) 2. Have you read any ... by Nikolai Ostrov-
sky? (novel, short story) 3. Here is the book you are
... (looking at, looking after, looking for) 4. Who ...
your little sister when your mother is out? (looks at,
looks after, looks for) 5. What ... will they show at
the theatre on Wednesday? (game, play) 6. They won
the second ... (game, play).
154
§ 9
53.	Read and compare (See RG X 2, 4, 5):
A big fruit harvest was
gathered last year.
New blocks of flats were
built in the centre of the
city last year.
Was the new film shown
last Sunday?
What was sold at that
shop in the afternoon?
Wheat was not grown in
that field last year.
A big fruit harvest is gathe-
red every year on our farm.
New schools, factories, and
houses are built every year.
Are new films shown
every week in this place?
What is sold at the market
at this season of the year?
Cotton is not grown in
this part of the country.
PRESENT INDEFINITE PASSIVE
am
is
are
given
(the 3rd form)
54.	Read and answer the questions.
1.	Who is your school time-table changed by?
2.	When are the windows of your ciassroom opened?
3.	What are sports grounds used for?
4.	What fruits are grown where you live?
5.	What holidays are celebrated in May?
6.	How is your school decorated before Victory Day?
55.	Read and use in situations.
island ['ailand]: We spent a hot summer day on a
small green island. My father saw how people
live on an island in the White Sea.
155
north [пэ:0]: My parents have worked in the North. A
cold north wind is blowing now. The north wall
of the building is usually colder.
south [sau0]: Did you spend your summer holidays in
the South? A warm south wind has changed the
weather.
east [i:st]: Many young people go to the East to work
there. Our family lives in the east side of the
house.
west: Today the wind is blowing from the west. I can
see a square through the west window in our flat.
political [pa'litikl]: Moscow is the political centre of
Russia.
56. Look at the pictures and make up a story.
156
57. Read.
Book Look
Since 1 books are friends,
They need 2 much care.
When you’re reading them,
Be good to them and fair!
з
Remember5, children, then:
Books are meant6 to read.
Not cut 7 or colour them —
No, really never indeed! 8
Use book-marks4, children,
To hold your place,
And don’t turn a book
Upon its clear face.
Barbara Walker
1 since [sins] — поскольку; 2 need — нуждаться; 3 fair [fea]
— справедливый (эд. аккуратный); 4 book-mark — заклад-
ка; 5 remember [ri'memba] — помнить; 6 are meant [ment] —
предназначены; 7 cut — резать; 8 no, really ['riali], never
indeed [in'di:d] — нет, действительно никогда
▲ 58. а) Перепишите предложения, вставляя глаголы, данные
в скобках, в соответствующей форме страдательного за-
лога. Прочитайте написанное.
1.	Russia ... by the White Sea. (to wash) 2. Russian
... not ... during our English lessons, (to speak) 3.
How ... Victory Day usually ...? (to celebrate) 4. I ...
always ... presents on my birthday, (to give) 5. When ...
letters and newspapers ... to you, in the morning or
in the evening? (to bring) 6. How ... towns and villages
... before Victory Day? (to decorate).
03 б) Выполните задание 24 домашнего чтения.
157
§ 10
59.	Read and speak about your school life.
1.	Describe your school hall. Is it the usual place
for school meetings?
2.	You can help a classmate with his work in English
or in another subject. Has anybody asked you for
help? Do you like to help your classmates?
3.	Say what you can do during the long break at
school.
60.	Read the text and answer the questions.
A Meeting of a Geography Club
One day boys and girls of the Geography Club
stayed at school after classes for a meeting.
“Today”, said Andrei Borisovich, their geography
teacher, “we are going to hear an interesting report
about our country. The report was prepared by Maya
Chaikina”.
Maya stood up and asked, “What kind of maps
have you seen?"
“A physical map!”
“A climate map!”
“A political map!”
“A population map!”
“Well”, she said, “all these maps can show you
hear — heard — heard
stand — stood — stood
see — saw — seen
show — showed — shown
say — said — said
make — made — made
go — went — gone
speak — spoke — spoken
tell - told - told
give — gave — given
158
different things about a country. Let’s take, for
example, our country”.
“Here is a physical map. It helps us to learn
physical geography. It shows rivers, mountains, seas
and lakes”.
“I can show all these things on the map!” said
a boy.
Maya looked at Andrei Borisovich. He said, “I
think Sasha Grigoryev can help you and make the
report a little more interesting”.
“The longest river in Russia is the Ob”, said
Sasha.
“With the Irtysh!” said a member of the Club.
“Yes, of course. And the world’s greatest salt
lake is the Caspian Sea”.
“And what about the largest island in our country?”
came a question.
“It is Novaya Zemlya”.
Here Sasha stopped and went to his place.
“A climate map”, said Maya, “shows how varied 1
thte climate of our great country is. When it is still
cold in the North, it is already hot in the South”.
Then Maya spoke about the political map and
the population map.
Ail republics are shown on political map and
the population map tells us what kind of people
there are in our country and where they live.
At the end of the Club meeting Andrei Borisovich
spoke about the atlas 2, which gives interesting facts
about great cities, rivers, lakes, islands and mountains.
1 varied ['vearid] — различный, разнообразный; 2 atlas
I'aetlas] — атлас
159
1.	Why do we use different maps in studying a
country? 2. What does a physical map show? 3. What
kind of map can help you to learn about a country’s
climate? 4. How are a political map and a population
map different from each other? 5. What can you see
on the physical map of Russia?
61.	Read and say:
Proverb: EAST OR WEST, HOME IS BEST.
Another English proverb helps to understand what
you have just read: There is no place like home.
Well, your home may be the best place for you. Why
do you want to go back home when you have been
away from it too long?
62.	Read and answer the questions:
1.	When is the harvest gathered in your place?
2.	Who are the schoolchildren’s mistakes corrected by?
3.	What marks were you given for history at the
last lesson?
4.	Was your English textbook used by any other
pupil?
5.	How much homework are you given every day?
6.	What presents were you given on your birthday?
63.	Speak about the situations.
1.	You come home from school and tell your sister
(brother) about a meeting you have had with an
author at the library.
2.	You are in the library. You see a book in your
friend’s hand, which he has read. You want to
take it out to read. You talk to him (her) about
the book.
160
▲ 64. а) Прочитайте текст и скажите, что нового вы из него
узнали.
Everything and a Little More
One day Yelena Petrovna, who teaches English
in Form 7A, asked the children if they knew something
interesting about England.
Two of them held up their hands. Marina Boiko
wanted to speak about English weather, but Zhenya
Fetisov said, “How many times 1 shall we discuss
weather? I know everything about it!”
“But if you don’t know everything?” asked Yelena
Petrovna. “Well, children, let’s’ listen to Marina and
then Govorov will speak. Tolya, what is it you want
to tell us about?”
“About a lake which is not a lake”.
“Oh, it must be very interesting!”
“Some people say it always rains in Britain”,
said Marina. “Of course it rains sometimes, but it
can be very hot too. There is more rain in the
north-west of Britain. It doesn’t rain so much in the
east of England, but it isn’t very warm either.
“A lot of Londoners go to the south coast 2 on
their holidays, because it is the warmest part of
Britain. But when people in Britain go on their
holidays, they are prepared for all kinds of weather”.
“Well, Zhenya. What do you say now?”asked
Yelena Petrovna.
“Marina knows a lot”, said Zhenya. “Let’s listen
to Tolya’s story about a lake which is not a lake”.
“Many people in Britain go to the Lake District
on their holidays in summer. They camp there, go
for walks, they go out in boats3, and fish. The Lake
District is very popular for holidays.
“But this is not a lake named District. It is a
6 Зак. 52	161
beautiful part of England with many lakes and
mountains. Have you any question, Zhenya?”
“No”, said Zhenya. “You know a little more”.
1 time — раз; 2 coast [koust] — побережье; 3 boat [bout] —
лодка
§ «1
65. Check yourself:
A Meeting at an Exhibition 1
One Sunday Andrei Shchukin and Dima Nemkov
went to a stamp exhibition which was held at a
factory club. They wanted to see interesting collec-
tions 2 and swap3 some stamps.
In the exhibition hall they saw a lot of people
going from one stand to another.
“Oh, how nice to see my friends again!” somebody
said behind their backs. When the boys turned round,
they saw Maxim Petrovich, a man who had the
biggest stamp collection in their town. Another old
man with a thick book under his arm stood near
Maxim Petrovich.
The boys were introduced to him and he said,
“I’m Kirill Samsonovich. I don’t collect stamps, but
I like to listen to Maxim Petrovich’s stories about
stamps. That’s why I’ve come here”.
“Your book must be very interesting”, said Dima
looking at his book.
“Oh, yes. Books interest me very much and I’m
looking for something new for my library”.
“We have seen Maxim Petrovich’s stamp collec-
tion...” said Andrei.
162
“Friends! I have a wonderful idea!” said the
great stamp collector. “Kirill Samsonovich, will you
take us to your place after we have seen this exhi-
bition to show us your library?”
“Oh, with pleasure! I’ll do it gladly. Today I can
show you a magazine which is one hundred years old”.
“I think you know many things about books”,
said one of the boys.
“You may be right”, answered Kirill Samsono-
vich. “There is nothing more wonderful than a book.
It is a friend and a teacher. Books teach people to
live. Books which help with your lessons are very
nice to find...”
“Kirill!” his friend said, “Have you forgotten
why we came here? You’ll tell us all this when you
show us your library”.
“Oh, I’m sorry..”
1 exhibition [,eksi'bifn] — выставка; 2 swap [swop] — ме-
нять
area n
author n
climate n
east n
favourite a
find v
full a
idea n
interest n, v
island n
lake n
librarian n
look for v
magazine n
mountain n
north n
novel n
poem n
political a
popular a
population n
reader n
republic n
south n
translate v
wait for v
west n
writer n
6*
163
Вы должны уметь:
Описывать семью, рабочий день и работу по дому,
зимние каникулы, школьную жизнь, учебу в
7-м классе, внеклассную деятельность, библи-
отеку и впечатления от прочитанных книг, ма-
газины и покупки, праздники, приходящиеся
на период третьей четверти;
расспрашивать о семье, рабочем дне и работе
по дому, о зимних каникулах, учебе и школьной
жизни в 7-м классе, о прочитанных книгах, о
праздниках, приходящихся на период третьей
четверти; произвести на английском языке по-
купку различных предметов и продуктов;
употреблять в речи неопределенный артикль и
опускать артикль, ориентируясь на типовые си-
туации;
использовать в речи формы страдательного за-
лога в настоящем и прошедшем временах;
употреблять в речи оборот to have to;
употреблять- в речи будущее время в сложнопод-
чиненных предложениях с придаточными вре-
мени и условия;
понимать все это в речи собеседников, а также
понимать короткие тексты в исполнении учителя;
читать и понимать усвоенные устно слова, а
также понимать при чтении слова, образован-
ные с помощью суффиксов -ing, -ег;
читать короткие тематические тексты и диалоги,
построенные на освоенном устно материале, с
последующим применением их в речи;
читать про себя и понимать короткие рас-
сказы и отрывки из произведений английских
и американских авторов, используя в случае
необходимости словарь.
Part IV
Unit 5
§ 1
1.	Read the text and say how jokes are played on the 1st
of April at school and at home:
All Fools’* Day
English schoolchildren like the 1st of April, when
people play jokes2 on their friends. It is called
April Fool’s Day or All Fools’ Day.
If you do not know much about this day, we can
tell you something and describe some of the jokes.
Many years ago the 25th of March was New
Year’s Day, and the 1st of April was the day of the
New Year celebrations.
As3 the weather changed often during the day
in that season and “fooled” people, they began to
play jokes and fool their friends, too.
There are many April Fools’ Day jokes. One of
them is to tell a friend that there is chalk on his
nose when his face is clean.
We also play jokes on the 1st of April. Usually
people are not angry4 when you play jokes on them
on April Fools’ Day. But you must know that some
jokes may not be very good. Don’t repeat them and
always choose a good joke to play on your friends.
An April Fool is a “fool” on the 1st of April only!
• 1 fool — глупец, дурак; дурачить; 2 play a joke — подшу-
чивать; 3 as — так как; 4 angry ['aerjgri] — сердитый.
165
2.	Read and say what the underlined words mean:
1.	My little brother always sleeps in the afternoon.
2.	An afternoon sleep is very good for him. 3. The
anniversary of the victory over fascists is on the 9th
of May. 4. The anniversary concert was at the town
theatre. 5. They lived not far from the town. 6. Their
country house is small but very nice. 7. Let’s go to
the country next Sunday.
3.	Look, read and say why we use the definite article:
1.	Please do not walk on
the grass.
2.	Seliger is a beautiful
lake. There is a fine
camp near the lake.
We stayed at the
camp for two weeks.
3.	Go to the kitchen and
see if you have turned
off the gas.
4.	I don’t like to walk
irr the rain.
5.	I am going to take the suit with the long skirt.
6.	This isn’t the hat I asked you for.
166
7.	When I was in the country, I visited a cattle-farm
and saw cows there.
8.	Never play in the street.
4.	Read and say:
Proverb: A FRIEND IN NEED1 IS A FRIEND
INDEED2.
You cannot live without friends. Tell the class how
you help each other.
1 need — нужда; 2 indeed [in'di:d] — в самом деле, дейст-
вительно
5.	а) Перепишите предложения и подчеркните выделенные
слова красной чертой, если они выступают в роли су-
ществительных, зеленой — в роли глаголов и синей — в
роли прилагательных. Прочитайте написанное.
1.	The farmers sell vegetables and fruit at the mar-
ket. 2. Buy a litre of milk and half a kilo of butter
at the milk and butter departament. 3. You can see
the prices in the shop window. 4. He has not changed
much. 5. Here is your change. 6. The stand with
books for children stands in the reading-room. 7.
There is a vegetable garden behind the house.
I 6) Выполнить задание 23 домашнего чтения.
§ 2
6.	Read and compare (See RG XI 1):
The dress is too long
for the girl.
These apples are green
in early autumn.
He is never late for school.
She did not stay long.
Father gets up early in
the morning.
He comes home late at night.
167
Moscow University is a very high building. There was much snow last winter.			They lived high up in the mountains. He worked much at his English.		
early	far	fast		high	late
little	long	low		much	straight
7.	Read:
How did the boy jump? He jumped very high.
How much did you work at home? I didn’t work
very much.
When did the concert begin? It began very late.
How long will you stay at the village? I shall not
stay there very long.
When will she come home from work? She will come
home early today.
Where have you put the sugar? I have put it high
up on the shelf.
8.	Read and say what the underlined words mean:
1.	Machines make man’s work easier. 2. I like to
work in my garden. 3. I have no wish to go there
without my friends. 4. I wish you a Happy New
Year. 5. May I have a glass of water? 6. My sister
waters the flowers every day. 7. Shall we walk or
take a bus? 8. The bus stop is ten minutes’ walk
from our house.
9.	Read and say:
Proverb: TWO HEADS ARE BETTER THAN ONE.
When it is difficult to decide on something, you ask
your parents or friends to help you.
Who helps you to decide difficult questions?
168
10. Look at the pictures and ask your deskmate questions
about spring and spring weather.
▲ 11. а) Прочитайте текст и подготовьте ответы на вопросы:
An Interview 1 in 7 А
When a group of English schoolchildren visited
St. Petersburg all the pupils wanted to speak with
them in English. Form 7 A had a meeting with a
boy named Marty. When he came info the classroom
and said “Good afternoon!”, everybody could under-
stand him.
Yelena Petrovna, the English teacher, introduced
Marty. She asked him if he liked his visit to Russia.
“Yes”, said Marty, “and when I’m back home, I’ll
tell my parents and friends what I’ve seen here.
Your city is beautiful”.
Then Yelena Petrovna said, “Now, boys and
girls, Marty can answer your questions”.
A girl held up her hand and asked, “Do you
speak English?”
Everybody laughed 2, but Marty didn’t. He said,
“Yes, of course. And I can speak a little Russian:
spasiba, kharasho, pazhaloosta,...”
• Other questions were about the school year in
England. The children heard that September, October
169
and November are the autumn term3. The holidays
are in December. They last three weeks.
The spring term begins in January and ends in
March. In March the English schoolchildren have
their holidays. These holidays last two weeks. “And
the end comes very quickly”, said Marty.
The summer term is long, and the school year
ends in the third week of July.
“I don’t think it’s a great pleasure to go to
school in hot weather”, said Grisha Senin.
“We in England think much the same4”, answe-
red Marty, “nobody is very happy about it”.
“Well”, said the teacher. “I know a few pupils
who don’t like to learn either in summer or in winter.
What about you, Marty?”
“Oh, 1 like to play games in all seasons!”
1 interview ['intovju:] — интервью; 2 laugh [Icuf] — смеять-
ся; 3 term — четверть (учебная); 4 much the same — почти
так же
1. What did Yelena Petrovna say when she introduced
Marty? 2. What questions did Marty answer? 3. Do
you think Marty can be a good penfriend? 4. Do you
want to speak with an English boy or girl? 5. What
questions do you want to ask him (her)?
б) Перепишите предложения, вставляя данные в скобках
прилагательные или наречия. Прочитайте написанное.
1.	The sun shone .... (bright, brightly) 2. The weather
was ... . (bad, badly) 3. Write the word ... . (correct,
correctly) 4. We spent the day ... . (wonderful, won-
derfully) 5. She ... cleans the room and washes the
floor on Saturday, (usual, usually) 6. Russia is a ...
country, (great, greatly)
170
RG XI 2):
Lena is a nice girl.
What is Lena like?
She is nice.
Lena is playing the piano nicely.
How does Lena play the piano?
She plays nicely.
nice
nice	quick	beautiful	happy
nicely	quickly	beautifully	happily
13.	Read:
usually,- coldly, readily, slowly, highly, correctly,
badly, warmly, happily, brightly, richly, freely, strong-
ly, loudly, quickly, wonderfully
14.	Read:
1.	How does the boy speak? He speaks quickly.
"2. How do you rest on Sunday? We usually spend
the day in a forest.
171
3.	How were the schoolchildren met on the farm?
They were warmly met by the farmers.
4.	What was the weather like? The sun shone brightly.
5.	How did the family live? They lived happily.
6.	How does she speak English? She speaks English
correctly.
15.	Read and use in situations:
skating-rink ['skeitirjrigk]: We go to the skating-rink
every day in winter. I’ll meet you on the ska-
ting-rink.
enjoy [in'djoi]: I enjoy listening to music when I am
free. Did you enjoy yourself at the party?
champion ['tjaempjan]: He is a world champion in swim-
ming.
championship ['tfaempjanj'ip]: This boy wants to win a
world swimming championship. I don’t think
this new runner can take the championship from
the present champion.
stadium ['steidjam]: We have a big stadium in our
town. The young people of our village have built
a good stadium. I was at the stadium on Sunday,
race: She came first in a skating race. Our boys hope
to win a difficult race tomorrow. He is a very
good swimmer and often races.
16.	Read the text and say what you do at your physical
training lessons:
A Physical Training Lesson
Yesterday Form 7 A had a physical training
lesson on the sports ground.
First the children paraded in their sports clothes
and sports shoes. Then Vasily Leonidovich, the phy-
sical training teacher, said, “Today you’re going to
172
have some sports games and after that you’ll learn
to jump”.
“Please, shall we have the high jump or the
long jump?” asked a girl.
“Well, all jumps are important. But before you
learn to jump a long way or to jump high, you must
take part in sports games. Here is a ball, let’s play
a game of volleyball first”.
The children were divided into two groups. A
minute later, they began to play against each other.
A boy whose favourite subject was physical
training jumped very high to get the ball. When the
game of volleyball was over, the children played
basketball.
During the next part of the lesson boys and
girls learned to jump. Vasily Leonidovich showed
them how to run before jumping and how to do a
long jump and a high jump. “These things are very
different”, he said, “and if you know how they are
done, you must train 1 now. Are there any questions?”
“Yes, I have one”, said Vika Fyodorova. “How
can I do the longest or the highest jump?”
“Oh, when sportsmen find the correct answer to
that question, they are champions”.
“And now, boys and girls”, said Vasily Leoni-
dovich, “let’s begin. You’ll jump one after another.
I’ll tell you what’s right and what’s wrong and then
.1’11 give you marks”.
have — had — had
take — took — taken
begin — began — begun
. show — showed — shown
do — did — done
know — knew — known
find — found — found
give — gave — given
tell — told — told
get — got — got
173
At the end of the lesson everybody got a mark.
Vika Fyodorova received “Four”.
“I hope you’ll be a champion. You know now
what you must do”, said her physical training teacher.
18. а) Образуйте от прилагательных наречия и запишите их:
bright, wonderful, happy, cheap, dark, long, fast,
excellent, cool, great, early, loud, bad, usual, free,
splendid
б) Выполните задание 26 домашнего чтения.
§ 4
19.	Read the sentences and say what the underlined words
mean:
1.	You can see a lot of skaters on the skating-rink.
2.	Our sportsmen were warmly met by sports lovers.
3.	My friend was the best jumper in our school.
4.	My brother is a good tennis-player. 5. Are there
good swimmers in yours class? 6. This year the
winners are from the Spartak Club.
174
20.	Read and use in situations:
team: He wants to be in the school football team.
Volleyball is a team game.
event [i'ventj: The next event will be the running race.
Our boys and girls took part in all the events
of the championship.
competition [,k3mpi'tijn]: Our school team was in com-
petition with ten others. We watched a compe-
tition between the teams fighting for the first
place.
result [ri'zAlt]: Have you heard the football results on
the radio? The result of the game was 2:1 for
our team.
prize [praizj: My sister won a prize for her singing.
Many workers at the factory received prizes for
good work.
splendid ['splendid]: When we came to the river we
saw a splendid place for a camp. This is a
splendid example of friendship.
match: Who won the last football match? Did you
watch hockey matches on TV?
21. Look at the puctures and describe the physical training
lesson.
175
22.	Read and act:
Winter Sports
“Which winter sports do you like?”
“1 like skating. We have a skating-rink in our
yard every winter, and I skate there every day after
school. And which sports do you like in winter?”
“Well, I like skiing very much. Every Sunday
my father and I take our skis and go skiing in the
country all day.”
“Isn’t it very cold to go skiing all day?”
“No. I enjoy it greatly. You are very warm when
you go skiing in cold weather.”
“Don’t you like ice hockey?”
“I like to watch ice hockey matches, but I don’t
play. I only have skis.”
“Do you watch hockey matches on TV?
“Oh, yes, of course. Our hockey team is splendid,
isn’t it? It has won the world hockey cup and the
Olympic championship many times.”
“I think that is because a lot of boys play
hockey.”
23.	Read and answer the questions:
I.	Do you get up early or late in the morning?
2.	What do you do always at the same time?
3.	What can you do slowly and what can you do
quickly?
4.	How much do you work at your English?
5.	Where does your mother go very often?
6.	What do you usually do when the weather is
rainy?
▲ 24. а) Просмотрите спортивную телевизионную передачу по
вашему выбору и подготовьте сообщение на английском
языке об увиденном.
176
б) Образуйте от глаголов существительные с помощью:
а) -ег; б) -ing и запишите их с переводом.
a) to write, to win, to buy, to fight, to play, to defend;
b) to read, to jump, to walk, to swim, to skate, to ski
§ 5
25.	Read the text and describe your sports day:
Lena Writes About Her Sports Day
Flat 10
16 Gagarin Street,
Verkhovsk,
Russia
May 26th, 1995
Dear Mary,
Many thanks for your letter. Today I want to
tell you about a school sports day which we had
last week. It took place at the town stadium. First
we had a parade of all the teams of the town’s
schools. They carried the sports flags. There were
races, long jump and high jump, and also volleyball
and basketball. A boy from our school won first
place in the 100 metres race and our team also came
first in the 400 metres race.
Our best events were volleyball, in which our
girls’ team won first place in the town, and basket-
ball, in which our boy’s team won all the matches.
But I am sorry to tell you that our boys and girls
were not very good in some other events.
When all the competitions were over, the schools
•which had the best results received prizes. Our school
won second place, and many of our boys and girls
177
got prizes. It was a very interesting sports day. We
all enjoyed the competitions.
I am waiting for a letter from you. Will you tell
me more about sports in England and in your school?
Your friend,
Lena
26.	Read and use in situations:
score [ska:]: The score was 2 to 1 with a minute left
in the game. We scored only in the last half
of the game.
goal [goul]: Our best player scored a goal in the last
minute of the game. We scored three goals at
football today. He defended the goal very well.
strong [strorj]: She is not very strong because she
has been ill. A strong wind is blowing today
from the west. I don’t like strong tea.
athletics [aeO'letiks]: Running, jumping and other kinds
of athletics are very popular in our school. What
kind of athletics do you go in for?
record ['reko:dj: Who holds this record? The world
records for many kinds of sports are held by
our sportsmen.
27.	Read and act:
Speaking About the Championship
“Did you watch the championship on TV yesterday?”
“Yes, I did, and I think our teams ran wonderfully.”
“What were the results?”
“Well, our teams won gold 1 medals2 for the 100
metres and 1000 metres races; silver3 medals for
the 800 metres race and the 400 metres, and a
bronze 4 medal for the 200 metres race.”
“What about the jumping?”
178
“In the high jump we won first and third places,
and in the long jump second and third places.”
“Were there any other events?”
“Oh, yes, there were many other events, but I
did not watch them all. I like running and jumping,
and our sportsmen won many medals in those events.”
1 gold [gould] — золото, золотой; 2 * medal ['medl] — медаль;
3 silver — серебро, серебряный; 4 bronze — бронза, брон-
зовый
28.	Read and say:
Proverb: ACTIONS 1 SPEAK LOUDER THAN WORDS.
People are known more by their actions than by
their words. So it is better to do well than to speak
well.
Can you know what a man is by what he says or
by what he does? Which is more important, speaking
or doing?
1 action ['aekjh] — действие, поступок
29. Read and say why we use the definite article:
I. “You don’t like the
2. “You’ll stay there till
the end of the match.”
mark, do you?”
179
3.	The first Winter Olympic Games took place in
1924. 4. During the second half the teams played
wonderfully. 5. Take the shopping-bag and put the
things I have bought in the cupboard. 6. Lev Yashin
was the best goal-keeper in our country.
▲ 30. а) Перепишите текст, вставляя нужный артикль. Про-
читайте написанное:
Tom asked his mother for ... penny. 1 “What have
you done,” asked she, “with ... penny you had yes-
terday?”
“I gave it to .... poor2 old woman.”
“You are ... very good boy. Here you are! But
why do you take such ... interest in this old woman?”
“Because she sells ... sweets,” answered ... boy.
1 penny — пенни, пенс (мелкая английская монета); 2 poor
[puaj — бедный
CQ б) Выполните задание 27 домашнего чтения.
§6
31. Read and use in situations:
excellent ['eksalantj: My uncle is an excellent worker.
Some children in our form are excellent in all
subjects.
favour ['feiva]: The score was 3 to 2 in our favour.
The game ended in your favour but we also
played well.
lose [lu:z] (lost, lost): We hope not to lose the game.
You didn’t lose much, the game wasn’t inte-
resting. You mustn’t lose a minute while you
do your homework.
180
fan: Are you a football fan? He was warmly met by
his fans.
fond: I’m fond of skating. She is fond of her little
. brother.
32. Look at the picture and answer the questions:
1.	What game are they playing?
2.	Is it the beginning of the game?
3.	Where are the players?
4.	What is the score of the game?
5.	What are the players of the different teams doing?
6.	What is the goal-keeper doing?
33. Read the funny story and say what you think about football
fans:
The Second Half Only
This story is about a man who was late for the
first half of a football match, and who came to the
stadium during the second half. He knew nothing about
the first half which was very interesting. He thought
only about the score and did not ask questions about
all the interesting moments in the game.
181
When the man asked, “What's the score?” some-
body answered, “Nil-nil.” 1
“Fine! I haven’t missed2 anything,” said the
man and sat down on a bench.
“Well, you have missed some very interesting mo-
ments,” said a man who sat near him. “It was a great
football game and a goal can be scored any moment
now. Look at the field and you will see for yourself.”
“A game of football isn’t winning or losing only,”
said a third man. When sportsmen play well, you
enjoy every minute of the game.
1 nil-nil — ноль-ноль; 2 miss — пропускать
34. a) Look at the pictures and ask your deskmate questions.
6) Look at the pictures and describe them.
182
A 35. а) Прочитайте текст и подготовьте ответы на вопросы:
A Football Match
Last Saturday afternoon Henry Brown and his
father went to a football match. The Browns and
many other people of their town think that theirs is
the best team in their part of England.
There were fifteen thousand people at the football
field. They came from many places because it was
the most important match of the year.
At three o’clock everybody saw the two teams in
the field. The home team were in blue and white shirts,
and the visitors’ team were in red and white shirts.
The referee 1 began the match. For the first twenty
minutes the home team were stronger and the ball was
always on the visitors’ side of the field. Then a player
from the visitors’ team scored the first goal. Soon after
this the referee stopped the game because it was half-time.
In the second half of the match, the home team were
again the better players. They attacked all the time, and
after ten minutes they scored their first goal. They scored
again after a quarter of an hour; then, before the game
ended, they scored a third goal and so won the match.
All the people at the football field were very glad.
On their way home Mr. Brown said, “Well, that
was a good game. The best we’ve seen this winter.”
“Yes, better than last week,” answered Henry.
“They have a good team, but our players won because
they can run faster. Who are they playing next week
with?”
“Cardiff City, I think,” said Henry’s father.
“Do you think they’ll win?”
“I don’t know, but Cardiff has a good team this year.”
1 referee [,refa'ri:] — судья (в спорте)
183
1. Who scored only one goal? 2. Which of the two
teams played faster? 3. A football game lasts for
ninety minutes and has two halves. How long does
each half last? 4. Why are some football players
very popular?
б) Перепишите предложения, вставляя соответствующую
форму притяжательных местоимений из данных в скоб-
ках. Прочитайте написанное:
1. ... is the best volleyball team in the school, (our,
ours) 2. ... jump was as long as ... (her, hers; my,
mine) 3. ... parents send warm greetings to .... (my,
mine; your, yours) 4. The score is 3 to 1 in favour
of ... team, (their, theirs) 5. This book is .... not ....
(my, mine; your, yours) 6. His mother is younger
than .... (her, hers) 7. Let me try on your hat, ... is
too small, (my, mine)
§ 7
36. Read and compare. (See RG XII 1, 2):
My brother comes home late.
Mother comes home later than my brother.
Father comes home from work latest.
I	II	III
high	high+er	high-|-est
soon	sooner	soonest
fast	faster 	fastest
near	nearer	nearest
late	later	latest
early	earlier	earliest
184
37. Read and compare. (See RG XII 3):
I	II	III
well	better	best
badly	worse	worst
much	more	most
little	less	least
far	farther	farthest
38.	Read.
1.	Don’t talk too loudly.
2.	Don’t skate too fast.
3.	Don’t look at the sun too long.
1.	I shall come sooner than you.
2.	The girl skates better than the boy.
3.	Vadim lives nearer than the other boys.
1.	She likes skiing best of all.
2.	He likes swimming least of all.
3.	We live farthest.
1. My mother goes to work as early as my father.
2. He does not run so fast as the other boys.
39. Read and act.
At the Stadium
“Hello, Dick.”
“Hello, Henry.”
“Which team do you back?”
“I’m a great fan of the home team.”
“Well, what do you think of the game?”
“It’s rather 1 interesting. But last Sunday the
game ended with the score 3 to 1 in favour of the
visiting1 2 team.”
185
“I’m not much of a sportsman, but I’m fond of
watching sporting events.”
“Oh, I see. What sport do you go in for?”
1 rather ['гибэ] — довольно, пожалуй; 2 visiting team
['vizitir) 'ti:m] — команда гостей
40. Read the funny story and ask your deskmate questions
about it:
Two Sportsmen
One Saturday it rained all evening. A young man
went into a post-office. He wanted to speak by telephone
to his friend. The man had an umbrella but he did
not want to take his umbrella into the booth l. He put
it on a chair near the booth. Then he took his card 2
and wrote on in, “Here was a very good boxer. He
will be back very soon. This is his umbrella.”
The young man put the card on the chair and
went into the booth.
When he came back there was no umberlla on the
chair, but there was another card on it. The young man
took the card and read, “Here was a very good runner.
Нё has taken the umbrella and he will not come back.”
1 booth f'bu:6] — кабина; 2 card — карточка (визитная)
▲ 41. а) Напишите наречия в сравнительной и превосходной
степенях:
late, much, badly, beautifully, quickly, early, near,
far, well, often, slowly, soon
CQ б) Выполните задание 28 домашнего чтения.
do — went — gone l-к have — had — had take — took — taken put — put — put	write — wrote — written be — was, were — been come — came — come read — read — read
186
§ 8
42.	Read and compare. (See RG XII 4):
The sun shines more brightly in May than in March.
The sun shines most brightly in July.
1	II	III
loudly	more loudly	most loudly
brightly	more brightly	most brightly
often	more often	most often
quickly	more quickly	most quickly
slowly	more slowly	most slowly
43.	Read:
Does Mother come home later or earlier than
Father? — She comes home earlier than Father.
Who learns better, Victor or Nina? — Nina does.
Who runs most slowly, you, Vera or Sveta? — I do.
Who goes to the cinema more often, you or your
friend? — My friend does.
Who reads least of all in your form? I don’t know.—
All schoolchildren read much.
44.	Read and answer the questions:
I.	Who lives nearer to your school, you or your friend?
2. Do you get up earlier or later than 7 o’clock?
3.	What sports do you like most of all?
4.	Can you swim farther than the middle of your
river?
5.	Which do you like more, football or hockey?
6.	Who plays table tennis better, you or your friend?
7:	Do you enjoy playing volleyball as much as bas-
ketball?
187
45.	Read and ask:
1.	Ask your friend if the sun shines brightly and
what the weather is like.
2.	TeH the class how often you went to the stadium
or the skating-rink in winter.
3.	Ask a girl if she can play table tennis better than
her friend.
4.	Ask a boy if he jumps as high as his friend and
who jumps farther than he does.
5.	Ask the class what you usually do when you have
physical training on the sports ground.
46.	Read and act.
Short Conversations
1
“Two football teams are left to play for the cup.
Who do you think will win this year?”
“I don’t know. Either “Dynamo” or “Spartak”
can win. They are very strong teams. All players
can attack, and they defend their goal excellently.”
2
“What was the score in yesterday’s hockey match?”
“Seven to two.”
“In whose favour?”
“In “Spartak’s” favour. It was a splendid victory
for this team.”
3
“Are you interested in sports?”
“Well, I don’t like very much to watch other
people play. I like to play myself.”
“Oh? What’s your favourite sport?”
“Basketball.”
188
47. Look at the pictures and discuss the games.
▲ 48. а) Прочитайте басню и подготовьте ее пересказ:
The Hare and the Tortoise
(A Fable by Aesop)
One day a hare1 met a tortoise2 in the field.
The hare laughed at the tortoise because she moved
very slowly. “You are fast, that’s true,” the tortoise
said, “but if we run a race, I’ll beat you.”
“That’s what you say, madam,” answered the
hare, “but let’s do it and you’ll see who will win.”
“Who will be the judge3?” asked the tortoise.
“The fox,” answered the hare, “he is clever 4 and
very important in the wood.”
They decided to run the race.
The tortoise did not lose any time and began to
walk as she always walked — very slowly. The hare
189
thought that he had enough time and decided to lie
down and sleep.
All the time that the hare slept the tortoise
walked and walked. She walked very slowly but did
not stop for a minute. The hare slept for some time,
then he woke and saw that the tortoise was very
far on the way to the goal 5. He ran to the goal as
fast as he could. But when he came there, he saw
that the tortoise was at the goal before him. So the
tortoise won the race.
1 hare [heaj — заяц; 2 tortoise ['to:tasj — черепаха; 3 jitdge
[дзлдз] — судья; 4 clever ['kleva] — умный; 5 goal [goul] —
цель, ворота (в спорте)
б) Перепишите предложения, вставляя наречия, данные
в скобках, в соответствующей форме. Прочитайте напи-
санное:
1. You may stay as ... as you like, (long) 2. I can’t
wait any .... (long) 3. He lives ... than the third
floor, (high) 4. I cannot go any ... (far) 5. Our
sportsmen did the exercises ... of all. (well) 6. Our
people live ... than before the war. (well) 7. "Dynamo”
played ... than “Spartak", (badly) 8. I like books on
literature ... of all. (much)
§ 9
49.	Say:
what holidays we celebrate in May;
why we call May Day the spring holiday;
how we celebrate May Day;
why the 9th of May is the most important holiday.
190
50.	Read the text and say what you know about May Day in
England:
How the May Day Holiday Began in England
Many hundred years ago there were many vil-
lages and few towns in England. The villagers 1
liked to go into the forest and fields when spring
came. On the first Sunday of May they usually took
a tree back with them and put it in the centre of
the village. The children danced round it and the
men and women took part in games around it.
The first May Day was celebrated in England in
1890, when the workers decided to fight for an eight-
hour working day and an end to the very long hours
that they worked. In London, the workers marched
from all places to a meeting in Hyde Park. This
demonstration showed their unity2 and solidarity.
After that, May Day in -England was usually
celebrated on the Sunday nearest to the first day of
the month.
1 villagers — сельские жители; 2 unity ['ju:niti]— единст-
во, сплоченность.
51.	Read and learn by heart:
Spring Is Coming
Spring is coming, spring is coming,
Birdies, build your nest •;
Weave2 together straw3 and feather4
Doing each your best.
Spring is coming, spring is coming,
Flowers are coming too.
Pansies5, lilies6, daffodillies7
Now are coming through.
191
Spring is coming, spring is coming,
All around is fair;
Shimmer8 and quiver9 on the river,
Joy is everywhere.
Edith Segal
1	nest — гнездо; 2 weave [wi.v] — плести, сплетать;
3 straw [strxj — солома; 4 feather ['fe5a] — перо; 5 pansy
['paenzi] — анютины глазки; 6 lily ['lilij — лилия; 7 daffo-
dilly ['daefodili] — нарцисс; 8 shimmer ['fima] — мерцание;
9	quiver f'kwivaj — трепет
52.	Read and speak:
1.	Say what you will see if you watch TV on the
9th of May.
2.	Say what you are going to do on Victory Day.
3.	Ask your deskmate what he (she) will do on the
9th of May.
53.	Read and make up a story using the words:
1)	stadium	4) win (lose) 7) record 9) fan
2)	competition 5) result	8) enjoy	10) prize
3)	event	6) medal
▲ 54 а) Напишите ответы на следующие вопросы:
1.	Who gets up earliest of all in your family? 2. For
how long do you do morning exercises? 3. Do you
do your English exercises correctly or not? 4. Who
lives farther from your school, you or your friend?
5. How did the sun shine yesterday? 6. How much
did you work on the farm?
ЁЗ б) Выполните задание 29 домашнего чтения.
192
§ 10
55.	Read the text and say what you know about Olympic
Games:
Olympic Games
The first Olympic Games took place in Greece
more than two thousand and seven hundred years
ago. Every year there was no war for five days and
sports competitions took place.
The Games were organized for
more than six hundred years.
Then, for one thousand and
five hundred years nothing more
was heard of them.
The modern Olympic Games
began again in 1896. They take
place every four years. They can-
not take place in a country which is at war, and
during the two world wars there were no Olympic
Games.
During the Olympic Games there are competiti-
ons in many kinds of sport. They are, for example,
running, jumping, athletics, swimming, boxing, bas-
ketball, football and others.
Winter Olympic Games first took place in 1924,
and now they also take place every four
years. At the Winter Olympic Games,
many countries take part in competitions
in skiing, skating, ice hockey and other
winter sports.
The Games have taken place in many
countries. The 22nd Olympic Games of
1980 were held in Moscow. For the first
time in history, the Olympic Games were
7 Зак. 52	193
JL
held in our country. It was a festival 1 of sport and
of friendship.
The sportsmen who take first place in the Olympic
Games receive gold 2 medals, those who come second
receive silver3 medals, and those who finish third
receive bronze4 medals.
The Olympic Games are very popular in the
world. They help world peace and friendship.
1 festival ['festival] — праздник; празднество; 2 gold — зо-
лотой; 3 silver — серебряный; 4 bronze — бронзовый
56.	Read and answer the questions:
1.	When did the first Olympic Games take, place?
2.	When did the modern Olympic Games begin again?
3.	What competitions are there during the Olympic
Games?
4.	When did the first Winter Olympic Games take place?
5.	What competitions are there during the Winter
Olympic Games?
6.	Why are the Olympic Games so popular in the world?
7.	When and where will the next Olympic Games
take place?
57.	Read and speak about sports:
1.	Have you seen films about sports competitions?
What sportsmen were shown in the films?
2.	Were the Olympic Games of 1980 held in Moscow
only or in some other cities of our country too?
Can you name those cities?
3.	Can you say that future Olympic champions are
schoolchildren now who go in for sports? Give
some examples of young sportsmen showing good
results in competitions.
194
58.	Read and use in situations:
health [helG]: People who go in for sport have excellent
health. What do you do to be in excellent health?
healthy ['helOi]: All my friends are healthy because they
go in for sports. It isn’t healthy to go to bed late.
Do you think we live in a healthy place?
air [еэ]: In summer 1 spend much time in the open air.
The pupils on duty must air the classroom during
all breaks.
fresh: Let’s go out and have some fresh air. My mother
can buy fresh fruit and vegetables either at the
shop or at the market.
hike: I like to take part in summer hikes. Almost every
Sunday we go on a day hike in the country.
We met many hikers on the roads last Sunday.
keep (kept, kept): You may keep this book, I do not
want it now. Please keep my cat for me while
I’m at the summer camp.
need: Children need milk. Here’s more money than you
need for shopping; keep the change. This soup
needs salt.
active ['aektiv]: He took an active part in the holiday party.
59. Look at the pictures and discuss the 1980 Olympic Games
in Moscow.
1.
195
▲ 60 а) Прочитайте текст и скажите, что интересного вы в нем
нашли:
A Letter About Sports in England
37, High Street,
London, W8 7DN
England
June 4th, 1995
Dear Lena,
1 greatly enjoyed your letter in which you told
me about sports in your town. I shall try to tell you
now about the games we play in England.
First of all, I must tell you that football is played
in England in winter, and not in summer. Football
is the most popular game in England, because En-
gland is the home of football. Schools and towns
have football teams, and of course the English team
is well known in the world.
We do not play ice hockey much in England,
because the winter is not very cold. But we play
hockey on grass. There are men’s teams and women’s,
and many schools have teams too.
Other games which we play in England are
tennis, basketball and volleyball.
196
We have gymnastics every week in our school
gymnasium. We run and jump and play basketball,
volleyball and other games. In summer we have
gymnastics on the playground.
Well, I shall end my letter for today.
I wish you all the best and hope to receive
another letter from you soon.
Your English friend,
Mary Smith
б) Напишите по одной-две фразы по-английски, что бы
вы сказали в подобных ситуациях. Обратите внимание
на употребление артиклей.
1.	На вашем товарище новая шапка. Попросите у
него разрешения примерить ее.
2.	Вас спросили, в которую из двух дверей, направо
или налево, идти, чтобы попасть в учительскую.
Ответьте, что нужно открыть дверь направо.
3.	Вам захотелось выпить молока. Спросите, есть
ли молоко в холодильнике.
4.	Вы накрываете стол для ужина. Ставите на стол
сахарницу и обнаруживаете, что там нет сахара,
хотя помните, что там сахар был. Спросите у
младшего брата, где сахар.
5.	Вам дали задание написать домашнее сочинение
об одном из русских писателей. У вас нет книг
об этом писателе, и вы идете в библиотеку.
Спросите у библиотекаря, есть ли в библиотеке
книги об этом писателе.
197
§ 11
61. Read the text and say how Victory Day is celebrated
where you live:
Victory Day
Victory Day is a great holiday in our country
and in many other countries.
On this day millions of people celebrate the victory
over the German fascists 1 in 1945.
On the 9th of May Lena
Stogova and her classmates
went to the park. “We are
going to hear what war vete-
rans2 will tell us about the
war and how they fought for
victory”, she told her mother.
There were a few speakers
there and one of the veterans
said: “Young people must not
forget the heroes, they must be
ready to defend their country
against all enemies”.
Then flowers and souvenirs 3
were given to those who took
part in the Great Patriotic War.
“And now, boys and girls”, said the class teacher,
“let’s go and lay flowers to those who did not live
to see our victory. We must always remember them”.
In the evening there was a holiday salute and
a minute of silence4 to remember all those who did
not come back from the war.
In the TV holiday concert songs of the Great
Patriotic War were sung. War veterans also came
198
to take part in the programme and speak about how
they fought for their country.
1 fascists ['faejists]; 2 veteran ['vetoron] — ветеран;
3 souvenirs |'su:vonioz]; 4 silence f'sailons] — молчание
62.	Look at the pictures, say what Hero Cities you know and
describe how Victory Day is celebrated in Russia.
199
63.	Read and use in situations:
remember [ri'membo]: I shall always remember the first
day at school. 1 can’t remember how to get where
he lives. 1 remember that she wore a green hat.
rule [ru:l]: 1 know the rules of many games. My
brother made it a rule never to go to bed
late. It’s against the rules to pick flowers in
the park.
straight [streit]: The streets of our town are very
straight. This road will take you straight to
the cattle-farm.
such: I can’t understand such sentences. It was such
an interesting meeting. There were such a lot
of people at the stadium.
care [кеэ]: Take care of the child while I’m out. Last
year I took care of the flowers in the garden.
explain [iks'plein]: I don’t understand this, but she
will explain. The father explained to his little
daughter how to use the telephone.
64.	Read and say:
Proverb: HEALTH IS BETTER THAN WEALTH *.
If you are healthy, you can learn and work, and be
active in life.
What do you do to be healthy?
1 wealth [we!6] — богатство
65.	Read the text and say what rules about health you must
always remember:
What the Doctor Says
A few days ago the pupils of Form 7 A were
asked to stay for another 45 minutes after classes
to hear a talk about health.
200
“Are we old people to listen to talks about
health?” asked one of the boys.
“If you want to be strong and healthy”, said
the class teacher, “you must know some rules and
the school doctor will explain those rules to you”.
Then the doctor came and began her talk.
At first she told the class to wash their hands
before meals;1 to keep their bodies2 clean, to get
up early and do morning exercises.
But after that the doctor began to speak about
more interesting things. “A very important rule”,
she said, “is to get enough sleep. You must get not
less than nine hours sleep every night. Another rule
is to breathe3 in as much fresh air as you can”.
“Well”, said Zhenya Fetisov, “are there rules
about health to remember at school only?”
“I don’t think so”, answered the doctor. “There
are some rules which you must remember both at
home and at school. For example, you must sit and
stand straight. When you are reading or writing let
the light come from behind your left shoulder” 4.
Then a girl held up her hand and said, “Please
tell us more about hikes and how swimming makes
people strong and healthy”.
“Oh, this is interesting. I have answered such
questions already and I told schoolchildren to go on
all-day hikes in the forest or in the fields on Sundays.
And don’t take with you too many things when you
go on a hike. Take only the things that you need.
Don’t go into the water after you have just eaten
much. Eat a little before you go for a swim. Don’t
jump into the water during a walk in hot weather.
I don’t think it’s difficult to remember all those
rules”, said the doctor. “Good health isn’t only for
201
you and your parents who take great care of their
children. The country needs healthy young people”.
'meal [mill] — еда; 2 body ['bodi]— тело; 3 breathe [bri:&]
— дышать; 4 shoulder ['Joulda] — плечо
▲ 66. а) Перепишите предложения, вставляя глаголы, данные
в скобках, в нужной форме. Прочитайте написанное.
1.	What marks ... you .. for your answer yesterday?
(to give) 2. Who ... he ... by? (to meet) 3. How many
games ... by the teams? (to play) 4. On his birthday
he ... a lot of presents, (to give) 5. The holiday
meeting ... before Victory Day. (to hold) 6. The game
... with the score three to two (to lose)
б) Выполните задание 30 домашнего чтения.
§ 12
67. Look at the pictures and make up a story.
202
68.	Do the tasks:
I.	Ask your friend questions about the Olympic
Games.
2.	Tell the class what you know about popular cham-
pions.
3.	Tell the class about the Winter Olympic Games.
69.	Read and say what is correct (not correct) about sports
in your town (village). Give full answers.
1.	Only young people go in for sports.
2.	You do not know what kinds of sport are popular.
3.	Every year our sportsmen show good results in
competitions.
4.	Sport has a good future in our town (village).
70.	Read and act.
Short Conversations
1
“Please, teacher, may 1 go to the school doctor?
I can’t sit at the lesson any more...”
“Yes, if you aren’t well. The doctor is in the
school now”.
“And if the doctor sends me home?”
“If she sends you home, you will come back and
tell me before you go”.
2
“Mum, the school doctor gave us a talk about
health”.
“Very well, my dear. Do you know now what is
good for your health?”
“Of course. Fresh air and exercises and very
. many other things which I don’t remember”.
~ “Very bad! You must remember them”.
203
3
“The doctor says we must do many things to be
in good health”.
“1 don’t think there are too many things”.
“But they are difficult! Listen: get up early, go
to bed early, do morning exercises...”
“Well, but it’s more difficult when you’re ill”.
71.	Read and speak about your health:
1.	Tell your deskmate if you have heard a talk about
health and what you decided to do after that talk.
2.	Tell your deskmate how you take care of your
health and how often you go to the school doctor.
3.	Say what you must do if you are not well at school;
what can be good for the health of schoolchildren.
▲ 72.а) Прочитайте текст и закончите рассказ:
One day Victor went to the stadium to watch
an athletics competition in which boys and girls of
two or three schools took part.
He sat down on a bench and prepared to enjoy
what he could see. “I hope our school will win the
cup”, he thought to himself.
Five minutes later he saw a schoolmate, who
did not look very happy. “Oh, Vitya! I’m so glad to
see you! And I must ask you about something very
important”.
“What is it?” asked Victor. “I have come to
watch a competition. Will you take part in it? Can
you show a good result?”
“Yes, yes. I’ll try. But a boy who must run in
the sixty metres hasn’t come. You must help our
team and our school”.
“What do you want me to do?” asked Victor.
“Well, you can either try to find that boy or run
204
the sixty metres yourself. But I don’t think you’ll
have enough time to bring the boy here. The com-
petition is going to begin very soon...”
б)	Перепишите предложения, вставляя вспомогательные
глаголы shall и will там, где нужно. Прочитайте напи-
санное.
1.	What ... you do when you ... go to the seaside?
2.	The game ... end when the clock ... shows three.
3.	What sports ... you go in for if you ... go to live
in Murmansk? 4. What ... we do if we ... come to
the skating-rink late? 5. If we... win this game, we
... take first place. 6. When we ... get home Mother
... go shopping.
§ 13
73.	Read and answer the questions:
1.	What sports do you go in for?
2.	Do you run fast?
3.	How high do you jump?
4.	When did you have a sports competition in your
school?
5.	Who won first place in the races?
6.	Who was the winner in jumping?
7.	What competitions do you have in the gymnasium?
74.	Look at the picture (p. 206) and answer the questions:
1.	What events do you see in the picture?
2.	Where is it taking place?
.3	. Who is taking part in the race?
4.	Which girl is running best of all?
205
75.	Read and answer the questions:
1.	When was the last sports competition organized
in your school?
2.	Where was it held?
3.	What competitions were held?
4.	How were the sportsmen met by the schoolchildren?
5.	By whom were first places in the events taken?
6.	Were the winners given prizes?
76.	Read the sentences and say what the underlined words
mean:
1.	All schoolchildren must know health rules. 2.
Young people like to hike in summer to visit many
interesting places. 3. The cost of this jacket is not
very high. 4. The prize winner in this competition
was a young girl. 5. The market opens very early.
6. On Sundays farmers come to town to market
vegetables and other things from their plots.
206
77.	Do the tasks:
1.	Ask your friend what sports he (she) goes in for.
2.	Tell the class about the competitions in athletics
or gymnastics you saw.
3.	Tell a classmate who does not go in for any
sports, what sports give to the sportsmen and
how interesting it is to take part in competitions.
4.	Describe a sports competition you had in your school.
▲ 78. а) Перепишите предложения, вставляя вспомогательные
глаголы shall и will там, где нужно. Прочитайте напи-
санное.
1.	Tell me if our team ... take> part in the games
next year. 2. Tell me when the next Olympic Games
... take place. 3. When ... the sport season begin?
4.	I want to know who ... go in for swimming. 5. The
sportsmen ... parade on the stadium before the com-
petitions ... begin. & Tell me where I ... find a book
about Tsiolkovsky.
Ш б) Вы
полните задание 31 домашнего чтения.
§ 14
79.	Read and answer the questions:
' 1. Which sport is popular at your school?
2.	How many children in your class go in for sports?
3.	Has anybody in your school won a prize in sports
competitions?
4.	Do you enjoy playing table tennis?
5.	Which is more interesting, to watch a football
. match or to play football?
6.	Which is your favourite sport?
207
80.	Read and answer the questions:
1.	What sports will you go in for when winter comes?
2.	What sports competition will you take part in
when you go to a camp?
3.	What will you do if you want to become a champion?
4.	Where will you go if you want to watch a hockey
match?
81.	Read and tell the class what you will do
if you take part in a sports
competition;
when you go to the skating-rink;
if you have an idea to go in
for gymnastics;
when you go to the stadium.
82.	Speak about the situations:
1.	You meet a sportsman who took part in a big
sports competition. Ask him questions about the
competition.
2.	You haven’t seen a football (hockey) match. Ask
your friend how the game was played and what
the result was.
3.	The class teacher has told you and your friend to
organize a school competition. Speak to your friend
about how you will organize it.
83.	Read the funny story and say what mistake the man has made:
Medicine for a Headache
One day a man went into a chemist’s shop. He
saw the chemist1 and asked hims, “Have you any-
thing for a headache2?”
The chemist said, “I have a very good medicine 3”.
Then he took a small bottle from a shelf. He held
it under the man’s nose and opened itf
208
It was not a great pleasure for the man, because
tears came to his eyes and ran down his face. He
could not speak and he did not like the medicine.
“What did you do?” he said when he could speak
again.
“Well, I didn’t do anything bad”, said the chemist.
“You wanted something for your headache, didn’t you?
That medicine has helped you, hasn’t it?”
“No, it hasn’t”, said the man. “It’s my wife who
has the headache, not me!”
“Oh, I’m sorry!” said the chemist. “Next time please
tell me more about the medicine you want. And I’ll ask
you more questions before giving you something”.
1 chemist ['kemist] — аптекарь; chemist’s shop — аптека;
2 headache ['hedeik] — головная боль;3 medicine ['medsin] —
лекарство; tear [tia] —слеза
▲ 84. Прочитайте басню и^выскажите свое мнение о ее героях:
The Dragonfly and The Bee
The Bee 1 and the Dragonfly 2 went to school in
the forest. Although3 they sat at the same desk,
they were not friends. Even during the break they
played separately4.
One day the Bee caught a cold and didn’t come
to school.
“It’s nothing much”, they said in class. “It doesn’t
go — went — gone see — saw — seen have — had — had take — took — taken hold — held — held	come — came — come speak — spoke — spoken do — did — done tell — told — told give — gave —given
209
matter if she misses5 a day or two. The Bee always
gets good marks and she will catch up”.
So the children said they were sorry their friend
was ill, and that was all. Only the Dragonfly sat there
looking very miserable6, and then she began to cry.
“Oh, oh”, she said. “If only little Bee could get
well again quickly, how shall I get on without her?”
“Just look!” the Mosquito7 said. “Who would
have thought8 that Dragonfly could be such good
friends with anybody?”
And nobody knew what good reason 9 the Dra-
gonfly had for crying. She always copied her home-
work from the Bee.
1 bee — пчела; 2 dragonfly ['draegonflai] — стрекоза;
3 although [э:1'бои] — хотя; 4 separately ['sepritli] — от-
дельно, раздельно; 5 miss — пропускать; 6 miserable
['mizorobl] — несчастный; 7 mosquito [mos'kirtou] —
комар; 8 would have thought — подумал бы; 9 reason
fri:zn] — причина
§ 15
85. Check yourself.
How to Choose a Good Worker
Mr Briggs and his wife lived in a house with a
beautiful fruit garden around it. They loved their garden
very much. One day Mr Briggs said to his wife, “It is
spring now. There is much work in the garden, but I
have no time to work. I must get a man to help me”.
“That’s right”, answered his wife. “You must get
a good worker for our garden. The man who worked
in our garden last spring liked to sit under the
apple-trees. Do you remember that man?”
210
“Oh, yes, I remember that man very well, but
now I know better how to choose my workers”.
Next day when Mr Briggs and his wife were in
their garden, two men came up to them. They were
garden workers.
Mr Briggs talked to them and said to one of
them, “I think you will be a good worker. You may
come tomorrow and begin your work”.
The two men went away.
“Why do you choose that man?” asked his wife.
“1 like the other man better. He has such a nice face”.
“My dear”, answered Mr Briggs, “I like his face
too, but if we want to get a good worker for our
garden, we must look not at his face but at his
trousers. The knees 1 of the trousers of the man with
a nice face are clean. The knees of the trousers of
the other man are all dirty2, so I know that he has
worked much in the garden”.
__________ )
1 knee [ni:] — колено; 2 dirty ['do:ti] — грязный, запачканный
active a	(in) favour (of) n	race n
air n	fond (of) a	record n
athletics n	fresh a	remember v
care n	goal n	result n
champion n	go (in for) v	rule n
championship n	health n	score n, v
competition n	hike n, v	skating-rink n
enjoy v	keep v	splendid a
event n	lose v	stadium n
excellent a	match n	straight a
explain v	need v	strong a
fan n	prize n	such a
fast adv		team n
211
Вы должны уметь:
описывать уроки физкультуры, занятия летними
и зимними видами спорта, спортивные игры,
соревнования в школе, чемпионаты,. Олим-
пийские игры, праздники, приходящиеся на
период четвертой четверти; говорить о здо-
ровье;
расспрашивать о занятиях летними и зимними
видами спорта, о спортивных играх, о сорев-
нованиях и чемпионатах, о праздниках, при-
ходящихся на период четвертой четверти, и
о здоровье;
сравнивать различные действия;
понимать все это в речи собеседников, а также
понимать короткие тексты в исполнении учи-
теля;
читать и понимать усвоенные устно слова, а
также понимать наречия, образованные с по-
мощью суффикса -1у;
читать короткие тематические тексты и диалоги,
построенные на освоенном устно материале,
с последующим применением их в речи;
читать про себя и понимать короткие расска-
зы и отрывки из произведений английских и
американских авторов, используя в случае
необходимости словарь.
212
IRREGULAR VERBS
be [bi:]	was [w3z], were [wa:]	been [bi:n]
become [bi'kAm]	became [bi'keim]	become [ЬГклт]
begin [bi'gin]	began [bi'gaen]	begun [Ы'длп]
blow [blou]	blew [blu:]	blown [bloun]
break [breik]	broke [brouk]	broken ['broukn]
bring [brig]	brought [ЬгэЛ]	brought [bro:t]
build [bild]	built [bilt]	built [bilt]
buy [bai]	bought [bo:t]	bought [bo:t]
choose [tfu:z]	chose [tjouz]	chosen ['tjouzn]
come [клт]	came [keim]	come [клт]
cost [kost]	cost [kost]	cost [kost]
do [du:]	did [did]	done [dAn]
draw [dro:]	drew [dru:]	drawn [dro:n]
drink [drigk]	drank [draegk]	drunk [drAgk]
eat [i:t]	ate [et].	eaten ['i:tn]
fall [fo:l]	fell [fel]	fallen ['fo:ln]
fight [fait]	fought [fo:t]	fought [fo:t]
find [faind]	found [faund]	found [faund]
forget [fa'get]	forgot [fa'got]	forgotten [fa'gatn]
get [get]	got [got]	got [got]
give [giv]	gave [geiv]	given ['givn]
go [gou]	went [went]	gone [дэп]
grow [grou]	grew [gru:]	grown [groun]
hang [haeg]	hung [Илд]	hung [Илд]
have [haev]	had [haed]	had [haed]
hear [hio]	heard [ha:d]	heard [ha:d]
hold [hould]	held [held]	held [held]
keep [ki:p]	kept [kept]	kept [kept]
know [nou]	knew [nju:]	known [noun]
213
lay [lei] leave [li:v] let [let] lose [lu:z]	laid [leid] left [left] let [let] lost [lost]	laid [leid] left [left] let [let] lost [bst]
make [meik]	made [meid]	made [meid]
mean [mi:n]	meant [ment]	meant [ment]
meet [mi:t]	met [met]	met [met]
pay [pei]	paid [peid]	paid [peid]
put [put]	put [put]	put [put]
read [ri:d]	read [red]	read [red]
retell ['rir'tel]	retold ['ri:'tould]	retold ['rii'tould]
ring [rig]	rang [raeg]	rung [глд]
run [глп]	ran [raen]	run [глп]
say [sei]	said [sed]	said [sed]
see [si:]	saw [so:]	seen [si:n]
sell [sei]	sold [sould]	sold [sould]
send [send]	sent [sent]	sent [sent]
shine [Jain]	shone [Jon]	shone [Jon]
show [Jou]	showed [Joud]	shown [Joun]
shut [jAt]	shut [jAt]	shut [Jxt]
sing [sig]	sang [saeg]	sung [sAg]
sit [sit]	sat [saet]	sat [saet]
sleep [sli:p]	slept [slept]	slept [slept]
speak [spi:k]	spoke ['spouk]	spoken ['spoukn]
spell [spel]	spelt [spelt]	spelt [spelt]
spend [spend]	spent [spent]	spent [spent]
stand [staend]	stood [stud]	stood [stud]
sweep [swi:p]	swept [swept]	swept [swept]
swim [swim]	swam [swaem]	swum [swAm]
214
take [teik] teach [ti:tf] tell [tel] think [Girjk]	took [tuk] taught [tort] told [tould] thought [0o:t]	taken f'teikn] taught [to:t] told [tould] thought [Oort]
understand	understood	understood
[,Ando'staend]	[,And3'stud]	[,Anda'stud]
wear [wes]	wore [wor]	worn [worn]
win [win]	won [wAn]	won [WAn]
write [rait]	wrote [rout]	written ['ritn]
REFERENCE GRAMMAR (RG)
(Грамматический справочник)
1.	В английском языке имеется два артикля: определен-
ный артикль the и неопределенный артикль а (ап),
которые ставятся перед существительными и относя-
щимися к ним словами:
The weather is fine today!
It’s a nice day today, isn’t it?
I shall be back in an hour.
Отсутствие артикля перед существительными имеет
определенную значимость:
For breakfast I have tea, bread and butter.
He bought flowers for his mother.
2.	Определенный артикль перед существительными указы-
вает на конкретные объекты (в единственном или во
множественном числе), обозначаемые существительными:
Take the book and put it on the shelf.
The girls have washed their hands and are in
- the dining-room.
Существительное с неопределенным артиклем назы-
вает единичный объект как таковой:
We have got a new flat.
При отсутствии артикля существительные тоже н а -
зывают объекты, при этом:
(а)	неисчисляемые существительные называют веще-
ства, явления природы, абстрактные понятия и т. п.
и не могут употребляться во множественном числе;
* См. также «Грамматический справочник» в учебнике по
английскому языку для 6-го класса.
216
(б)	исчисляемые существительные называют несколько
объектов и употребляются во множественном числе.
(a) Will you have tea or milk with your cake?
(6) They sell books and newspapers here.
3.	В речи в зависимости от ситуации существительные
могут нести конкретный смысл и общий смысл.
Конкретный смысл передается существительными с
определенным артиклем:
Take the plates and put them in the cupboard.
Why aren’t you eating the soup, Nelly?
Общий смысл передается:
(а)	исчисляемыми существительными в единственном
числе с неопределенным артиклем;
(б)	исчисляемыми существительными во множествен-
ном числе без артикля:
(в)	неисчисляемыми существительными без артикля:
(a)	May I take an apple, Mum?
(б)	Аге there pictures in this book?
(в)	Do you like milk, Ann?
4.	Употребление артиклей в речи помимо их смысла, кон-
кретного и общего, определяется ситуацией. Так, на-
пример, вы 'ищете стакан и находите его на полке.
Это определяет реплику: “Неге is the glass, it’s on the
shelf”. В другой ситуации вы перебираете вещи на
полке и говорите: “There is a glass on the shelf”. И,
наконец, рассматривая украшение, вы устанавливаете
из какого материала оно сделано: “It’s made of glass”.
Сравните и определите ситуации:
(a)	“I like ice-cream”.
(б)	“Buy an ice-cream”.
(в)	“The ice-cream is very tasty”.
Таким образом, выделение определенных типичных
ситуаций позволяет правильно употреблять артикли в
речи.
217
5.	Определенный артикль употребляется с сущес-
твительными как в единственном, так и во множест-
венном числе.
Его употребление обусловливается, в основном, пятью
типами речевых ситуаций:
(I)	УКАЗАНИЕ НА ОБЪЕКТ, который находится в
поле зрения собеседников:
“Look at the blackboard”.
“Who is the man?”
“I like the flowers”.
(II)	ССЫЛКА НА ИЗВЕСТНОЕ собеседникам. Из-
вестным здесь может быть вместе виденное, слы-
шанное, вместе пережитое или ранее упомянутое.
Здесь важно наличие у собеседников совместного
прошлого опыта:
“What did the doctor say?”
“The film was wery interesting, wasn’t it?”
(Ill)	ДОПОЛНИТЕЛЬНАЯ КОНКРЕТИЗАЦИЯ. В
этом случае сообщаются дополнительные сведе-
ния, которые позволяют отличить данный объект
от других ему подобных
“Give me the green pencil”.
“Do you know the boy who is playing over there?”
(IV)	ЛОГИЧЕСКОЕ ВКЛЮЧЕНИЕ В ЧИСЛО ИЗ-
ВЕСТНЫХ. Определенный артикль употребляется
в том случае, если данный объект составляет не-
отъемлемую часть другого, уже известного собе-
седникам объекта, или его присутствие в ситуации
является естественным и необходимым:
“Go to the kitchen and turn off the gas”.
“The sun is shining brightly”.
(V)	РОДОВАЯ ХАРАКТЕРИСТИКА ОБЪЕКТА. В
данном случае, употребляя определенный артикль
с существительными в единственном или множест-
218
венном числе, говорящий обобщает признаки объ-
екта (или объектов) в единое целое, единый класс
в отличие от других классов:
“Let’s go to the cinema”.
The rich do not understand the poor.
Для справок
Определенный артикль употребляется перед именами существи-
тельными собственными в следующих случаях:
(а)	перед фамилией во множественном числе для обозна-
чения всех членов семьи:
The Browns, the Levins
(б)	перед названиями стран, океанов, морей, заливов и дру-
гими географическими названиями, состоящими из су-
ществительных нарицательных с определением:
the United States, the Atlantic Ocean
(в)	перед названиями рек и горных хребтов (но не отдельных гор):
the Neva, the Mississippi, the Alps.
6.	Неопределенный артикль употребляется с ис-
числяемыми существительными в единственном числе
в следующих основных типах речевых ситуаций:
(I)	НАЗЫВАНИЕ ИСЧИСЛЯЕМОГО ОБЪЕКТА. Го-
ворящий называет какой-либо новый объект
как таковой и причисляет его к классу таких же
объектов:
“There is a river near my village”.
“He is a good doctor”.
“What a nice day it is!”
(II)	УКАЗАНИЕ КОЛИЧЕСТВА. В этом случае не-
определенный артикль употребляется в значении
«один» (как единица измерения времени, расстояния,
длины, единица счета, денежная единица):
. “I’ll be back in a minute”.
“The price is two dollars a pound”.
An apple a day keeps the doctor away.
219
7.	Отсутствие артикля («нулевой артикль») опреде-
ляется следующими основными типами речевых ситуаций:
(I)	Говорящий называет какие-либо новые объекты
как таковые и причисляет их к классу таких же
объектов:
There are nice flowers behind our house.
They grow potatoes.
(II)	НАЗЫВАНИЕ НЕИСЧИСЛЯЕМОГО ОБЪЕК-
ТА. Говорящий называет неисчислимый объект
и причисляет его к какому-то виду материала,
вещества или к абстрактному понятию:
“We have hot water”.
“This dress is made of cotton”.
“Time is money”.
(HI) РАСПРЕДМЕЧИВАНИЕ. Говорящий имеет в
виду не названный объект, а деятельность, свя-
занную с этим объектом. Обычно такие сущест-
вительные входят в состав предложных или гла-
гольных словосочетаний:
“She is not in town”.
. “They have dinner at three o’clock”.
Для справок
1.	Как правило, имена существительные собственные употреб-
ляются без артикля:
John, Kate Sweet, Moscow, Washington, Russia, America.
Ho: the Ukraine, the Crimea, the Caucasus.
Перед фамилией может стоять форма обращения или слово,
обозначающее звание, должность:
Mr Porter, Mrs Armstrong, Miss Rose, Dr Jones,
Professor Carter, Major Ford.
2.	Существительные нарицательные, используемые как обра-
щения, употребляются без артикля:
“Thank you, sir”. “This way, madam”.
“Excuse me, officer”.
220
3.	Перед словами Father, Mother, Uncle, Aunt в высказываниях
членов семьи артикль не ставится. Тогда эти слова пишутся
с прописной буквы:
“Mother will be happy”.
“Ask Aunt to come”.
4.	Артикль не употребляется с существительными, после кото-
рых стоят относящиеся к ним количественные числительные:
“Не is in room 25”.
“Take bus number 3”.
5.	В газетных заголовках, телеграммах, объявлениях ар-
тикль часто опускается:
“MAN IS KILLED”
LETTER RECEIVED THANKS ANN
II
Неопределенные местоимения SOME, ANY, NO и их
производные SOMETHING, SOMEBODY, ANYTHING,
ANYBODY, NOTHING, NOBODY употребляются по-раз-
ному в разных типах предложений.
а	Утвердительные предложения	some	something	somebody
ь	Отрицательные предложения	(not) any no	(not) anything nothing	(not) anybody nobody
с	Общие вопросы	any	anything	anybody
d	Специальные вопросы	some	something	somebody
е	Просьбы	some	something	somebody
221
Примеры:
(a)	I’ve got something in my eye. There is somebody
in the room.
(b)	I didn’t see anything there. Nobody can help me.
(c)	Is anything wrong? Has anybody seen Mike?
(d)	Where can I get something to eat?
(e)	Tell me something about the author. Ask somebody
to help her, please.
Для справок
1.	Some употребляется перед числительными со значением
«около, приблизительно»:
“I need some fifty roubles”.
2.	Any, anything, anybody употребляются в утвердительных
предложениях со значением «всякий, любой»:
“You can take any of the buses”.
“You can have anything you want for your birthday”.
“Anybody can come to the concert”.
3.	После if часто употребляются any, anything, anybody:
“Buy some apples if you see any”.
“If you see anybody, let me know”.
“If you need anything, just ask”.
4.	В английском языке в отрицательном предложении может
быть только одно отрицание; поэтому, если в предложении
стоят отрицательные местоимения no, nothing, nobody, то
глагол употребляется в утвердительной форме:
“I have no time”.
“Nothing can be done”.
“Nobody knows anything about it”.
Ill
В английском языке с помощью суффиксов образуются
одни слова от других:
1.	существительное + у = прилагательное
rain — rainy; sun — sunny
222
2.	глагол -|- ion = существительное
to decorate — decoration; to demonstrate — de-
monstration
3.	глагол 4- ing = существительное
to build — building; to meet — meeting
4.	глагол 4- er = существительное
to work — worker; to teach — teacher
5.	прилагательное 4-ly = наречие
bad — badly; easy — easily
IV
В английском языке во многих случаях слова, явля-
ющиеся различными частями речи, совпадают по форме
в произношении и в написании. Их значение и принад-
лежность к той или иной части речи определяются из
контекста по грамматическим признакам.
Noun	Verb
Your answer is not correct. He comes home from his work at 7 o’clock.	Answer my questions, please. She works at a hospital.
Noun	Adjective
Autumn is a fine season of the year. The factory is far from our house.	September is an autumn month. He is a factory worker.
V
1.	Имена прилагательные в английском языке, как и в
русском, образуют сравнительную и превосходную сте-
пени сравнения. Основная форма прилагательных не вы-
ражает сравнения и называется положительной степенью.
223
It is cold today.
Yesterday it was colder than today.
January is the coldest month of the year.
2.	Односложные прилагательные и двусложные, оканчи-
вающиеся на -у, -er, -ow, -Ые (а также несколько
других двусложных прилагательных), образуют срав-
нительную степень прибавлением -ег [э] к форме поло-
жительной степени, а превосходную степень — прибав-
лением -est [ist]
old — older — oldest
tall — taller — tallest
3.	При образовании сравнительной и превосходной степе-
ней в форме прилагательных на письме соблюдаются
следующие правила:
(а)	немая -е в конце слов опускается:
large — larger —largest; pale — paler — palest
(б)	в односложных прилагательных конечная соглас-
ная буква после одиночной гласной буквы удва-
ивается, чтобы сохранить слог закрытым:
big — bigger — biggest; hot — hotter — hottest
(в)	конечная -у после согласных изменяется на -i-;
busy — busier — busiest; happy — happier —
happiest
4. Некоторые прилагательные образуют степени сравне-
ния не по общим правилам.
Положительная степень	Сравнительная степень	Превосходная степень
good	better	best
bad	worse	worst
manyl much J	more	most
little	less	least
far	farther	farthest	_
224
Примеры:
I have more time than you.
The Moscow underground is the best in the
world.
5. Многосложные прилагательные и большинство дву-
сложных образуют сравнительную степень при помощи
слова тоге [тэ:], а превосходную степень — при по-
мощи слова most [moust], которые ставятся перед при-
лагательными в положительной степени:
Не is more active than his friend.
This is the most interesting book.
VI
При сравнении двух объектов одинакового качества
прилагательное ставится между as ... as:
Dick is as young as your brother.
В отрицательных предложениях в таких случаях обыч-
но употребляется not so ... as:
This exercise is not so difficult as that one.
VII
Притяжательные местоимения в английском языке
имеют две формы. Притяжательные местоимения my, your,
her, our, their употребляются только перед существитель-
ными, в то время как после mine, yours, hers, ours, theirs
существительные никогда не ставятся, поскольку эти при-
тяжательные местоимения употребляются вместо сущест-
вительных.
This is not my pencil, mine is blue.
VIII
В придаточных предложениях времени и усло-
вия после союзов if и when глагольная форма Future
Indefinite не употребляется. Вместо Future Indefinite упот-
ребляется Present Indefinite.
“If he comes 1 shall ask him about it”.
“I shall go to bed when I finish my work”.
8 Зак. 52
225
Примечание.
В придаточных предложениях дополнительных Future
Indefinite может стоять после союзов if и when.
“Ask him if he will go to the cinema”.
“I don’t know when I shall see him.
IX
Глагол to have в качестве модального в сочетании с
инфинитивом с частицей to употребляется для выражения
необходимости совершить действие в с и л у опре-
деленных обстоятельств в настоящем, прошедшем
и будущем времени.
I have to get up early on Monday.
They had to send for the doctor.
He will have to do it.
Вопросительные и отрицательные формы Present и Past
Indefinite глагола to have co значением долженствования
образуются с помощью воспомогательного глагола do.
“Do you have to go there?”
“I didn’t have to wait for you”.
X
1.	Когда в центре внимания говорящего находится лицо
или предмет, который подвергается действию, или
когда лицо, совершающее действие, не известно,
а также когда считают ненужным его упомя-
нуть, употребляется страдательный оборот. В этом
случае глагол стоит в страдательном залоге.
Формы страдательного залога образуются с помощью
вспомогательного глагола to be и третьей основной формы
смыслового глагола (Past Participle).
to be + III форма глагола
226
Действительный залог	Страдательный залог
Usually my sister does this work. They built this house last year.	This work is usually done by my sister. This house was built last year.
Временные формы страдательного залога употребля-
ются согласно тем же правилам, что и соответствующие
им временные формы действительного залога.
2.	Present Indefinite Passive означает обычные, постоян-
ные действия в настоящем времени. Эта форма обра-
зуется с помощью am, is, аге в соответствующих лицах
и неизменяемой третьей основной формы смыслового
глагола.
The little girl is always met at the bus stop by
her brother.
This room is cleaned every day.
3.	Past Indefinite Passive означает действия, происходя-
щие в какой-то период в прошлом и не связанные с
моментом речи. Эта форма образуется с помощью was
и were в соответствующих лицах и неизменяемой
третьей основной формы смыслового глагола.
The letter was given to me.
We were shown a new film.
4.	В вопросительной форме страдательного залога вспо-
могательный глагол to be в соответствующем лице
ставится перед подлежащим:
Аге the windows in this room opened three times
a day?
Where were you born?
Who was the book written by?
В вопросах к подлежащему порядок слов не изменяется:
What was broken by this boy?
8*
227
5.	В отрицательной форме страдательного залога частица
not ставится после вспомогательного глагола.
This road is not used very often.
The date of the meeting was not changed.
Для справок
Глаголы в страдательном залоге могут употребляться с
модальными глаголами can, may, must:
This book can be bought at any book-shop.
This work must be done now.
XI
1. Наречием называется часть речи, указывающая на
признак действия или на различные обстоятельства,
при которых протекает действие. Некоторые наречия
не отличаются по форме от прилагательных. Их можно
отличить только по той роли, которую они выполняют
в предложении. В предложении наречия определяют
глаголы, прилагательные или другие и а р е -
ч и я; прилагательные же определяют существительные.
Прилагательные	Наречия
They took a fast train to Sochi. We have very little time. The price is very low.	He speaks very fast. She reads very little. The plane flew very low.
2. Производные наречия образуются прибавлением к име-
нам прилагательным суффикса -1у
slow — slowly; bad — badly.
При образовании наречий от прилагательных, окан-
чивающихся на -у, конечная -у прилагательных перед
суффиксом -1у меняется на -i-:
ready — readily
228
XII
I.	Степени сравнения наречий образуются так же, как и
степени сравнения прилагательных.
Односложные наречия, а также наречие early обра-
зуют сравнительную степень путем прибавления суф-
фикса -ег, а превосходную степень — суффикса -est к
форме положительной степени.
You must go to bed earlier.
He comes home latest on Monday.
2.	При образовании сравнительной и превосходной степе-
ней сравнения наблюдаются такие же изменения
формы, как и у прилагательных:
late — later — latest; early —earlier — earliest.
3.	Следующие наречия, как и соответствующие прилага-
тельные, образуют степени сравнения не по общим
правилам.
Положительная степень	Сравнительная степень	Превосходная степень
well	better	best
badly	worse	worst
much	more	most
little	less	least
far	farther	farthest
4.	Наречия с суффиксом -1у образуют сравнительную сте-
пень при помощи тоге, а превосходную степень — при
помощи most, которые ставятся перед наречиями в
положительной степени:
You must listen to the teacher more attentively.
He did his work most carefully of all the children.
Степени сравнения наречий slowly, quickly, often могут
229
образовываться как с помощью тоге и most, так и с
помощью суффиксов -er, -est:
quickly — quicker — quickest
quickly — more quickly — most quickly
5.	При сравнении двух действий одинакового характера,
как и с прилагательными, используется as ... as:
“I can swim as well as he does”.
Для справок
1.	Наречия too и also в значении «тоже» употребляются в
утвердительных и вопросительных предложениях.
“Не also goes to work by bus”.
“Do^you live there too?”
2.	В отрицательных предложениях в том же значении употреб-
ляется наречие either.
3.	Наречия too и either в значении «тоже», «также» стоят в
конце предложения.
“We shall go for a walk too”.
“I didn’t see him either”.
4.	Наречие too в значении «слишком» ставится перед тем сло-
вом, которое оно определяет:
The shirt is too small for him.
KEY TO EXERCISES
Unit 1
Exercise 59 a)
1.	anything; 2. nothing; 3. something; 4. Nobody; 5. any-
body; 6. somebody; 7. anything.
Exercise 80 6)
1. went; 2. been ... spend; 3. grow; 4. gather; 5. were;
6. is shining ... is blowing.
Unit 2
Exercise 12 6)
1. most beautiful; 2. worst; 3. more difficult; 4. largest;
5. more difficult; 6. best; 7. most interesting; 8. more
... less.
Exircise 55 a)
1. for ... in; 2. on; 3. for; 4. over ... in; 5. to; 6. for.
Exercise 66 a)
1. The 9th of May ... the life ... people; 2. The Petrovs
... the country. 3. The Great ... 4. ... peace ... friendship
... the world. 5. the weather ... the sun. 6. the soup ...
the kitchen.
Unit 3
Exercise 16 a)
1. coats, suits, shoes; 2. a year; 3. a kilo ... sweets;
4. a nice lake; 5. a month; 6. a shopping-bag.
231
Exercise 28 a)
1. at; 2. for ... on; 3. to ... —; 4. at; 5. for; 6. of
of ... at.
I
Unit 4
Exercise 32 a)
1. was built; 2. were corrected; 3. was asked; 4. was
bought; 5. was hung; 6. was left.
Exercise 45 a)
1. did ... find; 2. were found; 3. were ... grown; 4. were
given; 5. took; 6. was spent.
Exercise 58 a)
1. is washed; 2. is ... spoken; 3. is ... celebrated; 4. am
... given; 5. are ... brought; 6. are ... brought; 6. are ...
decorated.
Unit 5
Exercise 30 a)
a penny ... the penny ... a poor old woman ... a very
good boy ... an interest ... sweets ... the boy.
Exercise 66 a)
1. were ... given; 2. was ... met; 3. were played; 4. was
given; 5. was held; 6. was lost.
READER
READING IN SEPTEMBER AND OCTOBER
Task 1
♦ Прочитайте текст об английском писателе Даниэле Дефо и
отрывки из его романа «Робинзон Крузо». При чтении обратите
внимание на произнесение следующих собственных имен:
Daniel Defoe ['daenjal di'fou] — Даниэль Дефо, Robinson Cru-
soe ['robinsn 'kru:souj — Робинзон Крузо, London [Члпбэп] —
Лондон, England ['igglondj — Англия, York [jo:k]— Йорк.
Daniel Defoe
(1660-1731)
One of the first novels in the history of English literature
was “Robinson Crusoe” by Daniel Defoe.
Daniel Defoe was born in London in 1660. When Daniel
was a schoolboy, he began to write stories. After he finished
school the young man began to write articles for newspapers.
Defoe went to other countries and met many people. That helped
him to write his stories.
In 1719 Defoe wrote the novel
“Robinson Crusoe”. He told the true
story of a sailor who lived on an
island for four years where there
were no other people. Robinson Cru-
soe in Defoe’s novel lived on an
island for twenty-eight years. He
worked all the time and learned to
make many useful things.
People in England and in many
other countries liked the novel.
233
novel ['naval] — роман
was born — родился
true [tru:] — подлинный, ис-
тинный
sailor ['seila]— моряк
island ['ailand] — остров
useful ['jursful] — полезный
Robinson Crusoe
Part 1
Robinson Crusoe lived in the town of York in England.
When he was a small boy, he wanted to go to sea. He had
a friend whose father was captain of a ship. The captain
took the two boys on his ship when it went to London.
After that Robinson went to sea many times. Now he
was a sailor. He liked his. work very much.
One day when his ship was at sea, there was a great storm.
The ship broke and all the people were drowned. Robinson was
in the water for a long time. He was not drowned. He could
swim well. The sea carried him to the shore.
Robinson sat on the shore for a long time. Then he
wanted to know where he was, so he began to walk on
the shore. Soon he saw that he was on an island. It was
not large. He walked in all parts of the island: he wanted
to see if there were any people there or any sailors from
the ship. But there were no people there and no sailors
from the ship. It was evening already and Robinson wanted
to sleep. He did not want to sleep in an open place, so he
got into a tree and slept there.
captain ['kaeptin] — капитан
ship — корабль
broke — разбился (to break
[breik] — разбиваться)
was (were) drowned —
утонул(и)
could [kud]— мог, умел
shore [Jo:] — берег
all — все, весь
234

Part II
When Robinson Crusoe woke up, it was morning. The
storm was over. The sea was low and Robinson saw their
ship. It was not very far from the shore. One part of it was
not in the water. Robinson swam to the ship and got on it.
He saw many good things there which he could take to the
island. Robinson found some tools and began to make a raft.
When the raft was ready, Robinson put it on the water. Then
he found two large boxes and put a lot of things into them.
They were things which he wanted to have on the island. He
put the boxes on the raft, jumped on it and went to the shore.
Robinson went to the ship every day and brought many
other things to the island. He brought clothes, dishes, an
English flag, lamps, kitchen things and, of course, things
which he could eat. During one of his visits to the ship he
found a dog and two cats. They were very happy to see a
man. He took them to the island too. Now Robinson had
three good friends with him. He was on the island for thirteen
days already when another storm came. When it was over,
Robinson could not see the ship. It was now under the water.
found [faimd] — нашел	raft [raft] — плот
(to find — находить)	visit f'vizit] — посещение
tool — инструмент
♦ * ♦
♦ I. Найдите в тексте “Daniel Defoe" и прочитайте ответы на
следующие вопросы:
1.	What book was one of the first novels in the history
of the English literature?
2.	When and where was Daniel Defoe born?
3.	When did he begin to write stories?
4.	When did Defoe write the novel “Robinson Crusoe”?
5.	Did people in England and other countries like the
novel?
236
II.	Найдите в первой части текста и прочитайте ответы на
следующие вопросы:
I.	Where did Robinson Crusoe live when he was young?
2.	What was his profession?
3.	Did he like to be a sailor?
4.	Why did the ship break one day?
5.	Why was Robinson not drowned?
6.	How did he get to the shore?
III.	Подберите к картинкам (с. 235) предложения в соответ-
ствии с содержанием второй части текста:
Robinson began to make a raft.
Robinson swam to the ship and got on it.
Robinson put the raft on the water.
The sea was low and Robinson saw their ship.
He found some tools on the ship.
Robinson jumped on the raft and went to the shore.
The raft was ready.
Robinson put the boxes on the raft.
IV.	Если вы читали этот роман по-русски, расскажите, вер-
нулся ли Робинзон Крузо на родину и кто помог ему. Что
вы знаете о судьбе Пятницы?
Task 2
♦ Прочитайте две басни Эзопа. При чтении обратите внимание
на произнесение следующих собственных имен:
Aesop ['i:sop] — Эзоп, Greece [gri:s]— Греция.
Aesop’s Fables
Aesop lived in Greece many hundreds of years ago. He
went from one town to another and told people interesting
stories. There were no books at that time and people liked
to listen to his stories. Then the fathers and mothers told
237
the stories to their children. Now you can read Aesop’s
fables in books. Here are two of them.
fable f'feibl]— басня
A Farmer, His Son and Their Ass
One day a farmer and his son were on their way to a
town. They had an ass which they wanted to sell there.
On the way to the town they met some girls. “Look at
those people,” said one of the girls and pointed to the man
and his son. “They are walking behind the ass when they
can ride on in.” The girls laughed at them and went on
their way home. The farmer heard this and told his son to
get on the ass. And he walked at the boy’s side.
Soon they met some old men who were on their way
home from the town. They saw the farmer and his son,
and one of the men said: “Look at that! The old man is
walking and the young man is riding. Get down from the
ass, young man, and let your father ride on it.” So the
farmer told his son to get down and got on the ass himself.
238
Soon they met some women and children. “Look at that
man!” said a woman. “How can he sit on the ass and let
that poor boy run behind him?” The farmer then told his
son to get on the ass and sit behind him.
They were near the town when a man stopped them.
He said to the farmer, “Is this your ass?”
“Yes, it is,” said the farmer.
“How can you, two big men, sit on that poor ass and
make him carry you when you can carry the ass?” said
the man.
“We can carry him,” said the farmer. So they began
to carry the ass with its legs up. There was a bridge over
a river on the way to the town. When the people on the
bridge saw the two men with the ass they began to run
after them and to laugh. This frightened the ass. The old
man and his son could not hold it and the ass fell from
the bridge into the river and was drowned.
ass — осел
to sell — продавать
to ride — ехать верхом
to laugh [Icvf j — смеяться
poor [puaj — бедный
bridge [brids] — мост
to frighten ['fraitn] — пугать
fell — упал (to fall (fa:!] —
падать)
The Fox and the Cock
One day in summer a fox saw a cock near a village.
It was time for dinner and the fox decided to eat the cock.
He went up to the cock and said to him: “Your father could
sing very well. Can you sing well too?” The cock shut his
eyes and began to sing. The fox caught the cock in its
mouth and ran away.
A farmer saw the fox and cried out to the other farmers:
“Look! A fox has caught our cock! Look! Look! That is our
cock.’-’ The cock heard the farmer and said to the fox: “Do
you hear what that farmer is saying? He says that 1 am
239
their cock. Tell them that I am your cock now.” When the
fox opened its mouth to say it, the cock jumped up into a
tree. He cried out to the fox: “I am not your cock. I am their
cock.” The poor fox beat his head on the tree and said:
“Mouth, you talk too much and we have no dinner today.”
fox — лиса	mouth [шайб] — рот
cock — петух	cried out — крикнул
cought [ko:t] — поймала beat — била (to beat — бить)
(to catch — ловить)
* * *
♦ 1. Найдите в первой басне советы, которые давали девушки,
старики, женщины с детьми, мужчины. Назовите самый
умный, по вашему мнению, совет,
II. Прочитайте следующие предложения про себя, а затем
вслух в порядке следования событий второй басни:
The cock ran away from the fox.
A fox saw a cock near a village.
A farmer saw the fox and cried out to the other farmers.
The fox asked the cock to sing.
The cock asked the fox to say, “This is my cock.”
The fox opened his mouth and the cock jumped up
into a tree.
The fox caught the cock in his mouth. '
Task 3
♦ Прочитайте текст о зоопарке в Лондоне. При чтении обратите
внимание на произнесение следующих собственных имен:
Africa ['aefriko] — Африка, America [o'merika] — Америка,
American [a'merikan] — американец, американский.
240
The London Zoo
Part I
London has a very fine old Zoo, which many children
with their parents and friends visit every day. The Zoo is
in a large park which is not far from the centre of London.
Many old trees grow in the park, and in spring, summer
and autumn there are a lot of beautiful flowers there too.
The Zoo is open every day from 9 o’clock in the morning
to 7 o’clock in the evening. People who want to go there
can go by bus or by the, underground and bus. A lot of
buses go to the different sides of the park. Many kinds of
animals live there: elephants, giraffes, sea-lions and polar
bears, brown bears and foxes, and big and little monkeys.
There are many kinds of birds there too. Some of them
have very beautiful bright colours.
Zoo [zu:] — зоологический сад
underground ['xndagraund] —
метро
animal ['aenimal] — животное
elephant ['elifant] — слон
giraffe [dsi'rcvf] — жираф
sea-lion [zsi:'laian] — мор-
ской лев
polar f'poula] bear [Ьеэ] —
белый (полярный) медведь
monkey ['тлг)к1] — обезьяна
bird [ba:dj — птица
Part II
A good time to visit the animals is when they take
their food. Then you can see how the sea-lions catch their
fish. The man who looks after the animals sometimes throws
a fish into the water, then the sea-lions jump into the water
and get the fish there. It is also interesting to watch how
the big birds eat their meat, and how the monkeys eat
fruit.
In the large monkey house you can see different kinds
of monkeys. They jump, run and play with each other. In
the park there are camels. Children love to sit on a camel’s
241

back. Then it walks in the square and they sit high up on
its back. They also like to watch the elephant when he
washes himself in the morning. He puts water on his back
and men with long brushes make him very clean.
In the Children’s Zoo children can watch and talk to
and touch young animals. Of course the people who look
after the young animals watch the children too.
If people want to see the fishes they must go to another
house and pay a second time. The fishes are in a great
glass box. There are many kinds of beautiful fishes there.
It is very interesting there.
food [fu:d] — пища
to throw [6rou] — бросать
camel ['kaemol] — верблюд
back — спина
Part III
Many years ago the London Zoo had a young elephant
from Africa. The elephant was very small. His name was
Jumbo. A man looked after him. His name was Scott. The
242
elephant grew very quickly. Soon he learned to carry people
on his back. Children liked to sit on the little benches
which he carried on his back. The people of London knew
Jumbo and liked him.
One day a rich American saw Jumbo. He wanted to
buy him and take him to America to show Jumbo in the
circus there and to make a lot of money.
He paid the London Zoo two thousand dollars for Jumbo.
When the people of London heard about it, they wrote
letters and articles to newspapers and organized meetings
of protest. They did not want Jumbo to go to America. But
nothing helped. Scott began to prepare to go to America
with Jumbo to look after him there.
When the elephant came out of the Zoo, he lay down
in the street and did not want to get up. Many times Scott
told him to get up. When at last he got up, they began to
walk to the Port of London. Many people stood in th^
streets and watched. There were meetings of protest in the
streets, squares and at the Port. The people wanted Jumbo
to stay in the London Zoo.
But Jumbo and Scott went to America on a ship. In
America Jumbo was a circus elephant. He learned to carry
things from one place to another and he danced. The
Americans also liked Jumbo.
circus ['sarkas] — цирк
protest J'proutest] — протест
nothing ['nAOirj] — ничто
lay [I ei] down — лег (to lie —
лежать)
at last — наконец
* * *
♦ I. Найдите в первой части текста и прочитайте ответы на
следующие вопросы:
1.	Where is the Zoo which you have read about?
2.	Do trees and flowers grow in that Zoo?
243
3.	When is the Zoo open?
4.	How can people get to the Zoo?
5.	What animals live in the Zoo?
II.	Найдите во второй части текста и прочитайте предложе-
ния, в которых дано описание следующего:
1.	Кормление зверей.
2.	Поведение обезьян в зоопарке.
3.	Умывание слона.
III.	Найдите в третьей части текста и прочитайте предло-
жения, подтверждающие следующее:
1.	Jumbo was a good elephant.
2.	The people of London liked Jumbo.
3.	Scott liked Jumbo.
Task 4
*♦ Прочитайте индийскую сказку об обезьянах.
The Monkeys and the Reeds
Part I
Many, many years ago in the middle of the forest there
was a lake of clean cold water. All the animals of the
forest came to drink from this lake. But in the middle of
the lake there lived a monster. The monster caught any
animal who went to the water to drink and ate it.
One day some monkeys came to this lake. They ran
and jumped in the trees for a very long time, then they
wanted to drink very much. They wanted to run to the
water and drink. But they did not do it.
“We must wait for our King,” said one old monkey and
they sat down and waited. The King of the monkeys was
a very large monkey. He always told them what they must
do and what they must not do.
“My brothers,” he said, “the fruit on some of the trees
244
in the forest may be bad for us. Do not eat fruit which
grows on trees if you have not eaten it before. Do not
drink water which you have not drunk before. Bad monsters
live in the lake. Ask me if you want to eat or drink
anything.”
And the monkeys always asked him when they wanted
to eat or drink something. That is why they did not go to
the lake and drink. They sat near the lake and waited.
reed — тростник	to wait [weit] for — ждать
lake — озеро	king — король, здесь: вожак
monster ['monsta] — чудовище
Part II
When the King came, he walked round the lake and looked
at the water and at the shore of the lake. He found the tracks
of animals who went to the lake. But he did not find any
tracks of animals who left the lake. The King came to his
friends and said: “You were right when you sat and waited
for me. A monster lives in these waters. He eats the animals
who come to drink the water of the lake. Let us wait here.”
The monkeys wanted to drink very much but they
waited. They knew their King was clever. “He will get
some water from the lake,” they thought.
All this time the monster watched the monkeys from
the lake. He was angry. “Why don’t those animals come
to the water?” he said to himself. He came out of the water
and cried out to the monkeys:
“Why don’t you come down to the water and driqk?
My friends, this is a very beautiful lake and the water in
it is very cold.” To this the King of the monkeys said: “You
are right, the lake is very beautiful. But you are the monster
who eats every animal which comes to drink, aren’t you?”
The monster laughed. He saw that this monkey was
very clever.
245
“You are right, King of the monkeys. I am the monster
of the lake..I eat the animals who come to drink from my
lake and I shall eat your monkeys.”
“No,” said the King of the monkeys, “you won’t eat
any of my friends.”
“So you say,” the monster answered, “but if you don’t
drink you will die as you sit there. There isn’t another lake
in this forest.”
The King of the monkeys thought a little, then said:
“That’s right. We want to drink, so we must have water
and we shall have water but we shan’t let you eat us.”
“How can you drink and not come to the water?” asked
the monster.
“Wait and you will see. We shall bring the lake to our
mouths, as we sit on the shore,” the Kings answered.
track — след	was angry ['aeggri] — был сердит,
clever f'kleva] — умный сердился
to die [dai] — умереть
Part III
The King of the monkeys went to a reed which grew
on the shore of the lake. He took the reed and put it in
his mouth. Then he blew into the reed and made it hollow.
Then he blew into another reed and,another. But then he
stopped and thought of the monkeys. They wanted to drink
very much. “They will die before I can blow a reed for
every monkey,” he said to himself. So he went round the
lake and cried:
“Let the reeds on the shore of the lake be hollow!”
And the reeds which grew on the shore of the lake
were hollow.
Then the King told each monkey to take a reed in his
hands and go to the lake after him. He sat down on the
shore by the lake. He put one end of the reed in his mouth
246
and the other end in the water. Then he began to suck.
The water came up through the reed and he drank. The
monkeys did so too. Each monkey drank for a long time,
and the lake monster did not catch any of them.
The monster was very angry. He went down into the
lake and waited for some other animals who did not have
a cleaver leader. The King of the monkeys was very clever,
wasn’t he?
The hollow reeds which grew on the shore of the lake
were the parents of other hollow reeds. Soon hollow reeds
grew round the lakes in other forests.
hollow ['holou]— пустой, полый through [0ru:] — через
to suck — сосать
* * *
♦ I. Найдите в первой части сказки и прочитайте предложения,
в которых дано описание следующего:
I.	Лесное озеро.
2.	‘Поведение обезьян у озера.
3.	Вожак обезьян.
247
II. Прочитайте следующие предложения из второй части
сказки про себя, а затем вслух в нужном порядке:
“No,” said King of the monkeys, “you won’t eat any
of my friends.”
The monkeys wanted to drink very much but they waited.
When the King came, he walked round the lake and
looked at the water and at the shore of the lake.
“How can you drink and not come to the water?”
asked the monster.
All this time the monster watched the monkeys from
the lake.
III. Выберите из всей сказки предложения, подтверждающие,
что вожак обезьян был самый умный.
Task 5
♦ Прочитайте рассказ о старой учительнице. При чтении обратите
внимание на произнесение следующих собственных имен:
Dove [<1лу] — Дав, Thomas ['tomas] — Томас, Baker ['beika] —
Бейкер, Randolph fraendalf] — Рандольф.
The Terrible Miss Dove
(After F. G. Patton)
Part I
Miss Dove was a teacher of geography at a school in
a small town in America. She was very strict, and the
pupils were afraid of her. If a pupil put a pencil or a piece
of paper in his mouth, Miss Dove told him to go out and wash his
mouth with soap and water. If a page in his exercise-book was not
clean, he had to write it again. If a pupil wanted to drink some
water during the lesson, he had to ask Miss Dove to let him leave
the classroom, but usually he was afraid to ask. When a pupil
asked her to let him go out, Miss Dove only looked at him. The
class looked at him too. Then the pupil sat down again at his desk.
248
At 1 o’clock the school bell rang for the bread, but in
the geography-room forty-three children sat at their desks
and did not look up.
“Attention, please,” said Miss Dove and all the pupils
looked at her. “Put your books in your desks.” And the
children quickly put their books in their desks. "Now you
may leave the class-room.” And the pupils walked out of
the room one after the other without a word.
After the break another class came into the geography-
room. Miss Dove stood at the door and watched. They came
in quickly, said “Good afternoon” to her and went to their
places. Miss Dove looked at her pupils, but she thought of
other children who learned geography in this room many
years ago. The boys of that time were all at the war now.
She remembered two of those boys very well. They went
out of the classroom one day to drink some water. One of
them, Tommy Baker, said, “I am not afraid of Miss Dove,
I could beat her with my little finger.” When he looked
up, he saw Miss Dove near him. She looked at him a long
time, then she said, “Thomas Baker, you talk too much,
don’t you?”
“Yes, Miss Dove,” Thomas answered. He did not drink
any water, but went back into the classroom.
terrible ['teribl] — ужасный attention [a'tenjn] — внимание
strict — строгий	war [wo:] — война
were afraid [a'freid] — to remember [ri'memba] —
боялись	помнить
had to — должен был	finger ['figga] — палец
bell — звонок
Part II
Miss Dove went into her geography-room and began
her lesson. In this class she had a boy whose name was
Randy Baker. He was the brother of that boy, Tommy
249
Baker, who she remembered so well. Thomas Baker was
now a sailor on a ship. The enemy bombed the ship and
many people died. For many days Thomas was on the raft
with no food and very little water. At last another ship
picked him up. The story was in the newspapers.
“Open your exercise-books, class,” said Miss Dove. At
that moment Randy Baker put up his hand. All the pupils
looked at him.
“Yes, Randolph?” said Miss Dove.
Randolph Baker stood up. Miss Dove’s pupils always
stood up when they spoke to her.
“I got a letter from Tommy yesterday,” he said.
“Yes, Randolph,” said Miss Dove, “you got a letter
from your brother yesterday, that was nice.”
“Yes, Miss Dove,” said Randy. He stopped, then began
to speak again. “Tommy got a medal for bravery. And he
writes about it in his letter.”
“Have you brought the letter?” asked Miss Dove. “If
so, you may read that part to the class.”
“You want to know if I was afraid when the enemy
bombed us. The answer is yes, I was. But I was more
afraid- that day in school when 1 said that I-could beat
Miss Dove with my little finger, and she heard me. I
did not run that time, I told myself, and I shall not
run now. And then, when I was on my raft like Robinson
Crusoe, what do you think / thought about? / thought
about Miss Dove and our school, and / ask you to give
the terrible Miss Dove a kiss for me.”
This was the end of Tommy Baker’s letter. Miss Dove
came up to Randy and stood near him.
“Well, Randolph,” said Miss Dove, “I am ready.” Randy
stood with the letter in his hand, then he walked up to
Miss Dove and gave her a kiss.
“Thank you, Randolph,” said Miss Dove. “Tell your
250
brother when you write to him that I remember him very
well, too.”
She looked at the class and the class looked at. their
teacher. Then one of the girls spoke. She said, “That is
like a medal. Randy’s brother has given Miss Dove a
medal.”
enemy ['enimi] — враг
to bomb [bom] — бомбить
moment ['moumant] — момент
bravery ['breivari] —
храбрость
kiss — поцелуй
* * *
♦ I. Найдите в первой части текста и прочитайте ответы на
следующие вопросы:
1.	What was Miss Dove?
2.	Why were the pupils afraid of Miss Dove?
3.	Why did Miss Dove remember two boys from one
of her classes so well?
4.	What did Tommy Baker say he could do to Miss Dove?
II.	Найдите во второй части текста и прочитайте предложе-
ния, в которых дано описание следующего:
1.	During the war Thomas Baker was a sailor on a ship.
2.	Randolph Baker read the letter from his brother to
the class.
3.	Thomas Baker remembered his geography teacher
when he was at the war.
4.	Miss Dove got “a medal” from her pupil.
III.	Найдите во всем тексте предложения, подтверждающие
следующее:
1.	’Miss Dove was strict.
2.	The pupils liked their teacher.
251
Task 6
♦ Прочитайте текст об американском писателе Альберте Маль-
це и его рассказ о двух мальчиках — любителях цирка. При
чтении обратите внимание на произнесение следующих соб-
ственных имен:
Albert Maltz ['aelbot'mo:lts] — Альберт Мальц, Mexico
['meksikou] — Мексика, Eddie ['edi] — Эдди, Alan ['aelon] —
Алан.
Albert Maltz
(1908-1985)
Albert Maltz was a progressive American writer. He
was born in 1908. In 1934 Maltz wrote his first play “Peace
on Earth”, it was against wars. Albert Maltz wrote stories
too. Some of them are about the life of American workers,
some tell us about workers’ children. “Circus Comes to
Town” is one of these stories. In 1950 the American police
arrested Maltz and put him in prison. They arrested many
other progressive American writers at that time. In 1951
Maltz went to Mexico, where he lived till his death.
play [plei] — пьеса
“Peace on Earth” [э:0] —
«Мир на Земле»
against [a'geinst] — против
police [рэ'1 i:s] — полиция
to arrest [oTest] — аресто-
вывать
put him in prison ['prizn] —
посадили его в тюрьму
death [deO] — смерть
Circus Comes to Town
(After Albert Maltz)
Part I
It was Saturday, 7 o’clock in the morning. In an open
field near a small American town there were two boys. They
knew that a circus must come to their town that day. But
the circus was not yet there. There were no tents, no flags,
no animals in the large open field. It was too early. One of
252
the two children, a boy of seven years, said, “What if the
circus does not come today, Eddie?” His brother, a boy of
twelve, answered, “Everybody says — it will come today.
Now don’t be silly, Alan. Let us play and the time will go
quickly.”
They sat down on the grass and began to play. The two
brothers, Eddie and Alan, were small, thin children. They had no
father and their mother was poor. The boys were often hungry.
When the boys heard about the circus, they ran to their
mother and told her about it. She said to them, “I am sorry,
boys, but I have no money now. I can’t buy tickets for you.”
The boys did not know what to do. They wanted very
much to go to the circus.
Then a boy told Eddie how he could get a ticket. “Go
and help the circus workers in the work,” said the boy.
“There is always a lot of work before the show and they
give tickets to the boys who help them.”
Eddie and Alan decided to go and help the circus workers.
So here they were in the field at 7 o’clock that Saturday morning.
They waited very long: 8 o’clock, 9 o’clock, 10 o’clock
came. Other boys began to come to the field too. They also
wanted to work and get tickets for the show. Soon there
were about eighty boys in the field.
silly ['siIi] — глупый	ticket ['tikit] — билет
hungry ['hArjgri] — голодный show [fou] — представление
money ['mAni] — деньги
Part II
Then at last the circus came. There was a lot of work
to do. Every boy found work, even Alan, who was very
young and very small. The boys began to work very quickly.
Eddie and Alan with some other boys helped to put up a
big tent and carried chairs. They wanted very much to get
tickets and see the show. But soon they were tired. It was
253
hard work and they could not rest. The circus worker whom
they helped did not stop the work. Alan thought about the
show and it helped him a little. He thought: “There will
be elephants in the show, and I shall see them! And there
will be clowns. They are so funny! Everybody will laugh
at them.” But soon he was so tired that he could not think.
“Now, boys, that is all. Yoy may go and get your
tickets,” said the circus worker. It was already after
5 o’clock in the afternoon. Eddie and Alan drank some cold
water and went for their tickets. They were cold, hungry
and very tired. They got their tickets and went into a big
tent. It was very beautiful and warm there. The boys sat
down. Now they could have a rest. There was nothing to
go, the tents were all up, and the chairs were all in their
places.
. At last the show began. It was a very good show.
There were lions and elephants. The clowns were very
funny and everybody laughed. But the boys did not see
any of these things. They slept — they were so tired. And
they slept to the end of the show.
254
When the show was over and the people began to clap
their hands, Eddie and Alan opened their eyes. It was time
to go home. On their way home the boys cried but nobody
heard them.
were tired ['taiod] — устали
hard — тяжелый
clown [klaun] — клоун
funny [Члпi] — смешной
to clap their hands — хло-
пать в ладоши
to cry [krai] — плакать
* * *
♦ I. Найдите в тексте “Albert Maltz” и прочитайте ответы на
следующие вопросы:
1.	Is Albert Maltz an English or an American writer?
2.	When was Albert Maltz born?
3.	What are his stories about?
4.	Where did he live at the end of his life?
tl. Выберите из первой части рассказа 2-3 предложения к
каждому пункту плана:
1.	Two brothers, Eddie and Alan, wanted to go to the
circus.
2.	The boys’ mother had no money to buy tickets.
3.	The boys decided to help the circus workers and
get the tickets.
III.	Найдите во второй части рассказа и прочитайте пред-
ложения, в которых объясняется следующее:
1.	The boys began to work very quickly.
2.	Soon the boys were tired.
3.	The boys went to the circus but did not see the show.
4.	On their way home the boys cried.
255
Task 7
♦ Прочитайте текст об американском писателе Марке Твене
и отрывок из его книги «Приключения Тома Сойера». При
чтении обратите внимание на произнесение следующих соб-
ственных имен:
Mark Twain ['meek 'twein] — Марк Твен, Samuel Clemens
['saemjual 'klemanz] — Самюэль Клеменс, Missouri [mi'zuari]
— Миссури, USA ['ju:'es'ei[ — США, California [,kaeli'foinjo]
— Калифорния, Tom Sawyer ['tom zs3:ja] — Том Сойер, Ben
Rogers {'ben 'гэбзэг] — Бен Роджерс, Billy Fisher ['bili 'fija]
— Билли Фишер, Johnny Miller ['6300! 'mila] — Джонни Мил-
лер.
Mark Twain
(1835—1910)
Mark Twain was a famous American writer. His real
name was Samuel Clemens. “Mark Twain” was his pen
name. Samuel Clemens was born in a small town on .the
Missouri river in the USA. The boy had many friends at
school and when he become a writer, he wrote about them
in his stories. When Samuel was twelve, his father died
and the boy began to work. He learned
the profession of a printer. But Samuel
wanted to be a sailor and when he
was twenty, he found work on a ship.
After some time he left the ship and
went to live in California. Here he
began to write short stories under the
pen name of Mark Twain. He sent
them to newspapers. The readers liked
his stories. The many professions
which he knew helped him to show
256
life and people. In 1876 he published his best novel “The
Adventures of Tom Sawyer”, which boys and girls in many
countries know and like very much.
famous ['feimas] — знаменитый
pen name — псевдоним
profession [pra'fejh] — про-
фессия
printer ['prints] — печатник
to publish ['рлЫiJ] — публи-
ковать, издавать
adventure [sd'ventjs] — при-
ключение
The Adventures of Tom Sawyer
Part I
(Tom Sawyer and his younger brother Sid went to live
in the house of their Aunt Polly when their mother died.
Aunt Polly was a kind woman and loved the boys very much.)
“Tom!” cried Aunt Polly.
No answer.
“Tom!”
No answer again.
“Where can that boy be? Tom!”
Aunt Polly thought for a few minutes and then said,
“If I catch you, Tom, I’ll...” She did not finish what she
wanted to say. She looked under the bed. But... no Tom...
only the cat ran out. Aunt Polly went to the open door,
looked out into the garden and cried again, “Tom!”
Then she turned quickly, saw Tom and caught him by
the arm.
“What? In the cupboard again?”
“No, Aunt Polly.”
“No? Look at your mouth. Look at your hands. What
is that on them?”
“I don’t know, Aunt.”
“But-I know. It’s jam. I’ve told you so many times:
don’t touch that jam in the cupboard. Give me that stick.”
9 Зак. 52	257
The stick was in Aunt Polly’s hand and ready to fall
on Tom’s back when she heard:
“Look behind you, Aunt!”
Aunt Polly turned quickly and looked down. Tom ran
into the garden and jumped over the fence.
His aunt stood and looked at the fence for some time
and then she laughed.
“What a boy!” she thought. “Why can’t I learn? He has
often done that. But I can’t beat him. He is my sister’s boy.”
The next morning Aunt Polly told Tom that he must not
go to the river after school. He must come home. But Tom did
not go to school that day. He had a good time on the river. At
supper Aunt Polly told the boy. “It’s Saturday tomorrow — a
holiday. But no holiday for you, my boy. You will work.”
kind [kaind] — добрый	stick — палка
jam — джем, варенье	fence — забор
Part II
Saturday. A beautiful warm morning.
“No school. But I must work. I must whitewash the fence,”
thought Tom when he came out into the street wifh a bucket of
whitewash and a brush. It was a very long and very high fence.
“How terrible life is,” Tom said and began to work.
He worked for some time, then sat down on a box and
thought: “The boys will come soon. They will laugh at me
when they see that I am working.” He put his hands in
his pockets and took out the things he had there—toys,
little stones, pieces of glass.
“I have very little to pay the boys if I ask them to
help me,” Tom said to himself. He thought a little, then
took the brush and began to work again. Soon Ben Rogers
came up. He had an apple in his hand. He stopped and
looked at Tom. Tom did not stop working. Then Ben said,
258
“Tom! What are you doing?” Tom did not answer but
looked at the fence with attention.
“Hello, Tom!” said Ben. “Why are you working today?”
Tom turned to Ben.
“Oh, it’s you, Ben! I didn’t see you.”
“I’m going to the river, don’t you want to go too? But
you must work, I see.”
“Work? You think this is work?”
“Why, isn’t this work?”
“You may think so. But Tom Sawyer likes it.”
“You say you like it, Tom?”
“Why not? Does a boy whitewash a fence every day?”
That showed the thing in a new light. Ben stopped eating
his apple and looked at Tom. Then he said:
“Tom, let me whitewash a little.”
“Oh, no, Ben. Aunt Polly asked me to do it very well.
The fence is on the street, you know. There isn’t a boy in
a thousand that can do it better than I can.”
“Oh, please, Tom, let me do it. I’ll give you my apple.
I can whitewash as well as you can. You’ll see.”
Then Tom gave Ben the brush. Ben began to work and
Tom sat down under a tree, ate the apple and thought how
to make other boys work for him.
Soon some boys came up. When they saw how well Ben
worked, they wanted to whitewash too. Billy Fisher gave
Tom a knife. Johnny Miller gave Tom a dead cat. Tom had
a good time while the other boys whitewashed the fence.
When the middle of the afternoon came, Tom was very
rich and the work was over. He went into the house and
thought life was not so terrible.
to whitewach ['waitwoj] — белить
bucket ['ЬлкИ] — ведро
whitewash — побелка
stopped eating — перестал есть
pocket ['pokit] — карман
knife [naif] — ножик
dead [ded] — мертвый,
дохлый
9*
259
♦ I. Ответьте по тексту “Mark Twain” на следующие вопросы:
1.	When and where did Mark Twain live?
2.	What professions did he know?
3.	When did he begin to write stories?
4.	What is his best novel?
5.	Have you read the novel in Russian?
II.	Найдите в первой части текста и прочитайте предложения,
в которых дано описание следующего:
1.	Aunt Polly wanted to find Tom.
2.	Tom ran away from Aunt Polly.
3.	Aunt Polly did not want Tom to go to the river.
4.	Tom had a good time on the river.
III.	Найдите во всем тексте и прочитайте предложения, под-
тверждающие следующее:
1.	Aunt Polly was a kind woman.
2.	Tom was a clever boy.
Task 8
♦ Прочитайте английские шутки.
Funny Stories and Jokes
A Small Picture
A rich man once asked a great painter to paint a small
picture for him. Next day the painter came and brought
him the small picture.
“It is a beautiful picture,” said the rich man. “How
much do you want for it?”
“One thousand dollars,” answered the painter.
“One thousand dollars for such a small picture?” cried
the rich man. “You painted it in one day and you want
one thousand dollars for one day’s work?”
260
“Yes, I painted it in one day, but I worked thirty years in
order to learn how to paint it in one day,” answered the painter.
to paint — писать красками in order to — чтобы
Jonathan Swift and His Servant
One day Jonathan Swift, a great English writer, went
to the country with his servant. In the morning when he
wanted to put on his boots, he saw that they were not clean.
“How is this, Tom?” said Swift when he saw them.
“Why haven’t you cleaned my boots?”
“You see,” said Tom, “it is very dirty in the street
today and when you walk there your boots will again be
dirty, so I haven’t cleaned them.”
Swift thought a little and then said “All right, Tom.
Go and get ready, we’ll go out in a minute or two.”
“But,” cried Tom, “I haven’t had my breakfast.”
“I know,” said Swift,” but if you have breakfast, you
will again be hungry after some time, so today you will
have no breakfast.”
servant ['sa:vant] — слуга
READING IN NOVEMBER AND DECEMBER
Task 9
♦ Прочитайте текст об американском журналисте Джоне Риде,
который принимал участие в Октябрьской революции. При
чтении обратите внимание на произнесение следующих соб-
ственных имен:
John Reed ['djan 'ri:d] — Джон Рид, Europe ]'jиэгэр] — Европа,
France [frcuns]—Франция, Russia [TaJo]—Россия, United
[jur'naitid] States of America — Соединенные Штаты Америки,
Finnish ['finij] — финская, Finland ['finland] — Финляндия.
261
John Reed
(1887—1920)
John Reed was an American writer. He was in Pet-
rograd during the October Revolution. He met Lenin many
times and spoke with him. When he was back in the USA,
he wrote a book about the revolution and he called it “Ten
Days That Shook the World”. It was a very interesting book.
John Reed was a true friend of our country.
John Reed came of a rich American family. The family
was not large. John had only one brother and no sisters.
When John was a schoolboy he was often ill, then he
stayed at home and read books. At school be began to write
poems and stories. The two brothers made a theatre on their
playground and John wrote plays for that theatre. John did
not play much with other boys, he could not run quickly and
he did not like to fight. He did not like sports, but he could
swim very well. When John Reed finished school, he went to
a university. At the university John knew many students, but
he did not make many friends. When
John Reed graduated from the univer-
sity in 1910, he became a journalist
and a writer and visited many diffe-
rent countries in Europe.
After that John Reed went back to
the USA and began to work as a cor-
respondent for different newspapers. He
often went to factories and wrote about
the life of American workers.
“Ten Days That
Shook the World" -
«Десять дней, кото-
рые потрясли мир»
journalist ['dsamalist] — журналист
correspondent £,koris'p3ndant] — кор-
респондент
graduated from ['graedjueitid] — окон-
чил (университет)
262
Part II
During the first years of World War I John Reed
travelled in France, England and Russia as a war-corres-
pondent. He was against the war. He wrote that it was
the war of rich people.
In 1917 the USA sent an army to Europe and took part
in the war. It was a very difficult time for people in the
United States of America. Those who were against the war
lost their work. John Reed could not work for newspapers
because he wrote and spoke against the war.
In the summer of 1917 he came to Russia as an American
correspondent. He wanted to tell the people in the USA
the true story of the revolution in Russia. He went to
different towns and villages and met many people. He
spoke with them about the revolution.
On November 6 John Reed was back in Red Petrograd
and he walked into Winter Palace together with the first
revolutionary soldiers.
During the time when he was in our country John Reed
made notes for his book about the October Revolution. John
Reed loved Russia.
, lost — потеряли	note — запись, записка
(to lose [lu:z] — терять)
Part III
When John Reed went back to the USA in April of 1918,
he had his notes for the book about the October Revolution
in Russia with him. But the American police took these notes.
They did not give them back to the writer for some months.
Reed got them back only in the autumn of 1918.
He wrote his book “Ten Days That Shook the World”
very quickly. In January 1919, he finished it. Then he went
to New York where he had a friend who was a publisher.
263
The man was ready to publish the book, but before he
began the work he made some copies of the text and took
these copies to different people in New York. And he was
right to do so. When he began to publish the book, the
police came and took away the first copy. But the publisher
had other copies so he could finish the work.
In March of 1919 the book “Ten Days That Shook the
World” was ready. John Reed sent a copy of it to Lenin
in the Kremlin and some copies to his friends in Moscow.
In the autumn of 1919 Reed again came to Moscow where
he did much important work. Then he went to different towns
and villages. On his way back to the USA in the spring of
1920 the Finnish police arrested him and put him in prison
in Finland. From there John Reed came back again to Russia.
John Reed died suddenly of typhus in October, 1920,
some days before his thirty-third birthday. He was buried
in the Red Square by the Kremlin wall in Moscow.
publisher ['рлЬПУэ] — издатель
copy ['kopi] (copies) — копия, эк-
земпляр
typhus ['taifas] — тиф
was buried ['berid] —
был похоронен
* * *
♦ I. Ответьте по первой части текста на следующие вопросы:
1.	When was John Reed born?
2.	When did he begin to write stories and poems?
3.	Where did he learn after he finished school?
4.	What was John Reed’s profession after he graduated
from the university?
11. Найдите во второй части текста и прочитайте предложе-
ния, подтверждающие следующее:
I. John Reed wanted to write a book about the revo-
lution in Russia.
2. John Reed was against war.
264
III. Расскажите кратко о последнем периоде жизни Джона
Рида, используя следующие ключевые слова:
walked into the Winter
Palace, went back to the
USA; published the book;
sent a copy; came
to Russia again;
died of typhus
Task 10
♦ Прочитайте текст об английском писателе Джонатане Свифте
и отрывок из его романа «Путешествия Гулливера». При
чтении обратите внимание на произнесение следующих со-
бственных имен:
Jonathan Swift ['ёзэпэбэп 'swift] — Джонатан Свифт, Dublin
[ДлЬИп] — Дублин, Ireland ['aialond]—Ирландия, Irish
['aiarif] — ирландский, Lilliput ['lilipat] — Лилипутия, Gulli-
ver ['gAliva]— Гулливер.
Jonathan Swift
(1667-1745)
Jonathan Swift, a famous English writer, was born in a
poor family in Dublin, Ireland. His father died some months
before the boy was born. His mother found work in England
and left Jonathan in his uncle’s family. He learned very well
at school and his uncle sent him to Dublin University. When
Swift left the university, he went to
England in 1689 and found work
there as a secreatary to a writer. At
that time Jonathan Swift began to
write articles for newspapers. He
attacked the colonial policy of En-
gland in Ireland; he wanted the Irish
people to be happy. Soon Swift began
to write satirical novels. In 1726 he
wrote the novel “Gulliver’s Travels”.
It is a satirical novel about England
265
in his time. People not only in England and Ireland but
in other countries liked the book very much.
secretary ['sekratri] — секретарь
colonial [ka'lounjal] — коло-
ниальный
policy ['polisi] — политика
satirical [sa'tirikal] —
сатирический
travel ['traeval] —
путешествие
Gulliver’s Travels
Part I
Gulliver was born in a large family of a farmer. At
school the boy learned well, so his father sent him to the
university. When the young man left the university, he
worked with a doctor and learned the doctor’s profession.
Gulliver wanted to travel and found work on a ship
as a ship doctor. One day, after many days of fine weather,
there was a terrible storm. The ship broke to pieces and
the people were drowned. But Gulliver could swim very
well, and he was not drowned. After a long time he saw
land and swam- to it. He got out of the water and slept
on the shore for many hours. He was very tired.
When Gulliver woke up, he found that he was in a
country where very, very small people lived. The name of
the country was Lilliput. The little people were afraid of
the big man and wanted to kill him. But when they saw
that Gulliver was kind and did not want to kill them they
let him live with them. Gulliver lived there for two years.
After many adventures he got back to England..
land — земля	to kill — убивать
Part II
The second of Gulliver’s travels began very well. The
weather was fine. But after some weeks, a strong wind
began to blow and they fought it for twenty days. When
266

the wind stopped, the captain of the ship did not know
where they were. At last they saw land; it was an island.
The captain of the ship sent some men in a small boat to
get drinking water. Gulliver got into the boat too. He
wanted to see the island.
When the sailors came to land, they went into the
forest. Gulliver went into another part of the forest. When
he came back to the shore, he did not find the boat there.
The sailors were already in the boat and on their way
back to the ship. Gulliver wanted to cry out to them, but
suddenly he saw a very, very big man — a giant. The giant
was in the water. <He wanted to catch the boat, but the
boat went quickly back to the ship, so the giant turned
and walked back to the shore. Gulliver saw that there were
other giants on the shore and he understood that he was
in the country of the giants.
A farmer found Gulliver in a field and carried him to
his house. The farmer’s family were kind to Gulliver. At
dinner they put him on the table and gave him some meat
and bread. After dinner the farmer’s wife put him on a
large bed and he slept there for some hours.
strong — сильный
fought [fo:t] — боролись
(to fight [fait] — бороться)
boat [bout] — лодка
suddenly ['sAdnli] — вдруг,
неожиданно
giant ['djaiant] — гигант,
великан
Part III
Soon the farmer began to show Gulliver to the people
in the town for money. Then he made a box, put Gulliver
into it and went from town to town. He showed Gulliver
in eighteen towns and then came to a very large town. It
was the capital of the country. He went to the king’s palace
and sold Gulliver to the queen.
Now Gulliver lived in the palace in a nice box which
268
hung at the window when the weather was fine. A worker
made a little bed, two chairs, a table and a little wardrobe
for him. There were windows in the box and a door. People
in the palace were kind to Gulliver and he learned to
understand them. He often talked to the king and queen.
Gulliver told them all about his country, England.
One day when Gulliver was at his table, a great big
monkey saw him through the open door of the box. It
jumped through the window into the room where the box
stood. Gulliver got up from his chair and stood behind the
wardrobe. The monkey went up to the box and looked into
it. It saw Gulliver behind the wardrobe and caught him.
It thought Gulliver was a young monkey. At that time a
girl came to the door of the room. The monkey heard her,
took Gulliver in its hand, and jumped out of the window
onto the roof .of the palace.
Then it jumped on to the roof of another house. But
then the people in the palace yard saw the monkey with
Gulliver in its hand. They brought ladders and began to
go up to the roof. The monkey saw them, put Gulliver down
on the roof and ran away. Gulliver was happy when one
of the men came, picked him up and carried him down.
palace j'paelis] — дворец	queen [kwi:n] — королева
sold [sould] — продал	roof — крыша
(to sell — продавать)	ladder ['laedo] — лестница
♦ * *
♦ I. Ответьте по тексту “Jonathan Swift” на следующие во-
просы:
1.	When and where was Jonathan Swift born?
2.	What did he do after the university?
3.	What did he write at that time?
4.	In what year did Swift write his novel “Gulliver’s
Travels”?
269
II.	Выберите из первой части текста 1-2 предложения к
каждому пункту плана:
1.	Gulliver went on his first travel.
2.	The storm broke the ship to pieces.
3.	Gulliver swam to the shore.
4.	He saw that he was in a country where very small
people lived.
III.	Найдите во второй части текста и прочитайте предло-
жения, в которых дано описание следующего:
1.	A strong wind began to blow.
2.	The captain sent some sailors to land to find drin-
king water.
3.	The sailors left Gulliver on the island where the
giants lived. •
IV.	Подберите к картинкам (с. 267) предложения из третьей
части текста.
Task 11
♦ Прочитайте рассказ о приключениях английского мальчика.
Tim АП Alone
(After Edward Ardizzone)
Part I
One day, after a long holiday, Tim came back to the little
house by the sea where he lived with his father and mother.
He wanted to see them very much. But when he came up to
the door, he could not open it. There was nobody in the house.
Then he saw a piece of paper on the door with the words:
Gone away. House to let.
270
Tim did not understand anything. Why did his parents
go away? Where did they go to? He sat down and cried
a little. Then he got up and went to look for his parents.
It was already 4 o’clock in the afternoon. Tim had no
money, so he stopped at a farm-house and asked the farmer
to give him a bed for the night. “You can sleep here,” said
the farmer, “and I give you supper and breakfast too, but
for this you must work in my potato field.”
When night came and Tim could lie down and rest, he
was so tired that he fell asleep very quickly.
At breakfast the next morning, Tim told his story. The
farmer’s wife was sorry for him, so when he came to her
to say good-bye, she gave him some bread and butter and
two big apples, and put some money in his pocket, and
gave him a kiss.
Tim’s plan was to find work on one of the small ships.
These ships stopped at all the little ports where he could
ask about his parents. “They love the sea,” he said to
himself, “I know that they will live near the sea.”
So he went to the nearest little seaport town. There he
saw a little old ship the “Amelia Jane”. He saw the captain
and told him his story and the captain took Tim on as a
sailor.
all alone [a'loun] — совсем
один
Gone away. House to let. —
Уехали. Дом сдается.
to cry — плакать
fell asleep [o'slkp] — заснул
Part II
When the ship was at sea, Tim had much work to do
and he had no time to be sad. At every little port where
they stopped (and there were very many of them), Tim left
the ship and went into the town. There he asked different
271
people about his father and mother. But nobody could tell
him anything, and Tim was always sad when he went back
to his ship. But the “Amelia Jane” was a happy ship and
all the sailors on it were kind to Tim. So he was not sad
very long.
One day the “Amelia Jane” came to a small port. Tim
went on shore again and asked people about his parents.
He met a woman in the street and asked her, too. “What!
Have you lost your parents?” said the woman. “Then you
must come with me to the home for lost children,” and she
caught Tim by the arm.
“No, no,” cried Tim, “I don’t want to go to a home for
lost children. I am a sailor and I must go to my ship now.
It will go out to sea soon. Please, let me go!” But the
woman held him by the arm, and Tim had to go with her.
They came to a big, dark house with a big, dark door.
“Here we are,” said the woman. She took out a big
key and began to open the door. At that moment Tim gave
her a push. The key fell down to the ground. When the
woman wanted to pick it up, Tim ran as quickly as he
could back to the port. But when he got there, he saw that
the “Amelia Jane” was out in the open sea.
Tim was afraid of the woman and he decided to hide.
He saw another ship, went on deck and hid under one of
the boats. Soon this ship also went out to sea.
sad — грустный
lost children — поте-
рявшиеся дети
key [ki:] — ключ
gave her a push [puf] — толкнул ее
to hide (hid) — прятаться (спрятался)
deck [dek] — палуба
Part III
The new ship was not as good as the old “Amelia
Jane”. The captain was angry when he found Tim on his
ship. He was a bad man. The sailors were not kind to Tim
272
either. The weather was cold and Tim had to work on deck
all the time.
He had only one friend on this ship, it was the ship’s cat.
At night the cat slept with Tim and the boy talked to him.
One night the ship caught fire. There was a strong
wind. The sailors worked hard, but they could not put out
the fire.
The captain gave the order to leave the ship. All the
sailors ran to the boats but Tim remembered the cat.
“Oh, the poor cat,” he cried, “I must find him,” and
he ran back. He found the cat and caught him and wanted
to run to one of the boats when he saw the fire near him.
Tim jumped into the sea with the cat in his arms and
swam. When he was in the water, he put the cat on his
back. Tim could swim well so he did not drown. Soon he
saw a boat and they got into it.
All that day the boy and the cat were out in the open
sea, but in the evening the waves carried the boat to the
27.3
shore. They got out of the boat and walked. Soon they
were in the streets of a small town.
They stopped at a cafe and looked through the windows.
They were cold and hungry, but Tim had no money. Then
Tim saw a woman at one of the tables. He looked and
looked. Then he saw that it was his mother!
In a moment Tim was in the cafe and in his mother’s
arms. How happy they were!
Tim’s mother told him that when he was on holiday,
they read in a newspaper about a tourist ship that went
down at sea with all the people who were on the ship. By
some terrible mistake Tim’s name was there too. The parents
were so sad that they decided to leave their house.
Tim told his mother about his adventures and showed
her the ship’s cat. The next day Tim and his parents and
the cat all went back to the little house by the sea.
caught (ko:t] fire ['faia] — загорелся
hard — усердно, старательно
to put out the fire — погасить огонь
wave — волна
tourist ['tuaristJ — ту-
рист, туристический
* * *
♦ I. Найдите в первой части текста и прочитайте ответы на
следующие вопросы:
1.	What did Tim see on the door of the house when
he came back after a long holiday?
2.	Why did Tim cry?
3.	Why did Tim stop at a farm-house?
4.	What was Tim’s plan?
II.	Прочитайте следующие предложения из второй части тек-
ста про себя, а затем вслух в нужном порядке:
Tim was afraid of the woman and he decided to hide.
One day the “Amelia Jane” came to a small port.
He met a woman in the street and asked her, too.
274
But the “Amelia Jane” was a happy ship and all the
sailors on it were kind to Tim.
But the woman held him by the arm, and Tim had
to go with her.
Soon this ship also went out to sea.
III.	Выберите из третьей части текста 2-3 предложения к
каждому пункту плана:
1.	Tim’s life on the ship was not happy.
2.	The ship caught fire.
3.	The boy and the cat were out in the open sea.
4.	Tim met his mother.
Task 12
♦ Прочитайте текст о марках. При чтении обратите внимание
на произнесение следующих собственных имен:
Rowland Hill ['roulond 'hil]—Роланд Хилл, Robert Burns
['robot Zba:nz] — Роберт Бернс, Scotland ['skotlond] — Шот-
ландия, Bernard Shaw ['bo:nod zJo:] — Бернард Шоу, Benjamin
Franklin ['bendsomin 'fraenklin] — Бенджамин Франклин.
Stamps
Part I
A lot of boys and girls in our country and in England,
too, like to collect stamps. Two English boys, Peter and
Bert, also collect stamps. Peter already has more than a
thousand stamps. He began to collect them five years ago,
but Bert is only beginning and has no more than three or
four hundred stamps.
Bert did not know how to collect stamps. Peter showed
him how to put stamps in water and take them off paper.
He also’showed him how to put all the stamps from one
country on the same page of his stamp book.
275
Many countries have very beautiful stamps and children
can learn much from them about all countries of the world.
Stamps are like little pictures. Very often they show flowers
or trees which grow in this or that country, or animals that
live there. They may show different kinds of transport in the
country: ships, boats, planes, buses and cars.
Stamps may also have portraits of famous people on
them: scientists, engineers, pilots, cosmonauts, writers and
painters. There are stamps with the portraits of kings and
presidents of different countries.
There are stamps that show all kinds of sports and
portraits of famous sportsmen. Stamps may also show
pictures from the history of the country which makes them.
to collect [ka'lekt] — кол-
лекционировать, соби-
рать
transport [ztraenspo:t] —
транспорт
scientist f'saiantist] — ученый
cosmonaut ['kozmano:t| — космо-
навт
painter ['peinta] — художник
Part II
The first-stamp in the world was an English stamp.
It was made in 1840. Before that time people paid money
to the postman for every letter they got and the postman
did not give letters to those who did not pay him.
An English teacher, whose name was Rowland Hill,
thought much about this. One day he said that the people
who wrote the letters must pay for them, and not the people
who got the letters.
He spoke about it to people in the government. Soon
the post-offices began to sell little pieces of paper with 1
p stamped on them. These stamps, as people called them,
they put on letters. The people who got letters with stamps
on them did not have to pay anything to the postman. In
Russia people began to use stamps in 1858. The first Soviet
276
stamp was made in 1918. This stamp had an arm on it
with a sword cutting a chain.
The Soviet stamp of 1924 had a picture of the first Soviet
tractor, which workers made at the Kirov plant in Leningrad.
At the beginning of the war in June, 1941, Soviet stamps
showed Russian Mother calling her sons to defend her.
Then came Victory Day, the 9th of May, 1945, and a new
stamp, the Victory Day stamp.
Stamps showed the first Soviet sputnik in 1957 and
the first Soviet cosmonaut, Yuri Gagarin, in 1961.
In our country we also make stamps with portraits of
famous men of all countries. There are Russian stamps
with portraits of Robert Burns, the great poet of Scotland;
277
of Bernard Shaw, a British writer; of Benjamin Franklin,
an American scientist; and stamps with portraits of many
other great men of the world.
with 1 p stamped on them — с напе-
чатанной на них стоимостью в 1 пенс
a sword [so:d] cutting a chain [tjein] —
меч, разрубающий цепь
* * *
plant [plcvnt]—
завод
calling — здесь:
призывающая
poet ['pouit] — поэт
♦ I. Ответьте по первой части текста на следующие вопросы:
1.	When did Peter begin to collect stamps?
2.	How many stamps did Peter and Bert have?
3.	How did Peter put the stamps in his stamp book?
4.	What can boys and girls learn from stamps?
II.	Найдите в тексте предложения, в которых дано описание
следующего:
1.	Different kinds of stamps.
2.	The first stamp in the- world.
3.	The first Soviet stamp.
4.	The Russian stamps in our days.
HI. Расскажите по-английски о наиболее интересных марках,
которые вы видели. Следующие ключевые слова помогут вам:
was made in	had a picture (portrait) of
Task 13
♦ Прочитайте текст о том, как встречают Новый год в Вели-
кобритании. При чтении обратите внимание на произнесение
следующих собственных имен:
Great Britain ['britn] — Великобритания, Scottish ['skotij] —
шотландский, Trafalgar [tro'faelgo] Square — Трафальгарская
площадь, Norway ['no:wei] — Норвегия.
278
New Year’s Eve in Great Britain
Part I
The 1st of January, New Year’s Day, is a big holiday
in Scotland. People do not work on that day, and children
do not go to school. Scottish people celebrate New Year’s
Eve in every family. Friends usually come on that day.
They have a good dinner. After dinner there are apples,
other fruit, and different sweets to eat. Then all the family
and the friends begin to play games and dance.
Before 12 o’clock at night many people in the towns
go out into the streets to dance and to sing Scottish songs.
When the town clocks begin to strike twelve, the people
cross their arms, join hands and sing the famous Scottish
song “Auld Lang Syne”. It is about the old days and
friendship between people. Robert Burns, Scotland’s great
poet wrote the words of the song. The music of the song
is also Scottish.
Then people wish a Happy New Year to all and go
home to meet the first-footers. A first-footer is a man who
comes first to a house on the 1st of January, on New Year’s
Day. Long ago people thought that a man who comes first
to a house on New Year’s Day will
bring good luck to the family, if he
is a friend. Today the first-footer must
be a man with dark hair and he must
bring with him a little piece of coal,
a little money and a little piece of
bread. These things show that the
family will be warm and they will
have food and money all the year.
When the first-footer comes into
a house, he wishes a Happy New
Year to .all the members of the family,
279
talks to them, eats and drinks something and then goes
to another house.
New Year’s Eve [i:v] — канун “Auld Lang Syne"
Нового года
to strike — бить, ударять
cross their arms — скрещи-
вают руки
join hands — берутся за руки
['o:ld 'laerj 'sain] — “Доброе
старое время”
to wish — желать
luck — удача, счастье
coal [koul] — уголь
Part II
In England on the 1st of January people do not go to
work, and children do not go to school, but New Year’s Day
is not a big holiday. Very many people go to bed before 12
o’clock on New Year’s Eve. But some families celebrate this
evening at home. They organize a party or a dance for the
young people of the family and for their friends.
At 12 o’clock in the night the young people go out into
the streets and squares. In London they go to Trafalgar
Square. In this square they see a great tree brightly
decorated with little lamps. This great tree comes from
Norway. The people of Norway send a tree every year to
the people of England.
When the largest clock of London — Big Ben — begins
to strike twelve, the people in the square join hands and
sing “Auld Lang Syne”. The New Year has begun. A Happy
New Year to all!
brightly decorated — ярко разукрашенное
* * *
♦ Выберите из всего текста 2—3 предложения к каждому
пункту плана:
1.	New Year’s Day in Scotland.
2.	The holiday dinner.
280
3.	The holiday evening.
4.	The first-footer in the house.
5.	New Year’s Day in England.
6.	Celebrations in Trafalgar Square.
Task 14
♦ Прочитайте английские шутки и загадки.
Funny Stories and Jokes
An English schoolboy who did not want to go to school,
rang his teacher one day and spoke to him in a loud voice.
The boy thought that he could speak like his father.
“I am sorry, sir, but Smith is ill in bed and cannot
come to school for three or four days.”
“Oh”, said the teacher, “I am sorry to hear that; who
is speaking?”
“My father, sir”.
loud [laud] — громкий sir [sa:] — сэр, господин, сударь
(вежливое обращение к учителю)
DICK: Which is the longest English word, Harry?
HARRY: I don’t know. Do you?
DICK: Yes, I do.
HARRY: Well, what is it?
DICK: Smiles.
HARRY: That isn’t very long. Only six letters.
DICK: Ah, but there’s a mile between the first and the
last letters.
smiles — улыбки	mile — миля (1609 м)
281
HARRY: Which word is shorter, if you put another
syllable at the end?
DICK: Oh, there’s no answer to that question. You can’t
make a word shorter by putting a syllable at the end.
HARRY: Oh, yes, you can. It’s the word “short”. If you
put the syllable -er at the end, it’s “shorter”.
syllable ['silabl] — слог
READING IN JANUARY, FEBRUARY AND MARCH
Task 15
♦ Прочитайте текст об английском писателе Льюисе Кэрролле
и отрывок из его книги “Алиса в стране чудес”. При чтении
обратите внимание на произнесение следующих собственных
имен:
Lewis Carroll ['luis 'kaeral] — Льюис Кэрролл, Charles Dodg-
son ['tjculz 'dodssn] — Чарльз Доджсон, Alice ['aelis] — Алиса,
Oxford ['aksfad] — Оксфорд, Henry George Liddell ['henri
zd3o:d3 li'del] — Генри Джордж Лидделл, Germany
['d39:moni] — Германия.
Lewis Carroll
(1832-1898)
Lewis Carroll was the pen name of Charles Dodgson,
the man who wrote a famous book for children, “Alice’s
Adventures in Wonderland”.
Charles Dodgson was born in England in 1832. When
Charles finished school, he became a student at Oxford
University, where he studied mathematics. In a few years
he began to teach this subject at the university.
Charles Dodgson had no family, but he loved children very
much. He often visited his friend Henry George Liddell, who
282
had a large family. There were three
little girls in the Liddell family.
Dodgson liked Alice, who was four
years old. He often told her interesting
stories which he made up himself.
Charles told Alice the adventures of
a little girl in Wonderland. Alice liked
the stories very much. When Alice
Liddell was ten years old, she asked
Charles to write down these stories
for her and he did so. The name of
the little girl in the stories was Alice too. A friend of the
Liddells, who was a writer, read this handwritten book
and liked it very much. He said that other children in
England must read it too. Charles Dodgson decided to
publish the book and took the pen name of Lewis Carroll.
After Lewis Carroll received the money for his book,
he together with his friend Henry Liddell began to travel
in Europe. They went to France, Germany and Russia.
Wonderland ['wAndalaend]— made up — сочинил
Страна Чудес	handwritten ['haendritn] —
to teach — учить, преподавать рукописный
Alice in Wonderland
Part I
One hot summer day Alice and her sister Loreen sat on
the grass in a field near the river. Alice did not know what
to do. So she decided to pick some flowers, but it was very
hot and she wanted to sleep. She lay down on the grass.
Suddenly a White Rabbit ran near her. Alice heard a
little voice which said: “Oh, I shall be late”. It was the
Rabbit. “I didn’t know that a rabbit could talk”, thought
Alice. Then the Rabbit took a watch out of its pocket,
283
looked at it and hurried on. Alice
got up and ran after the Rabbit.
She did not know that a rabbit
could have a watch in its pocket.
Alice crossed the field after the
White Rabbit. Then, before her
eyes, it jumped down into a large
rabbit hole.
Alice went after the Rabbit.
She fell down the hole very slowly,
so she had time to look around.
It was very dark there but she
saw many cupboards and book-
cases, maps and pictures on the
walls of the hole.
As Alice fell down and down
she thought, “It’s interesting to
know how far I’ve fallen now. I
must be near the centre of the
Earth. Shall I fall through the
Earth? And when 1 come out of the hole, shall I see people
who walk on their heads?” Suddenly Alice fell on to a heap
of dry leaves. She quickly jumped to her feet and looked
around her.
rabbit [Taebit] — кролик
voice [vois] — голос
hurried ['hArid] on —
поспешил дальше
hole — дыра, нора
Earth [э:0] — земной шар, Земля
heap of dry leaves — куча сухих
листьев
Part 1 1
Alice saw that she was in a long, low corridor. At the
end of it she saw the White Rabbit. Alice hurried after the
Rabbit and heard these words: “Oh, my ears, how late I
am”. Then the Rabbit turned round a corner and Alice
284
could not see it. When she came up to that corner and
turned round it, she saw a large low hall. There were doors
around the hall, but they were all shut.
Alice did not like to be in this hall; she wanted to go
home. Then suddenly she saw a small table made of glass.
There was nothing on the table but a little key. Alice took
the key and tried to open the doors with it but it was too
small.
Then Alice found a small door and opened it with the
key. There was another low corridor in front of her and
at the end of it she saw a garden with trees and flowers
in it. But the door was very small and Alice could not get
through it. She shut the door and went back to the small
table. This time she found a little bottle on it. She put the
key on the table and took the little bottle. Around the bottle
there was a piece of paper with the words “Drink me”.
It was very well to say “Drink me”, but Alice did not
want to do that so quickly. “No, I’ll look first”, she said,
285
“and see if I can drink it”. She looked at the bottle, then
drank a little of the water in it and found that it was nice.
So the little girl drank it all. Then Alice saw that she was
now as small as a rabbit.
tried [traid]— попыталась (to try [trai] — пытаться)
•к ★ ★
♦ I. Ответьте по тексту “Lewis Сагго11”на следующие вопросы:
1.	What was the name of the writer who wrote “Alice’s
Adventures in Wonderland?”
2.	What was his pen name?
3.	Who did Charles Dodgson first tell his stories to?
4.	What were the stories about?
5.	Why did Dodgson decide to publish his book?
6.	Where did Dodgson travel?
286
II.	Закончите предложения словами, соответствующими со-
держанию первой части:
1.	Alice wanted to ... . (swim in the river, go home,
pick flowers)
2.	Suddenly Alice saw a ... near her. (cat, dog, rabbit)
3.	The Rabbit had a ... in its pocket, (watch, pen,
book)
4.	Alice ran after the Rabbit ... . (across the field,
through the forest, to the river)
5.	Alice fell ... . (off the roof, from a tree, down into
the rabbit hole)
6.	Suddenly Alice fell ... . (on a heap of dry leaves,
into the river, off her chair)
III.	Прочитайте следующие предложения про себя, а затем
вслух в нужном порядке:
Alice found a small door.
Alice saw a large hall with many doors.
The White Rabbit turned round the corner and Alice
could not see it.
Alice drank from the bottle and became as small as
a rabbit.
Alice saw a beautiful garden at the end of the corridor.
IV.	Найдите во всем тексте описание событий, которые могли
случиться только в Стране чудес.
Task 16
♦ Прочитайте рассказ о сельской школе в Австралии. При
чтении обратите внимание на произнесение следующих соб-
ственных имен:
Australia [os'treiljo] — Австралия, Burnie ['Ьэ:пi) — Берни,
Aidan ['eidan] — Эйден.
287
At a Village School in Australia
(After Eleanor Spence)
Part I
The Wilmots were an English family. They lived in
London. The father, Mr Wilmot, worked in an office and
the mother, Mrs Wilmot, looked after the house and the
children. There were three children in the family: a son,
Aidan, who was thirteen years old, and two daughters,
Harriet, she was twelve, and Rose, who was ten.
The children went to school in London. Aidan was at
a boys’ school, his sisters went to a school for girls. They
also took music and singing lessons. Aidan was a tall boy
with a clever face. He liked to read and to learn. He was
a very good pupil at his London school.
Harriet had dark hair and brown eyes. She was not pretty
but she was very clever and a good pupil. She liked her school
lessons, but she did not like her music or her singing lessons.
Her sister Rose was a very pretty girl with long fair hair and
large blue eyes. She liked singing and music.
One day their father got a letter from Australia. The
letter said that Mr Wilmot’s uncle was dead, and that his
house and farm in Australia were now Mr Wilmot’s house
and farm. Mr Wilmot decided to go to Australia and take
his family with him.
So one day in January they all got on a big ship to
go to Australia. Australia is very far from England and
they were on the ship for three weeks. The weather was
bad, the wind blew. Rose was ill for many days.
They came to Australia at last and went to their farm.
The house was big. It was on a hill. It was summer then
because in Australia January, February, March and April
are summer months. Mr Wilmot began to work on the farm
and his children helped him.
288
When autumn came, Mr and Mrs Wilmot began to
think about a school for their children.
pretty ['priti] — хорошенький hill — холм, возвышенность
Part II
One day Harriet went down to the village which was
not very far from their house. The people in the village
told her that there was a school there, but it was a one-room
school and very small. There was only one teacher for all
the pupils. They showed her the teacher’s house. Harriet
went up to the house and looked into the garden. In the
garden she saw a small, plump man with fair hair. He
looked up and saw Harriet. The girl went up to the man
and said, “How do you do? I am Harriet Wilmot from the
house on the hill”.
“Yes”, said the man. “And I am Mr Burnie, the school-
teacher. What can I do for you?”
“Oh”, said Harriet, “I want to ask you if we, my
brother, my sister and I, can come and learn at your
school”.
“Yes”, said Mr Burnie, “of course you can, but you
must come with your mother and father and see the school.
Perhaps you will not like it”.
“Oh, no”, said Harriet, “we shall like it very much”.
Then Harriet said good-bye to the teacher and went home.
She told her father and mother and Aidan and Rose about
the school and the teacher. The next day they all went to
see the village school. It was a small wooden building. There
was only one classroom with many desks in it.
plump [р!лтр] — полный	wooden ['wudn] — дере-
perhaps [pa'haeps] — может быть вянный
10 Зак. 52	289
Part III
Harriet got up early in the morning and began to dress.
It was their first day at a village school in Australia. She
and Rose wore green dresses and white pinafores. Aidan
wore a blue suit.
After breakfast they all went down the hill to their new
school. At the desks in the classroom sat twenty children
from fourteen to four years old. Some of the older girls and
boys had their little brothers and sisters with them.
Mr Burnie, the teacher, taught his pupils all the subjects.
Lessons began at 9 o’clock. The big boys and girls read
books and wrote dictations in their exercise-books. They
studied history, geography and other subjects with the
teacher.
To the little children the teacher gave pencils and paper,
and they drew pictures or learned to read and write. One
of the older girls helped Mr Burnie with the little ones.
During the breaks they all played on the playground.
Harriet liked her new school and she had many friends
there. Soon she asked Mr Burnie to let her teach the little
children. Her brother and sister did not like the village
school, they often talked at home about their schools in
London and wanted to go back to them.
wore [wo:] — надели (to wear
[wra] — быть одетым, носить)
pinafore ['pinafo:] — передник
* * *
dictation [dik'teifn] — дик-
тант
to study ['sUdi] — изучать
♦ I. Найдите в первой части рассказа и прочитайте 2—3 пред-
ложения:
а)	для характеристики следующих героев:
Aidan, Harriet, Rose,
б)	для описания путешествия в Австралию.
290
II.	Ответьте по второй части текста на следующие вопросы:
1.	Who told Harriet about the village school?
2.	How large was the school?
3.	How many teachers were there in the school?
III.	Расскажите о первом дне занятий в новой школе по
следующему плану:
1.	The classroom.
2.	The pupils.
3.	The lessons.
Task 17
♦ Прочитайте текст о дрейфующих в море или океане бутылках
с письмами. При чтении обратите внимание на произнесение
следующих собственных имен:
Italy ['itoli]— Италия, Brazil [bra'zil]— Бразилия, Nicaragua
[,nika'raegjuo] — Никарагуа, Atlantic Ocean [at'laentik zoufn] —
Атлантический океан, Indian Ocean ['indjan 'oufn]— Индий-
ский океан, Gibraltar [dsi'bro:!ta] — Гибралтар, Tasmania
[taez'meinia] — Тасмания.
Notes from the Sea
P a r t. I
In 1956 a young sailor at sea was very far from his
family and friends for the first time in his life. He wrote a
note and put it into a bottle. Then he sealed the bottle and
threw it into the sea. In his note he asked any nice girl who
found it to write to him. After some time a farmer in Italy,
who lived by the sea, saw the sailor’s bottle and picked it
up. He gave the note to his daughter and she wrote the
sailor a letter. Some more letters travelled to Italy and back.
Soon the sailor visited Italy. In 1958 he married the girl.
This is one of many stories about bottles, which drift
from place to place in the seas and oceans. A sealed bottle
10*	291
is a good traveller at sea. It can travel through storms
which break ships to pieces. A sealed bottle lies on the
water and does not go down. A bottle drifts as quickly as
the wind blows and the current moves. A drifting bottle
may not move a mile in a month or may move 100 miles
in a day. But nobody can tell where a bottle will go.
Two bottles began to travel at the same time in the
ocean near Brazil. The first bottle drifted for one hundred
and thirty days. People found it on a shore in Africa. The
second bottle drifted for one hundred and ninety-six days
and people found it in Nicaragua, in America.
Two other bottles began to drift in the middle of the
Atlantic Ocean. They drifted three hundred and fifty days
and people found them in France only a few metres from
each other.
to seal — запечатывать
some more — еще несколько
to marry — жениться
to drift — дрейфовать, плыть
по течению
ocean I'oufn] — океан
sealed — запечатанный
current ['клгэпГ] — течение
to move [mu:v] — двигаться
Part II
One bottle travelled a very long distance. In 1929 it
began to drift in the Indian Ocean. There was a note in
it which people could read through the glass. The note
asked the man who found the bottle to report when and
where he picked it up. It said not to open the bottle and
to put it back into the sea. This bottle went to America.
A man found it, reported and threw it back into the sea.
Other men found the bottle, reported and threw it back.
The bottle drifted into the Atlantic Ocean, then went back
to the Indian Ocean again. In 1935 the bottle was in
Australia. It travelled two thousand four hundred and forty
seven days and made about ten kilometres each day.
292
Scientists use drifting bottles when they want to study
the currents in the ocean. This is important for navigation
on the seas and oceans.
. In 1944 some boys, who were on the shore in America,
found a bottle with a note in it. The note said: “Our ship
is going down. This is the end. This note may get to
America some day”. The note came from an American ship
which went down near Gibraltar in 1943 and many people
were drowned.
In 1953 people found a bottle in Tasmania with a note
from two Australian soldiers. They were on a ship that
was on the way to France in World War I. The soldiers
died in that war.
♦ * *
♦ I. Найдите в первой части текста и прочитайте предложения,
в которых говорится об особенностях плавающих буты-
лок-почтальонов.
II. Найдите во второй части текста и прочитайте предложе-
ния, в которых говорится о практическом использовании
плавающих бутылок.
III. Расскажите одну из историй с плавающими бутылками.
Следующие ключевые слова помогут вам:
1. far from his home wrote a note sealed the bottle found the bottle gave the note visited Italy married 3. in Tasmania • a note from on the way to France	2. some boys on the shore found a bottle the note said our ship is going down may get to near Gibraltar in World War I died received the letter
293
Task 18
♦ Прочитайте текст об английском писателе Редьярде Киплинге
и одну из его сказок о животных. При чтении обратите
внимание на произнесение следующих собственных имен:
Rudyard Kipling ['rxdjad 'kiplirj]— Редьярд Киплинг, Bombay
[bom'bei]— Бомбей, India ['indja]— Индия.
Rudyard Kipling
(1865-1936)
Rudyard Kipling, a famous English writer, was born
in Bombay, India, where his father, a professor, worked at
that time. Rudyard spent his early years in India. When
he was six years old, his parents sent the boy to England,
where he went to school.
Kipling came back to India when he was seventeen
years old. At twenty-one he published his first book of
poems. A year later he wrote a book
of short stories about India.
later ['leito] — позже
Between 1887 and 1899, Kipling
visited many countries and lived for
some years in America, where he
married an American girl. During
that time he wrote some of his best
works. These were his children’s sto-
ries about animals and some books
on history. He also wrote poems.
At the end of his life Kipling
Jived in a small village in England.
294
How the Whale Got His Throat
Part I
There was once a Whale in the sea, and he ate fishes.
He ate big fishes and little fishes, good fishes and bad fishes.
All the fishes which he could find in all the sea he ate with
his mouth — so! Soon there was only one small fish" in all
the sea, and it was a small Clever Fish. It swam a little
behind the Whale’s right ear, so that the Whale could not
catch it. Then the Whale stood up on his tail and said, “I
want to eat”. And the small Clever Fish said:
“Whale, Whale, have you eaten Man?”
“No”, said the Whale. “What is it like?”
“Nice”, said the small Clever Fish.
“Then bring me some”, said the Whale, and he beat
the sea with his tail.
“No”, said the Clever Fish, “I can’t do that, but if you
swim to the middle of the sea, you will find a Man there.
He is sitting on a raft, in the middle of the sea, and has
nothing on but a pair of blue trousers, a pair of suspenders
and a knife in his pocket. He is a shipwrecked Sailor who,
I must tell you, is very, very clever”.
whale [weil] — кит
throat (Qroutj — горло
tail [teil] — хвост
pair [pea] — пара
suspenders [sos'pendoz] — под-
тяжки
shipwrecked ['Jiprekt] — потерпев-
ший кораблекрушение
Part II
So the Whale swam and swam to the middle of the
sea as quickly as he could swim; and there on a raft in
the middle of the sea, with nothing on but a pair of blue
trousers, a pair of suspenders and a knife in his pocket,
he found the shipwrecked Sailor.
Then the Whale opened his mouth back and back, till
295
it touched his tail, and swallowed the shipwrecked Sailor,
and the raft on which he sat, and his blue trousers, and
the suspenders, and the knife in his pocket.
When the shipwrecked Sailor found that he was in the
Whale, he began to jump up and down in the dark. He
jumped for a long, long time. The Whale was very unhappy.
So he said to the Clever Fish, “This'Man jumps very much
and I have got the hiccups. What shall I do?”
“Tell hii'n to come out”, said the Clever Fish.
to swallow ['swolou] — глотать hiccups ['hikAps] —
unhappy [An'haepi] — несчастный икота
Part III
So the Whale said to the shipwrecked Sailor, “Don’t
jump so much and come out. I have got the hiccups”.
“No, no”, said the Sailor. “Not so quick. Take me back
to England, and I shall think about it”. And he began to
jump again.
So the Whale swam and swam and swam for many
days and at last he saw England. He swam up to the
shore and opened his mouth wide and wide and wide, and
the Sailor walked out of his mouth. But before that, he
took his knife and cut up the raft into pieces. With the
pieces of the raft and his suspenders the Saiior made a
grating, which he put into the Whale’s throat. After that
he came out on the shore and went home to his old mother
and told her all about his adventures. Soon he married
and lived a happy life for a long time.
But the poor Whale who had the grating in his throat
could not eat anything big now. He could only swallow
very, very small fishes; and that is why whales never eat
men or boys or little girls.
wide — широко	grating ['greitig] — решетка
296
* ♦ ♦
♦ I. Ответьте по тексту “Rudyard Kipling” на следующие во-
просы:
1.	When and where was Rudyard Kipling born?
2.	When did he publish his first book?
3.	What were his best books about?
4.	Where did Kipling live at the end of his life?
II.	Выберите из первой части текста 2—3 предложения к
каждому пункту плана:
1.	The Whale ate all the fishes in the sea.
2.	The Whale could not eat a small Clever Fish.
3.	The Whale wanted to eat.
4.	There was a shipwrecked Sailor on a raft.
III.	Найдите во второй и третьей частях текста и прочитайте
предложения, в которых дано описание следующих событий:
1.	The Whale swallowed the Sailor.
2.	The Sailor began to jump in the Whale.
3.	The Whale swam back to England.
4.	The Sailor put a grating into the Whale’s throat.
IV.	Используя текст, докажите правильность следующих ут-
верждений:
1.	The small fish was clever.
2.	The Sailor was clever too.
Task 19
Mary Dodge ['mean 'dads] — Мэри Додж, Hans [hans] — Ганс,
Gretel ['gretal]—Гретель, Holland ['haland]—Голландия,
Dutch [dAtf] — голландцы, Amsterdam ['aemstadaem] — Ам-
стердам.
297
Mary Dodge
(1831 — 1905)
Магу Dodge was an American writer. She wrote books
for children. The book “The Silver Skates” is about a boy
Hans and his sister Gretel who lived in a small town in
Holland. Mary Dodge first told this story to her two little
sons. The boys liked the story very much and often asked
their mother to repeat it. So she decided to write down the
story and to take it to a publisher. The publisher read the
story, liked it and published it. When her book came out
in 1865, the readers also liked it very much.
Mary Dodge visited Holland only after her book came
out, but she knew a lot about the country and its people,
the Dutch, from books on geography. She loved Holland.
“The Silver Skates" — “Серебряные коньки”
The Silver Skates
(Holland is not a very large country but it has a
lot of canals. Many years ago the canals were like
roads for the Dutch country people. When they wanted
to go to the market, to the centre of the town or even
to some other town, they used the canals. In summer
they went along the canals in boats, in winter they
skated on them. Dutch boys and girls learned to skate
when they were little children.)
Part I
On a cold December morning two poorly dressed chil-
dren were on the canal in a small Dutch town. It was very
early and there were no other people on the ice. The two
children, who were brother and sister, wanted to skate a
little before school. They were so poor that they had only
wooden skates, which they tied to their feet with strings.
298
“Come quick, Gretel”, cried her brother, who was already
on the ice, “we have not much time to skate”.
“Oh Hans, I can’t tie this string, it’s too short”, cried
the little girl.
Hans, who was a good brother, ran back to his sister
and helped her to tie the string. Soon the two children
were on the ice. They skated well, but the wooden skates
were not good and first Gretel and then Hans fell down.
They did not skate any more and went home.
canal [ko'nael] — канал	string — веревка
poorly ['puali] dressed — did not skate any more —
бедно одетые	больше не катались
to tie [tai] — привязывать
Part II
School was over and there were many children on the ice
of the canal. They wore nice clothes and had good steel skates
on their-feet. Hans and Gretel were there too with their wooden
skates. Some boys and girls began to laugh at them.
299
“Look at that boy and girl. What funny wooden skates
they have!” cried a boy, whose name was Carl.
“They are good children, Carl, but they are poor. Their
father is very ill and he cannot work. You must not laugh
at them”, said a big girl, Hilda.
Then Hilda went up to the brother and sister.
“Do you know that there will be a skating race at the
end of the month?” asked Hilda. “You skate well, so you
can take part in it. The prize is a pair of silver skates
with little bells on them”.
“But we have only wooden skates. We can’t take part
in the race”, said Hans sadly.
“Which of you skates better?” asked Hilda.
“Gretel”, answered Hans quickly.
“No, Hans”, said Gretel at the same time.
Hilda smiled. “Here is some money for one pair of
skates. Buy them and decide yourselves which of you will
take part in the race”. She put the money into Hans’ hand.
“Thank you very much, Miss Hilda”, said Hans, “but
we can’t take the money, we haven’t earned it”.
Hilda thought a little, then she said, “Gretel has a nice
wooden chain-on her neck. Did you make it, Hans?”
“Yes”, said Hans.
“Can you make one for me?” asked Hilda.
“Yes, I can. I’ll do it with pleasure, Miss Hilda”,
answered Hans. “You will have your chain tomorrow”.
“Very well”, said Hilda, “and the money that I have
given you will be for your work”.
steel — стальной
skating race — конькобеж-
ные соревнования
prize — приз
to smile — улыбаться
to earn [э:п] — зарабатывать
chain [tfein] — цепь, цепочка
300
Part III
Next morning Peter, a boy from Hilda’s class, asked
Hans to make a wooden chain for his sister. Now Hans
had money for a second pair of skates. After school he
skated to Amsterdam on his old wooden skates and bought
two pairs of good steel skates. Now he and Gretel could
skate every day on the canal on their new steel skates.
At last the day of the race came. It was a bright winter
day. There was much sun but the ice was strong. Many
people, men, women and children put on their best warm
clothes and came to the canal. They were ready to watch
the races.
There were forty skaters, twenty boys and twenty girls.
The boys and the girls had to skate in turn until one girl
and one boy won two races. They stood in a long line at
the start.
When the signal was given, the girls began the race.
Hilda and Gretel with three other girls were soon in front.
301
but Gretel won the first race. When the boys ran, Carl
won the first race. Then the girls ran again. Hilda won
the second race. Peter won the boys’ second race. When
the girls started the third race, they all ran very fast but
little Gretel was again the fastest. So Gretel won two
races. Now the boys were in a line at the start for their
third race, but-Peter could not put on his skates, the strap
on one of the skates was broken.
Hans ran up to Peter and said:
“Take my strap, I will not skate this time”.
“No, Hans”, cried Peter. “Thank you very much, my
friend, but I can’t do that”.
“If you call me friend”, said Hans, “you must take my
strap. Be quick and you can win the race”.
So Peter took the strap, put on his skates and stood
in the line with the other boys. They all ran very fast.
Peter was the first. So Peter, like Gretel, won two races.
He and Gretel became the king and the queen of the
young skaters of their town. The music played and all the
people clapped their hands when Gretel and Peter received
the silver skates.
in turn [ta:n] — по очереди fast [fust] — быстро, быстрый
start — старт	. to clap — хлопать, аплодировать
♦ * *
♦ I. Ответьте по тексту “Магу Dodge” на следующие вопросы:
1.	When and where did Mary Dodge live?
2.	Who did she write stories for?
3.	Who did she tell her first story to?
4.	What country did she describe in “The Silver Skates”?
5.	, When did she visit Holland?
302
II.	Найдите в первой части текста 2—3 предложения, в
которых дано описание следующего:
1.	Canals in Holland.
2.	Hans and Gretel.
3.	A good brother.
III.	Прочитайте следующие предложения про себя, а затем
вслух в порядке следования событий второй части текста:
Hilda gave Hans and Gretel money for a pair of
skates.
Some boys and girls laughed at Hans and Gretel.
Hilda asked Hans to make a nice wooden chain for her.
A big girl, Hilda, was kind to Hans and Gretel and
spoke to them about a skating race.
The children did not want to take the money.
IV.	Используя третью часть текста, докажите правильность
следующего утверждения:
Hans and Peter were good friends.
Task 20
♦ Прочитайте текст об английской школе.
A Day at an English School
Part I
It is Monday morning. Soon it will be 9 o’clock and
boys and girls are coming to school after Saturday and
Sunday which are free days. Some of them are walking to
school, and some come on their bicycles. Others, who live
very far from the school, come by bus.
They are wearing their school uniform and are carrying
their school-books in their bags. School begins at 9 o’clock
and there are lessons till 11 o’clock, when it is time for
303
the milk break. The boys and girls go into the playground
and get their milk there. During the break they can play
on the playground. The boys play football and the girls
play with a ball or walk about the playground. But some
boys and girls only stand, talk and watch the games. Then
the bell rings. School begins again and they all hurry into
their classrooms.
After the milk break there are lessons till 1 o’clock, when
it is time for lunch. The boys and girls go into the school
dining-room to have lunch. In England many school-children
have their lunch at school, but some children, who live
very near their school, go home for lunch and come back
for afternoon school.
The children who have lunch in the school dining-room
get meat with potatoes and vegetables and some pudding.
free — свободный
bicycle ['baisikl] — вело-сипед
uniform [zju:nifo:m] — форма
till — до
again [a'gein] — опять, снова
to hurry |'Ьлп] — спешить,
торопиться
lunch — второй завтрак
pudding ['pud irj] — запекан-
ка, пудинг
Part II
Lunch break is more than an hour. After lunch again
there is time to go out and play. In summer all the boys
and girls like to go into the playground and play in the sun,
but in winter, when it is cold, they like to be in the gymnasium
and play there. The big boys and girls who are on duty tell
the others to go into the fresh air. It is not good for children
to have no fresh air all day. But When it is raining the boys
and girls can go into the classrooms and read or play there.
Many schoolchildren do their homework at that time and
then they are free in the evening to go out with their friends
or to watch television.
304
At 2 o’clock school begins again. In this school the
children do not only have lessons in history, geography
and arithmetic; the girls learn to type, to sew, and to cook,
and the boys do metal-work and wood-work. In some schools
in England girls also do metal-work and boys learn to
cook. When they finish school they can be cooks in hotels.
At 3 o’clock it is time for games. In English schools girls
usually play hockey in winter and basketball or tennis in
summer; boys play football in winter and cricket in summer.
School is over at 4 o’clock. The children take the books
for their homework and hurry to the cloak-room to get
their hats and coats and go home.
Very soon after 4 o’clock the school is empty, only some
children and teachers stay there. One or two boys and
girls must stay in the classroom and write something as
a punishment. Others are staying for a club meeting. Clubs
usually have their meetings when school is over. Then they
will all go home and the school will be empty till tomorrow.
fresh air [еэ] — свежий воздух
to type [taip]—печатать на
машинке
to sew [sou] (sewed, sewn) —
шить
to cook — готовить
cook — повар
cricket ['krikit] — крикет
empty ['empti] — пустой
punishment ['pAniJmont] —
наказание
* * *
♦ I. Найдите в тексте и прочитайте вслух предложения:
о распорядке учебного дня в английской школе;
о приходе детей в школу;
о переменах;
о занятиях на уроках труда для мальчиков и девочек;
о занятиях после уроков.
II. Скажите, что нового вы узнали об английской школе.
11 Зак. 52
305
Task 21
♦ Прочитайте текст о девушке-сироте, которая воспитывалась
в детском доме в одном из городов Соединенных Штатов
Америки. При чтении обратите внимание на произнесение
следующих собственных имен:
Judy ['dsu:di] — Джуди, “David Copperfield" ['deivid
'kopafiJd] — “Давид Копперфильд”, Dickens ['dikinz] — Дик-
кенс, Michelangelo [,maikraend3ilou] — Микеланджело, Latin
['laetin] — латинский (язык).
Judy Enters College
(After Jean Webster)
Part I
Judy Abbot had no father or mother; she lived in a
Children’s Home for many years. The rich people of the
town — the trustees — gave money for the Children’s Home.
When the children were fifteen years old, the trustees found
some work for them and the young people left the Children’s
Home.
Judy Abbot liked her lessons and learned well. Her
compositions were interesting and the teacher read one of
them to the trustees one day. When Judy was fifteen, the
trustees gave her work in the Children’s Home. They let
her stay there and go on with her lessons. Judy looked
after the small children from four to seven years old.
She helped them to wash and dress in the morning,
played with them after her lessons. She helped in the
kitchen and washed the windows and the floors. When the
girl was seventeen, one of the trustees wanted to send a
girl to a college and pay for her education. The teachers
decided that it must be Judy. The trustee told the teachers
that the girl must write a letter to him every month as a
report.
306
Judy saw the trustee only once at the door of the
Children’s Home. She remembered that the man was very
tall.
When Judy came to the college and began to write her
letters to the trustee, she called him Daddy-Long-Legs.
The girl liked the college and was glad to study there.
In her letters she told the trustee about her classes and
her friends. Here are some of her letters.
to enter ['enta] — по- ступать college ['kolids] — кол- ледж trustee [,trAszti: ] — по- печитель	composition [^ompa'zifn] — сочине- ние education [,ed j u'kei jn ] — образо- вание Daddy-Long-Legs — здесь: длинноногий дядюшка
Part II
October 10
Dear Daddy-Long-Legs,
1 like the college very much. I am happy that I can
study. I like the girls and the teachers and the classes.
The teacher of English literature liked my compositions.
But I know very little of English literature. We had very
few books in the library at the Children’s Home. I never
read “David Copperfield” by Dickens, or “Robinson Crusoe”
by Defoe. Now I am reading “Alice in Wonderland” by
Lewis Carrol and stories by Rudyard Kipling. The girls in
the college know very much. I didn’t know that people
were monkeys many millions of years ago. I never heard
of Sherlock Holmes. I didn’t know anything about Miche-
langelo. And one day when I heard the name, I asked the
girls if he was a student at our college. The girls laughed
at me and told the story to other girls. Now I know these
things and a lot of others. But I have to read many books.
In the evening I sit in the corner of my room and read
11*	307
and read and read. I have joined the basketball team. They
take only the strongest girls. They took me and I am happy.
Yours, Judy Abbot
team — команда
Part III
The end of December.
Dear Daddy-Long-Legs,
Christmas holidays are over and the college is studying
hard. We are preparing for the examinations in February.
I am glad to tell you that Judy Abbot is an author.
The college monthly published her poem. It is on the first
page. I shall send you a copy of it. I am learning to skate
and I can skate all by myself now. I have learned how to
walk on a bar which is very high.
Yours, Judy Abbot
February.
Dear Daddy-Long-Legs,
The examinations are over and I have some bad marks.
I got bad marks in mathematics and Latin. Now I am preparing
for another examination next month. I am going to get good
marks this time. I have learned a lot of things that I didn’t
know. I have read seventeen novels and a lot of poems. I shall
write a letter to you when re-examinations are over.
Yours, Judy Abbot
Christmas ['krismas] —
рождество
author ['э:0э] — автор
monthly ['тлпбП] —
ежемесячный журнал
bar — бревно (гимнастический сна-
ряд)
examination [ig,zaemi'neijn] — экза-
мен
re-examination ['ri:ig,z2emi'neijn] —
переэкзаменовка
308
* * *
♦ I. Ответьте по первой части текста на следующие вопросы:
1.	Why did Judy live in the Children’s Home?
2.	How did she learn?
3.	Why did she stay in the Children’s Home after she
was fifteen years old?
4.	What work did Judy do in the Children’s Home?
5.	Why did the teachers decide to send Judy to the
college?
II.	Найдите во второй части текста и прочитайте предложе-
ния, подтверждающие следующее:
1.	At the Children’s Home Judy read few good books.
2.	Judy didn’t know very much before she entered the
college.
3.	Judy liked to read very much.
III.	Найдите в третьей части текста и прочитайте предло-
жения, в которых дано описание следующего:
1.	Успехи Джуди в учебе.
2.	Ее неудачи.
Task 22
♦ Прочитайте текст о странах, где говорят на английском
языке. При чтении обратите внимание на произнесение сле-
дующих собственных имен:
Wales [weilz] — Уэльс, United Kingdom [ju:'naitid 'kirjdam] —
Соединенное Королевство, Northern Ireland ['пэ:бэп
'aialand] — Северная Ирландия, French [frentj] — француз-
ский язык, New Zealand ['nju: 'zi:land]—Новая Зеландия.
309
English-Speaking Countries
Part I
English is the language of the people of England.
England is in the south of the island of Great Britain. In
the north of this island lies Scotland. To the west of
England is Wales. The island of Ireland lies to the west
of Great Britain. More than a thousand years ago the
people who lived in these four countries were different, and
they spoke different languages.
Great Britain is not a large country. It is much smaller
than France or Norway and smaller than Finland. England
is the largest part of Great Britain and it has always been
the strongest. Today the official name of Britain is the United
Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland. English is
the official language in all parts of the country.
In the United States of America English is called the
national language, the language of the American nation.
Four hundred years ago
some English people sailed
to North America to live
there, and they brought the
English language to this
new country. After them
came people from all the
countries of Europe. And
they all learned English,
but they made it a little
different from British En-
glish. In the USA now pe-
ople speak ‘American En-
glish. Very many words are
the same in American and
in British English, but the
American people do not
310
speak the English language in the same way as people
do in England.
language ['laeggwidj] — язык
official [a'fijal] — официальный
national ['naejonlj — националь-
ный
nation ['neifn] — нация
in the same way as —
так же, как
Part II
Canada is to the north of the United States of America.
It is a very large country, larger than the United States.
In Canada many people speak English because they also
came from England many years ago. But in some parts of
Canada they speak French. The people who live in these
parts came to Canada from France. Canada has two official
languages — English and French.
If you look at Australia on the map of the world, you
will see that it is to the south of the Equator. It is the
smallest continent and the largest island on the map. It
is sometimes called the fifth continent. Australia is also
an English-speaking country. In all the countries which lie
to the south of the Equator, the seasons are not the same
as they are in the countries north of the Equator. In
Australia the hottest summer month is January, and the
coldest winter month is June. But June is not very cold.
Snow falls only on the mountains there, and there are not
many mountains in Australia. It is colder in the south of
Australia and hotter in the north.
New Zealand is not far from Australia, but it is a
great distance from Britain. When it is the middle of the
night in Britain, it is the middle of the next day in New
Zealand. The seasons in New Zealand are also different
from what they are in Britain. From December to February
it is' summer, from March to May it is autumn, from June
to August it is winter, and from September to November
311
it is spring. The weather in summer is not very hot in the
greater part of the country and the days in winter are not
very cold. Snow falls on the mountains and sometimes in
the far south of the country. The national language in New
Zealand is also English. Many people from England, Wales,
Scotland and Ireland came to live in Australia and New
Zealand many years ago.
Equator [i'kweito] — экватор
continent ['kontinont] — кон-
тинент
mountain f'mauntin] — гора
distance ['distans]—рас-
стояние
* * *
♦ 1. Ответьте по всему тексту на следующие вопросы:
1.	What are the four parts of Great Britain?
2.	Which part of Great Britain is the largest?
3.	What is the official language in Great Britain?
4.	What is the national language in the United States
of America?
5.	Who brought the English language to America?
312
6.	Where is Canada?
7.	What languages do people speak in Canada?
8.	What are the winter and summer months in Australia?
9.	Where is New Zealand?
Task 23
♦ Прочитайте текст о городе Глазго, третьем по величине городе
Великобритании. При чтении обратите внимание на произ-
несение следующих собственных имен:
Glasgow ['glcvzgou] — Глазго, Clyde [klaid] — Клайд, James
Watt ['djeimz 'wot] — Джеймс Ватт, George [йзэДз] —
Джордж (Георг, Георгий), Walter Scott ['wo:lto 'skot] — Валь-
тер Скотт.
Glasgow
Glasgow is the third largest city in Great Britain. It
lies on the river Clyde in Scotland. Glasgow is a very old
city. The University of Glasgow was founded in 1450. The
famous English writer Daniel Defoe said that Glasgow was the
31 з
cleanest and most beautiful city in Great Britain. James
Watt studied at Glasgow University. He became a famous
engineer and constructed a steam engine. Scotland is rich in
coal and iron, so Glasgow grew into a large city. There are
big engineering plants and textile factories in Glasgow. Ships
which are built in the shipyards of Glasgow sail in many seas
and oceans. Glasgow port is the fourth important port in Britain.
Glasgow University is the centre of culture in the city.
People from all over the world visit the old university.
They see the examination halls, the Library and the Museum
with old books and pictures.
The centre of the city is George Square. In the middle
of it there is a monument to Walter Scott — a great English
writer. There are a lot of parks and squares in Glasgow.
was founded ['faundid] — был
основан
steam engine ['endjin] — паро-
вая машина
iron ['aian] — железо
engineering [zend3i'niarirj] plants
[plo:nts] — машиностроитель-
ные заводы’
textile ['teksta il] — текс-
тильный
shipyard — судостроитель-
ный завод
to sail [seil] — плавать (о
кораблях)
* * *
♦ I. Найдите в тексте и прочитайте ответы на следующие
вопросы:
1.	Where is Glasgow?
2.	What English writer liked Glasgow very much?
3.	When was the University of Glasgow founded?
4.	What great engineer studied at Glasgow University?
5.	Why do people from different countries visit Glas-
gow University?
6.	What is the name of the square in the centre of
the city?
314
Task 24
♦ Прочитайте английские шутки и загадки.
Funny Stories and Jokes
At a Post-Office
A German student, who did not know English very
well, came to a post-office in London. In one hand he had
a letter in an envelope and in the other hand he held a
stamp. He went up to the girl who worked there and gave
her the stamp and the envelope.
“No, no”, she said. “You must stick the stamp on
yourself”.
“Why must I stick the stamp on myself?” asked the
student. “I want to send a letter; but not myself!”
envelope ['enviloup] — кон- stick the stamp on — накле-
верт	ить марку
A Riddle
A -man looks at a photograph and says, “Brothers and
sisters have I none, but this man’s father is my father’s son”.
What relation is the man in the photograph to the man
who is looking at it?
(The man in the photo is the son of the man who is
looking at it.)
have I none [плп] — я не имею relation [ri'leijh] — родственник
A Boy’s Face
TEACHER: Jimmie, why don’t you wash your face? I
can see what you had for breakfast this morning.
LITTLE BOY: What was it?
TEACHER: Eggs.
LITTLE BOY: No, that was yesterday.
315
READING IN APRIL AND MAY
Task 25
♦ Прочитайте текст об английском писателе Майн Риде и один
из его рассказов. При чтении обратите внимание на произ-
несение следующих собственных имен:
Mayne Reid ['mein zri:d] — Майн Рид, Negroes ['nkgrouzj —
негры, Indians ['indjonz] — индейцы, Mississippi [,misi'sipi] —
Миссисипи, New Orleans ['nju: Zo:lianz] — Новый Орлеан.
Mayne Reid
(1818—1883)
Mayne Reid was an English writer. He was born in a
poor Irish family. When he was 20 years old, he went to
the United States. He worked there in different places and
met many people. For some time he wrote articles for an
American newspaper.
When Mayne Reid came back to England, he began to
write adventure books for boys. He wrote novels and short
stories. “The Headless Rider” is the best Mayne Reid’s
novel.
In his books Mayne Reid showed the life and adventures
of hunters and cowboys, Negroes and Indians. One of
Mayne Reid’s friends in America was an old hunter, Zeb
Stump. He could tell very interesting stories. Here is one
of Zeb’s stories.
“The Headless Rider” —
“Всадник без головы”
hunter ['hAnta] — охотник
cowboy ['kauboi] — ковбой,
пастух
316
Caught in a Tree
(After Mayne Reid)
Part I
a
“One day I was in the forest. All day I hunted and
got nothing. In the evening I came to the Mississippi. I
said to myself: “It is late, I must go home”, but then I
thought: “My wife is hungry and she has no money. 1 must
stay here till morning. Perhaps in the morning I can kill
something”. .
I saw a big tree and stopped under it. I was very tired.
I lay down and in two minutes I was asleep. At 4 o’clock
in the morning a terrible noise woke me. I looked up and
high up in the tree I saw a big nest with two young eagles
in it. I remembered the English gentleman in New Orleans
who wanted a pair of young eagles for the London Zoo.
He could pay good money. I said to myself: “I shall get
up into that tree and get these young eagles”.
caught [kart] in a tree — застигнутый noise [noiz] — шум
(пойманный) на дереве	nest — гнездо
to hunt — охотиться	eagle [zi:gl] — орел
hungry ['hArjgri] — голодный
Part II
“In two minutes I was up the tree, but it was very
difficult to get to the nest. When at last 1 got there and
could look into the nest, I saw the two young eagles and
also some food for them — meat and fish. The old birds
were not there.
When I tried to take the young eagles out of the nest,
I suddenly felt a terrible pain in the back of my head. 1
looked round and saw the mother eagle. And she was ready
to make a second attack. You must know how strong these
eagles are!
317
“It will be better to get down”, I thought and I got
down onto a lower branch. Here I sat and rested; I think
perhaps I fell asleep. And then suddenly from below me
1 heard a terrible noise: I looked and saw water all around
me. There were many big trees between me and the river
and now they all fell down one after another into the water.
But my tree stood in the water and shook. I understood
what it was: a flood on the Mississippi. There was water
all around my tree. “I hope this tree doesn’t fall”, I said
to myself.
What could I do? I cannot swim, so I could only sit
where I was. I sat on my branch all the night and waited
for help.
In the morning I saw a boat on the river. I cried,
“Help! Help!” But the people in the boat did not hear me.
They were too far away. Later a second boat passed, then
a third, a fourth. Every time I cried out, but they did not
hear me. And so passed my first day on the tree. In the
evening I was very hungry”.
pain [pein] — боль
branch [brcuntj"] — ветка
fell asleep [a'slizp] — заснул
below [bi'lou] — ниже, под
all around [a'raund] me —
perhaps [po'haeps] — возмож-
но, может быть
shook [Juk] — качалось (to
shake — качаться, дрожать)
flood [Плб] — наводнение
вокруг меня
Part III
“I remembered that there was some meat and fish in
the eagle’s nest. And so I went up to the nest again. Of
course the birds attacked me but this time I was prepared.
I had to fight with them, but I got some fish and ate it.
Now I was not hungry. But soon I wanted to drink. That
was terrible. There was water so near and I could not get
it. I thought and thought. Suddenly I saw what I could
318
do. I took off my shirt and tied a string to it. Then I let
my shirt fall into the water below. When I got it out, it
was full of water and I could drink.
I lived six long days in that tree. Every day 1 got up
to the nest and found some food there. So I was not hungry
and there was always water under the tree.
When there is a great flood on the Mississippi, the
water lies for months after the flood!
But I could not stay in the tree all my life and I began
to make a plan in order to get away. I was not afraid of
the eagles now. We were good friends. They saw I did
nothing bad to the young birds. The eagles often sat near
me on the same branch. I knew that eagles have very
strong wings. Perhaps they could carry me over the water
to dry land. And I could help them a little, if I moved my
arms and legs in the water.
So I decided to catch the two old eagles. It was difficult
but I did it after some time. Then I took my string and
tied their four legs together. After this I tied myself to the
same string. Then I jumped into the water.
My plan was good: the eagles carried me through the
branches down, down, down and soon I was in the water.
Now the birds began to beat the water with their wings.
I moved my arms and legs in the water and helped them
as much as I could. They went to the other side of the
river. Very soon I was on dry land”.
“And what did you do with the eagles?” I asked Zeb.
“Did you let them go?”
“Of course not”, said Zeb. “I sold them to the English-
man and got good money for them”.
the water lies [laiz] — вода стоит	wing — крыло
in order to — для того чтобы	dry — сухой
I was not afraid [a'freid] of —
я не боялся
319
* * *
♦ I. Ответьте по тексту “Mayne Reid” на следующие вопросы:
1.	When did Mayne Reid live?
2.	When did he leave England?
3.	What did he write when he was in the United
States?
4.	What books did he write?
5.	Have you read any of his books in Russian?
II.	Найдите в первой части рассказа и прочитайте 2—3
предложения, в которых описывается следующее:
1.	Zeb hunted in the forest.
2.	He decided to stay in the forest all night.
3.	Zeb slept under a tree.
4.	Zeb saw two eagles in a nest high up in the tree.
III.	Выберите правильные ответы по содержанию второй
части текста на следующие вопросы:
1.	Why did Zeb get on the tree? (He wanted to sleep
in the tree. He tried to get the young eagles. He
wanted to get some apples.)
2.	Why didn’t he get the young eagles? (He did not
want to take the young birds from their mother.
The young birds fell from the nest. The mother
eagle attacked Zeb.)
3.	What did Zeb suddenly see? (The trees fell one
after another. The eagles flew from the tree. Some
men walked in the forest.)
*	4. Why didn’t Zeb get down from the tree? (Some
animals were under the tree. The tree was very
high. There was water all around the tree.)
5.	Why didn’t the people in the boat help Zeb? (They
did not hear him. They did not want to help. They
did not know how to help.)
320
IV.	Используя третью часть текста, докажите правильность
следующего утверждения:
Zeb was a clever hunter.
Task 26
♦ Прочитайте тексты об Олимпийских играх. При чтении об-
ратите внимание на произнесение, следующих собственных
имен:
Olympic Games [o'limpik 'geimz] — Олимпийские игры, Asia
['ei Jo] — Азия.
The Twenty-Second Olympic Games
The Twenty-Second Olympic Games were held in the
summer of 1980 in Moscow (from July 19 to August 3). It
was for the first time that the Olympic Games were held
in a socialist country. Moscow was well prepared for the
Games. The Olympic village was built with very many
good flats for sportsmen, with sports grounds and a stadium,
caf6s, restaurants and a concert hall.
Sportsmen from eighty-one countries from all the five
continents took part in the Moscow Olympic Games. For the
first time in the history of the Games there were very many
sportsmen from the developing countries of Africa and Asia.
There were competitions in many kinds of sport: running,
jumping, swimming, basketball, football and others.
During the time of the Games five
million sportsmen, tourists and guests	'r
visited various sports events in the Olym-
pic cities of Moscow, Minsk, Leningrad,	I I
Kiev and Tallinn. Over 5,500 correspon-	I I
dents sent articles to their newspapers . J I
and magazines about everything that
they saw there. People in many countries w
could watch the Games on their TV sets.
321
The organization of the Twenty-Second Olympic Games
in the USSR was good. The Olympic Games were a great
success. The people of our country did everything to make
the Twenty-Second Olympic Games a great holiday for the
sportsmen who took part in the Games and for the people
who came to watch them.
The 1980 Olympic Games showed excellent sports re-
sults: 36 world records, 74 Olympic records and many
hundreds of national records.
Soviet sportsmen won Olympic records in many kinds
of sport and they got first place in the Twenty-Second
Olympic Games. They won 80 gold, 69 silver and 46 bronze
medals.
were held — проводились
restaurant ['restror)] —
ресторан
the developing [di'velapirj]
countries — развивающи-
еся страны
guest [gest] — гость
event [i'vent] — соревнование
(в спорте)
were a great success [sak'ses] —
имели большой успех
Kilometres of Adventures
A group of British tourists, who wanted very much to
come to Moscow and see the Olympic Games, thought that
a bus was the best transport for such a long way. So one
fine day they left London for Moscow in an old bus.
Of-course the tourists could not know what adventures
they would have on their way there. When they were not
far from Amsterdam, the little old bus broke into pieces.
So they had to find another bus. They found one which
was also so old that no one could tell them in what year
it was made. It could run no more than fifty kilometres
an hour. But the British tourists bought this bus because,
as they said, every kilometre which they made brought
them nearer to Moscow.
322
When they were near Smolensk, they had another ad-
venture: the wind-screen wipers of the bus did not work.
There was much rain at that time, and the driver could
not see the road very well. But this did not stop the British
tourists. They tied strings to the wind-screen wipers and
all the way to Moscow two men or two girls in turn moved
them by hand.
When at last they got to Moscow they all laughed very
much when they told other people the story of their adventures.
And they also said:
“You know, even if the engine of our bus had broken
down we would have pushed the bus with our hands. We
all wanted very much to get to Moscow”.
kilometre ['kilazmi:ta] —
километр
transport ['traenspo:t] —
транспорт
would [wud] have —
будут иметь
wind-screen wiper ['waipo] —
стеклоочиститель, “дворник”
in turn [ta:n] — по очереди
even ['i:von] if the engine ['endjin]
...had broken down — даже если
бы сломался мотор
we would have pushed — мы бы
толкали
* * *
♦ I. Найдите в первом тексте и прочитайте ответы на следу-
ющие вопросы:
1.	When and where were the Twenty-Second Olympic
Games held?
2.	How did Moscow prepare for the Olympic Games?
3.	How many countries sent their sportsmen to Moscow?
4.	Could people in different countries watch the Games
’on TV sets?
5.	What were sports results of the Olympic Games?
323
II. Расскажите кратко о приключениях английских туристов,
используя следующие ключевые слова:
left London for Moscow
in an old bus
broke into pieces
bought another old bus ,
the wind-screen wipers did not work
moved them by hand
laughed ... told the story of
Task 27
♦ Прочитайте текст о спорте в Великобритании и Соединенных
Штатах Америки. При чтении обратите внимание на произ-
несение следующих собственных имен:
Springfield ['sprirjfidd] — Спрингфилд,
Massachusetts [,maesa'tj'u:sets] — Массачусетс (штат США).
Sports and Games in Britain and the USA
Football is the most popular game in Britain. You can
see that if you go to one of the important matches. Young
people and old people shout and cheer for one side or the
other. Nearly every school has its football team and every
boy in Britain knows much about the game. He can tell you
the names of the players in the most important teams, he
has pictures of them and knows the results of many matches.
Football is a good team game. Boys learn to work
together with others to help the team. Football is a good
exercise for the body, it makes the players quick and strong.
In Britain the football season begins in the middle of
August, usually on the second Saturday, and ends on the
last Saturday in April.
At the beginning of the season all the school football
teams and the professional teams train very hard. They
want to win their matches.
324
Tennis is very popular in Britain too. Most English
parks have tennis courts where people-can play the game.
Every summer a great international tennis festival takes
place at Wimbledon near London. Players from all over
the world come there to take part in the competition.
Basketball was an American game. It was invented in
1891 by a teacher at a sports school in Springfield, Mas-
sachusetts. He wanted to have an indoor game that people
could play between the football season in winter and the
baseball season in summer.
Baskets were hung on the walls of the gymnasium. These
baskets gave the game its name. The players had to throw
the ball into the basket. In those days the baskets had
bottoms. When a player threw the ball into the basket,
somebody had to bring a ladder and take the ball out again.
Now basketball is played all over the world. Basketball
teams from many countries play in the Olympic Games.
to cheer [tjia] — приветство-
вать, одобрять криками
nearly ['niali] — почти
body ['bodi] — тело
to train [trein] — трениро-
ваться
court [ko:t] — корт, площад-
ка для игры
international [Jnto'naeJnal] —
международный
indoor ['indo:] — в помещении
baseball — бейсбол
basket ['bcuskit] — корзина
bottom ['botomj — дно
ladder ['laeda] — лестница
* * *
♦ I. Расскажите по-русски или,по-английски, что нового вы
узнали из текста о футболе, теннисе и баскетболе.
II.	Назовите спортивные термины в русском языке, заимст-
вованные из английского.
III.	Н азовите известные вам лучшие футбольные и баскет-
больные команды в нашей стране и известных вам тен-
нисистов.
325
Task 28
♦ Прочитайте текст о покорении Южного полюса. При чтении
обратите внимание на произнесение следующих собственных
имен:
Antarctica [aent'cvktiкэ] — Антарктика, Oates [outs] — Оутс,
Edgar Evans [,edgo'evonz] — Эдгар Эванс, Norwegian
[no:'wi:d3an] — норвежский, норвежец, Amundsen ['cvmandsan]
Captain Scott’s Expedition to the South Pole
Part I
At the end of November 1910, Captain Robert Scott,
an English explorer, and the members of his expedition
sailed in a ship from New Zealand to Antarctica. They
wanted to reach the South Pole. The ship was small but
it carried fifty-nine men, some horses and dogs, three motor
sledges, various instruments and much food for the men
and animals.
They travelled south for a month and on the 30th of
December they saw the white mountains of Antarctica.
Scott found a place for their camp and they spent the
autumn and the winter at that camp. Scott planned three
parts of their journey to the South Pole.
The first part of the journey to the Pole began in
August 1911, when the long Antarctic winter was over.
Some men went with Captain Scott to the Pole, the others
stayed in the camp. Scott took the motor sledges, the horses
and the dogs with him. They had to cross a large plain
of ice which was about 800 kilometres long. The motor
sledges ran for 80 kilometres and then the motors broke.
Now only the horses and the dogs pulled the sledges. The
men crossed the ice-field and reached very high mountains
which were covered with ice. They killed the horses, cut
326
up the meat and put it in the snow for the journey back.
The dogs and some of the men went back. And then the
second part of the journey began. Twelve men had to climb
the mountains and they pulled three sledges. A strong wind
blew all the time, but each day the men walked for nine
hours.
pole — полюс
explorer [iks'pb:ra] — исследо-
ватель
horse — лошадь
motor sledge ['mouta 'sledj] —
сани с мотором
journey ['d3o:ni] — путешествие
plain [plein] — равнина
to pull [pul] — тянуть
to climb [klaim] — подни-
маться, карабкаться
covered ['kAvad] — покры-
тые
to kill — убивать
Part II
There were only 200 kilometres to the South Pole after
they crossed the mountains. Captain Scott decided to take
only four men with him. These were Captain Oates, Edgar
Evans — a sailor, and two more men. On the 4th of January,
1912, the seven men went back to the camp. The five men
moved to the Pole and planned to get there in two weeks.
That was the last part of the journey.
On the 18th of January, 1912, Captain Scott’s expedition
reached the South Pole. They were hungry and ill. At the
Pole in the snow stood a tent with a Norwegian flag on
it. They were not the first to reach the South Pole. Amundsen,
the Norwegian explorer, was the first. In the tent Scott
found this letter from Amundsen:
“Welcome to the South Pole. 1 wish you a good journey back.
Roald Amundsen”.
The date on the letter was December, 14th, 1911.
to move [mu:v] — двигаться welcome ['welkam] — добро
hungry ['ЬлддгЦ— голодный пожаловать
327
Part III
Scott put a small British flag on a stick in the snow,
they took photographs of the place and then began the
long, long journey back. The way back was much more
difficult than the way to the Pole. They were now very
weak and they had no horses and no dogs. It was the
Antarctic summer but the weather was very cold, a strong
wind blew very often, and there were snow-storms.
When the men came to the mountains, they put up a
tent. But they could not sleep, their sleeping-bags were
cold and the tent was full of snow. Soon Evans died. “We
did not leave him till two hours after he died”, wrote Scott
in his diary. It was much harder to pull the sledge now
without Evans.
Oats was very ill. One day when they were all in the tent,
he said to his friends, “I am going out and I shall not come
back”. And he went out into the storm and died in the snow.
At last Scott and his two friends were 17 kilometres
from the camp, but for some days there was a snow-storm
and they had to wait. The men put up a tent. They had
food only for two days. Four days later they died.
Before his death Scott wrote in his diary: “We are very
ill and there is no more food, but we are together”. Eight
months later people found the tent and the three dead men in
their sleeping-bags. The diary and the letters were near them.
Robert Scott, the leader of the British expedition to the
South Pole, became a British national hero. Mountains,
glaciers and islands are named after Captain Robert Scott.
to take photographs
['foutagrcvfs] — фотогра-
фировать, снимать
weak — слабый
snow-storm — пурга, вьюга
diary ['daiarij — дневник
only ['ounli] — только
death [de6] — смерть
leader ['li:do|— руководитель
glacier ['glaesja] — ледник
328
♦ * *
♦ I. Спросите товарищей о следующем:
where Captain Scott’s expedition went;
what Captain Scott took on the ship with him;
how Captain Scott planned the journey to the Pole;
what Scott’s expedition found at the South Pole.
II. Найдите во второй части текста описание следующих
событий:
1. Five men moved on to the Pole, seven men went
back to the camp.
2. Captain Scott and his friends reached the South
Pole.
III. Составьте план рассказа об экспедиции капитана Скотта
к Южному полюсу.
Task 29
♦ Прочитайте текст об известном американском изобретателе.
При чтении обратите внимание на произнесение следующих
собственных имен:
Samuel Morse ['saemjual 'mo:s] — Самюэль Морзе, Italy ['itali]
— Италия; New York ['nju: zjo:k]—Нью-Йорк, Whitson
['witsan] — Уитсон, Shilling ['Jilirj] — Шиллинг, Washington
['wojirjtan] — Вашингтон, Baltimore ['ba:ltima:] — Балтимор.
Samuel Morse
(1791-1872)
Part I
Samuel Morse, the American inventor of the telegraph,
was born in the United States in 1791. When he was a
boy, he liked to paint very much. For four years he studied
painting in London. In 1815 he came back to the United
States and became a portrait painter. He painted well and
329
received much money for his portraits. Soon he married
and went to live in a small town in the South. Here he
painted a large historical picture. The picture was good,
but nobody wanted to buy it. And soon Morse had no
money. He painted some portraits and with the money that
he received for them he decided to go to France and Italy
to study painting there. This was in 1829.
In France and Italy Morse spent much time in museums,
where he copied the pictures of famous painters. He wanted
to show them in the United States, because in those days
Americans saw few good pictures in their country.
In 1832 Morse decided to go back to the United States.
He went there by ship. One day some people on the ship
began to talk about electricity. Morse listened with great
attention to the conversation, then he said, “I have an idea
that electric sparks and their combinations can be signals
when they pass along a wire”. He was a painter, and not
a scientist, but this idea interested him very much.
inventor [in'venta] — изобрета-
тель
telegraph ['teligrcuf] — телеграф
to paint [peint] — рисовать крас-
ками
to study ['stAdi] — изучать
to copy ['kopi] — делать копии
electricity [Jlek'trisiti]—
электричество ,
spark — искра
combination [,kombi'neifn]
— сочетание
wire [waio] — провод
Part II
When he came to the United States, he did not think
about his painting, he thought all the time about how to
send messages by electricity. For three years Morse worked
at this idea, but he knew little about electricity and it was
very difficult for him. During this period of time his wife
died and left him three little children. Morse had no money,
330
so he began to teach painting, but he did not stop his
work at an instrument that could send messages. He had
an idea to use a relay. It could give more power to the
signal and send a message- at a longer distance.
In September 1837, Morse showed his invention at the
New York University. He sent a signal along a wire 600
metres long. Soon after that the inventor worked out his
famous alphabet, or code, which later received the name
of the Morse code.
Morse thought that he was the first inventor of the
electro-magnetic telegraph and in 1838 he went to England
to sell his invention. But when he came there, he found
out that many post-offices in England already had a te-
legraph. The name of the English inventor was Whitson.
Then Morse went to Russia. He wanted to show his invention
there, but he found out that Russia had an electro-magnetic
telegraph in 1832 already. The Russian inventor was Pavel
Mikhailovich Shilling. He put his wires under the ground
or in water. The Russian Government told Shilling to build
a telegraph line between Peterhof and Kronstadt, but the
inventor suddenly died.
message ['mesids] — сообщение
relay [ri'lei] — реле
power ['paua] — сила
distance ['distans] — расстояние
invention [in'venfn] — изобре-
тение
code — код
magnetic [maeg'netik]— маг-
нитный
ground [graund] — земля
government ['gAvanmant^—
правительство
1
Part III
After his visit to Russia, Morse returned to the United
States and for some years he was so poor that he often
had no money , to buy his dinner. In 1843 the American
331
Government gave him some money to build a telegraph
line between Washington and Baltimore. Morse decided to
put the telegraph wire under the ground. This worked very
well at a short distance, but when the inventor wanted to
do this on his long lines, the electricity went into the
ground and the telegraph did not work.
Then his friend had an idea to put up wires between
poles and this worked very well. On the 24th of May 1844,
the first message went over wires from Washington to
Baltimore in one forty-five thousandth of a second. Soon
after that many telegraph lines were put up all over the
United States. Morse received much money and became
rich. He died a very old man.
pole — столб
* * *
♦ I. Подберите в тексте и прочитайте вслух 2-3 предложения
к каждому пункту плана:
Part I
I.	Samtiel Morse — a portrait painter.
2.	The idea of electricity sparks as signals.
Part II
3.	Morse’s work at an instrument that could send
messages.
4.	The first signal along a wire 600 metres long.
5.	The Morse code.
6.	The English and Russian inventors of the telegraph.
Part III
7.	The first telegraph line in the United States.
8.	Telegraph wires between poles.
332
II. Спросите товарищей о следующем:
where Samuel Morse was born;
what profession he chose;
why he copied pictures of famous painters in France
and Italy;
what the conversation he heard on the ship was about;
why he began to teach painting;
what Morse found out in England and in Russia;
in what year the first message went over wires in
the United States.
III. Скажите, что нового вы узнали из этого текста.
Task 30
♦ Прочитайте пересказ пьесы Вильяма Шекспира «Ромео и
Джульетта». При чтении обратите внимание на произнесение
следующих собственных имен:
William Shakespeare ['wiljom 'feikspio] — Вильям Шекспир,
Stratford-upon-Avon ['straetfod o'pon'eivn] — Стратфорд-на-
Эйвоне, Romeo ['roumiou] — Ромео, Juliet ['dsuil jet] — Джуль-
етта, Verona [vo'rouno] — Верона, Capulet ['kaepjulet] — Ка-
пулетти, Montague f'montagju:] — Монтекки, Rosaline
['rozolain] — Розалина, Mercutio [ma:'kju:Jiou] —Меркуцио,
Tybalt f'tibolt] — Тибальд, Friar Lawrence ['fraio 'lo:rons] —
брат Лоренцо (монах)
William Shakespeare
(1564—1616)
All the world knows William Shakespeare as one of
the greatest poets and dramatists. He was born in the
small‘English town of Stratford-upon-Avon and grew up
333
in a large family of eight brothers
and four sisters but many of them
died very young. His father, John Sha-
kespeare, made and sold gloves. Wil-
liam went to school in Stratford. He
married very young, when he was
about nineteen, and soon went to Lon-
don, where he worked at a theatre.
There he began to write plays for the
theatre. His plays were good and
people liked them. Now Shakespeare
could help his family in Stratford. He wrote thirty-seven
plays and some books of poems. At the end of his life he
came back to Stratford and died there.
dramatist ['draematist] — драматург
* * *
Ответьте на вопросы:
1.	When and where did Shakespeare live?
2.	In what family did he grow up?
3.	When did he begin to write plays?
4.	What plays by Shakespeare do you know?
Romeo and Juliet
Part I
In the town of Verona, in Italy, there were two rich
families, the Capulets and the Montagues. There was an
old quarrel between these two families and when a Capulet
met a Montague, they always fought. There was a daughter
Juliet, in the Capulet family, who was fourteen years old
at the time of the story, and a son, Romeo, in the Montague
family, who was sixteen.
334
One day old Capulet made a great supper and invited
many people to it but no one of the house of the Montague.
At that time Romeo liked a girl whose name was Rosaline.
He knew that she was invited to the Capulets, so he went
there with his friend Mercutio. The young men wore masks
on their faces.
When dancing began, Romeo saw a young and very
beautiful girl whom he did not know. That was Juliet and
Romeo fell in love with her and forgot all about Rosaline.
He came up to the girl and began to speak to her, but
Juliet’s cousin, Tybalt, recognized Romeo and wanted to fight
with him: there was a Montague in the house of the Capulet.
The fight did not take place because old Capulet did not
give Tybalt his permission, but Romeo had to leave the house.
He did not go home, he went into the Capulet’s garden.
Juliet could not sleep that night, she fell in love with Romeo
too. She went up to the window of her room and from there
she saw Romeo in the garden. They talked about their love
and about the quarrel between their families. Romeo asked
Juliet to marry him the next day. They decided that nobody
must know about their love or about their plan to marry.
quarel ['kworal] — ссора
to invite [in'vait] — приглашать
mask [mask] — маска
to fall in love — влюбиться
to recognize [Tekagnaiz] —
узнать
permission [pa'mifn] —
разрешение
Part II
In the early morning Romeo went to see Friar Lawrence,
an old man, who could marry him to Juliet. Friar Lawrence
was a friend of the Capulets and of the Montagues. He
thought that a marriage between Romeo and Juliet could
end the old quarrel, so he decided to marry them.
Th’e next day Romeo and Juliet came to Friar Lawrence
and he married them. Juliet went home to wait for her
335
young husband, Romeo, who promised to come at night
into the Capulets garden and meet Juliet there.
Romeo went into the town and met his friend Mercutio.
In one of the streets they saw Tybalt with a group of
Capulets. Romeo did not want to fight with Tybalt, the
cousin of his Juliet, but Tybalt attacked Mercutio and killed
him. That made Romeo very angry and he fought with
Tybalt. Soon Tybalt was killed too.
This fight in the street in the middle of the day was
seen by many people. Old Capulet and old Montague ran
there with their wives. The prince of Verona also came
there. He asked the people about the fight and decided
that Romeo must be punished. Romeo had to leave Verona
and go to some other town.
This was a terrible thing for Romeo and Juliet. They
were very unhappy and did not know what to do. Romeo
went for help to Friar Lawrence who told him to leave
Verona. Friar Lawrence promised to send Romeo a letter
when the quarrel between the familes ended.
marriage ['maeridj] — брак
to promise ['promis] — обе-
щать
group [gru:p] — группа
angry ['aerjgri] — злой, серди-
тый
prince — принц, герцог
punish ['рлпЦ] — наказывать
Part III
Some days passed and Juliet’s father called his daughter
to him and told her that she must marry a young man
whose name was Paris. Juliet did not know what to do.
She was afraid to tell her father about her marriage to
Romeo. She told him that she was too young to тйггу, but
old Capulet got very angry and did not want to listen to
her. Then Juliet went to Friar Lawrence for help.
He listened to the girl and then told her to go home
and be ready to marry Paris. But the night before her
336
marriage she must drink some medicine from a little bottle
which the friar gave her. “This medicine will put you to
sleep for forty-two hours”, said the friar. Juliet went home
and did as the friar told her.
When her mother came into the room, Juliet lay on her
bed. She was unconscious. The mother thought that Juliet
was dead. The parents cried very much, then they put Juliet
into the family tomb.
Romeo did not get Friar Lawrence’s letter but he heard
that Juliet was dead and he was very unhappy. He bought
some poison and came back to Verona. He went to the
tomb of the Capulets where Juliet lay and found Paris
there. Romeo fought with him and killed the young man.
Then he looked at Juliet for a long time, kissed her on the
lips and drank the poison. He fell down at Juliet’s feet.
At this moment Juliet woke up and saw Romeo. But
the young man was dead. Juliet took a dagger that was
on the floor and killed herself.
to pass [pa-sj — проходить
got very angry — рассердился
medicine ['medsin] — лекарство
to put to sleep — усыпить
unconscious [,An'kanJas] — без
сознания
tomb [tu:m] — склеп
poison ['paizn] — яд
moment ['moumant] —
момент
dagger ['daega] — кин-
жал
* * *
♦ 1. Подберите в первой части текста и прочитайте вслух 2—3
предложения к каждому пункту плана:
1.	The old quarrel between the families of the Capulets
and the Montagues.
2.	The great supper at the Capulets’ house.
3.	Romeo comes into the Capulets’ house in a mask.
4.	Rorrieo falls in love with Juliet.
5.	Romeo meets Juliet in the garden.
12 Зак. 52	337
II. Спросите товарищей по второй части текста о следующем:
why Friar Lawrence married the young people;
who Romeo fought in the street;
what Romeo had to do as a punishment;
who Romeo and Juliet asked for help.
III. Расскажите о событиях третьей части текста. Вам по-
могут следующие ключевые слова:
must marry	thought she
could not tell about
the marriage
gave some medicine
to sleep for forty-two
hours
was dead
put into the
family tomb
drank his poisop
killed herself
Task 31
♦ Прочитайте английские шутки.
Funny Stories and Jokes
A Dog on a Bus
One very rainy day a woman with a dog got on a bus.
It was a big dog and its feet were very dirty. The woman
sat down and the dog stood near her. When the bus
conductor came up to her, she said:
“Oh, conductor, if I pay for my dog, can it have a seat
like the other passengers?”
The conductor looked at the dog and its dirty feet and
then hesaid:
“Of course, madam. It can have a seat like all the
other passengers, but like all the other passengers, it must
not put his feet on it”.
dirty ['da:ti] — грязный	passenger ['paesindsa] —
conductor [kan'dAkta] —кондуктор пассажир
338
Who Found America?
TEACHER: Here is a map of the world. Who can show
us America on it?
(Nick goes to the map and finds America on it.)
TEACHER: Very good. Now, tell me, boys, who found
America?
BOYS: Nick did.
world [wa:ld]—мир, земной шар
Whose Mistakes?
TEACHER (with Teddy’s homework in her hand): I
don’t understand how one boy could make so many
mistakes.
TEDDY: It wasn’t one boy, teacher, Father helped me.
Which Is Nearer?
TEACHER: Now, boys, who can tell me, which is
nearer to us, the Moon or Australia?
BOY (stands up): I think that the Moon is nearer.
TEACHER: Why do you think so?
BOY: Because we can see the Moon from here, but
we can’t see Australia.
Moon [mu:n] — Луна
12*
VOCABULARY
a — adjective ['aedjiktiv] — прилагательное
adv — adverb ['aedvarb] — наречие
cj — conjunction [kan'dsAgkjh] — союз
n — noun [naun] — существительное
num — numeral ['nju:maral] — числительное
pl — plural ['pluaral] — множественное число
pr n — proper noun ['ргэрэ'паип] —имя собственное
prep — preposition [,prepa'zijh] — предлог
pron — pronoun ['prounaun] — местоимение
v — verb [va:b] — глагол
A
а [э] неопределенный артикль
(перед согласными)
about [a'baut] prep о
above [a'bAv] prep над
absent ['aebsant] a: be absent от-
сутствовать
act [aekt] v исполнять (роли)
active ['aektiv] а активный
additional [a'dijanal] а дополни-
тельный
address [a'dres] n адрес
adventure [ad'ventja] n приклю-
чение
afraid [a'freid] a: be afraid 6o-x
яться
Africa ['aefrika] pr n Африка
after ['cufta] prep, cj после
afternoon j'cufta'num] n время
после полудня
again [a'gein] adv снова, опять
against [a'geinst] prep против
ago [a'gou] adv тому назад
air [еэ] n воздух; v проветривать
all [э:1] pron все, вся, все
almost ['oilmoust] adv почти
along [a'bg] prep вдоль
already [oil'redi] adv уже
also [brlsou] adv также, тоже
always [b:lwaz] adv всегда
am [aem] /-e л. ед. ч. наст, вре-
мени глагола be
America [a'merika] pr n Америка
American [a'merikan] n амери-
канец; а американский
an [эп] неопределенный артикль
(перед гласными)
and [aend, and] cj и
angry ['aerjgri] а злой; сердитый
be angry сердиться
animal ['aenimal] n животное;
зверь
anniversary [,aeni'va:sari] n го-
довщина
another [э'пл&а] a, pron другой
answer ['cunsa] n ответ; v отве-
чать
any ['eni] а любой
anybody ['enibodi] pron кто-ни-
будь (в вопр. и отриц. пред-
ложу
340
anything ['eniOirj] pron что-ни-
будь (в вопр. и отриц. пред-
ложу
apple [zaepl] п яблоко
April ['eipral] п апрель
аге [си] мн. ч. наст, времени гла-
гола be
area ['earia] п площадь, прост-
ранство, территория
arm [cum] п рука (от кисти до
плеча)
arm-chair ['cumtjca] п кресло
army ['cumi] п армия
arrest [a'rest] v арестовывать
article ['cutikl] n статья
artillery [a/tilari] n артиллерия
arts [cuts] n изобразительное ис-
кусство
as [aez] cj в то время как; по-
скольку; как
as ... as такой же... как
ask [cusk] v спрашивать
asleep [a'sli:p] а спящий
be asleep спать
fall asleep заснуть
ass [aes] n осел .
at [aet] prep у, в
ate [et] cm. eat
athletics [aeO'letiks] n атлетика
attack [a'taek] n* атака; v напа-
дать; атаковать
attention [a'tenjn] n внимание
August ['orgast] n август
aunt [cunt] n тетя
Australia [o'streilja] pr n Авст-
ралия
author ['э.Оэ] n автор
autumn ['oitam] n осень
aviation [zeivi'eifn] n авиация
away [a'wei] adv прочь; в сто-
рону; далеко
В
back [baek] adv назад; n задняя
или оборотная сторона;
спина; v поддерживать
bad [baed] a (worse, worst) пло-
хой
bag [baeg] n сумка; портфель
baker's (shop) ['beikaz] n булоч-
ная
balcony ['baelkani] n балкон
ball [Ьэ:1] n мяч
bar [ba:] n брус
basketball ['bcuskitbo:!] n баскет-
бол
bathroom ['Ьсибгит] n ванная
(комната)
battle ['baetl] n битва, сражение
be [bi:] v (was, were, been) быть,
существовать
bear [bca] n медведь
beat [bi:t] v (beat, beaten) бить
beaten [zbi:tn] cm. beat
beautiful [zbju:taful] а красивый
became [bi'keim] cm. become
because [bi'koz] cj потому что
become [bi'kAm] v (became, be-
come) стать, становиться
bed [bed] n постель, кровать
before [bi'fo:] prep перед
began [bi'gaen] cm. begin
begin [bi'gin] v (began, begun)
начинать
begun [Ы'длп] см. begin
behind [bi'haind] adv, prep по-
зади, сзади
bell [bel] n звонок
below [bi'lou] adv, prep внизу;
под
bench [bentj] n скамья
berry ['beri] n ягода
341
best [best] (превосх. ст. от good,
well) а наилучший; adv лучше
better ['beta] (сравн. ст. от good,
well) а лучший; adv лучше
between [bi'twizn] prep между
big [big] а большой
biology [bai'olodsi] n биология
bird [ba:d] n птица
birthday ['bla:0dei] n день ро-
ждения
black [blaek] а черный
blackboard ['blaekbo:d] n клас-
сная доска
blew [blu:] cm. blow
block [blokj n квартал (города)
blouse [blauz] n блузка
blow [blou] v (blew, blown) дуть
blown [bloun] cm. blow
blue [blu:] а синий
boat [bout] n лодка; шлюпка
book [buk] n книга
bookcase ['bukkeis] n книжный
шкаф
boot [bu:t] n ботинок
border ['bo:da] n граница
born [bo:n] v: be born родиться
botany ['botani] n ботаника
bottle ['botl] n бутылка
bought [bo:t] cm. buy
box [boks] n коробка
boxing ['boksirj] n бокс
boy [boi] n мальчик
branch [brcuntj] n ветка, сук
Brazil [bra'zil] pr n Бразилия
bread [bred] n хлеб
break 1 [breik] n перемена, пе-
рерыв
break 2 [breik] v (broke, broken)
ломать, разбивать
breakfast ['brekfast] n завтрак
have breakfast завтракать
bridge [brids] n мост
brigade [bri'geid] n бригада
42
bright [brait] а яркий
bring [brig] v (brought [bra:t],
brought) приносить
Britain ['britn] pr n Британия
broke [brouk] cm. break
broken [broukn] cm. break
brother ['Ьгдбэ] n брат
brought [bro:t] cm. bring
brown [braun] а коричневый
brush [ЬглУ] n щетка; v чистить
щеткой
bucket ['ЬлкП] n ведро
build [bild] v (built, built) строить
building ['bildirj] n здание
built [bilt] см/build
bullet ['bulit] n пуля
bury ['beri] v хоронить
bus [Ьлб] n автобус
but [bAt] cj HO
butter ['Ьл1э] n масло
buy [bai] v (bought [bo:t], bought)
покупать
by [bai] prep при, около
by bus автобусом
C
cafd ['kaefei] n кафе
cake [keik] n торт; пирожное
came [keim] cm. come
camel ['kaeml] n верблюд
camp [kaemp] n лагерь; v распо-
лагаться лагерем
camp-fire ['kaempfaio] n лагер-
ный костер
can [kaen] v (could [kud]) мочь
Canada ['kaenodo] pr n Канада
canal [ka'nael] n канал
cap [kaep] n кепка
capital ['kaepitl] n столица
capitalist ['kaepitolist] n капита-
лист; а капиталистический
captain ['kaeptin] n капитан
car [kcu] n машина; автомобиль
care [kea] n забота
take care of заботиться
carry ['kaeri] v нести
carry out выполнять
cat [kaet] n кошка
catch [kaetf] v (caught, caught)
ловить; хватать
catch a cold простудиться
catch fire загораться
catch up наверстать, догнать
cattle-farm ['kaetlfcum] n жи-
вотноводческая ферма
caught [ko:t] cm. catch
celebrate ['selibreit] v праздно-
вать
celebration [zseli'breijn] n праз-
днование
centre ['senta] n центр
chain [tjein] n цепочка; цепь
chair [tjca] n стул
chalk [tjo:k] n мел
champion ['tjaempjan] n чемпион
championship ['tjaempjanjip] n
чемпионат
change [tjeinds] n сдача; пере-
мена; v менять(ся), изме-
няться)
cheap [tji:p] а дешевый
cheese [tfi:z] n сыр
child [tjaildj n (pl children) ре-
бенок
children ['tjildran] n (pl от child)
дети
choose [tju:z] v (chose, chosen)
выбирать
chose [tjouz] cm. choose
chpsen ['tfouzn] cm. choose
cinema ['sinima] n кинотеатр
circus ['sa.kas] n цирк
city f'siti] n большой город
clap [klaep] v хлопать; аплоди-
ровать
class [klcus] n класс
classmate ['klcusmeit] n одно-
классник
classroom ['klcusrum] n классная
комната
clean [kli:n] а чистый; v убирать,
вытирать (доску)
climate ['klaimat] n климат
clock [kbk] n часы (настенные,
настольные)
at 6 I’clock в 6 часов
clothes [klou6z] n одежда
clown [klaun] n клоун
club [к!лЬ] n клуб
coal [koul] n уголь
coat [kout] n пальто
cock [кэк] n петух
coffee ['kofi] n кофе
cold [kould] а холодный
collect [ka'lekt] v собирать
collection [ka'lekjn] n коллекция
college ['kolids] n колледж
colour ['кл1а] n цвет
combine-harvester
['kombain'hcuvista] n комбайн
combine-operator
['kombain'opareita] n комбай-
нер
come [клт] v (came, come) при-
ходить
competition [,kompi'tijn] n сорев-
нование
composition [Zkampa'zijn] n со-
чинение
concert ['konsat] n концерт
conductor [kan'dAkta] n кондуктор
constitution [,kansti'tju:Jn] n кон-
ституция
construct [kan'strAkt] v строить;
конструировать
343
continent ['kantinant] n конти-
нент
cool [ku:l] а прохладный
copy ['kapi] n копия; v копировать
corner ['ka:na:] n угол
correct [ka'rekt] v исправлять
correctly [ka'rektli] adv правильно
correspondent [,karis'pandant] n
корреспондент
corridor ['karida:] n коридор
cosmonaut ['kazmana:t] n космо-
навт *
cost [kost] v (cost, cost) стоить
cotton I'kotn] n хлопок, хлопча-
тобумажная ткань
could [kud, kad] cm. can
count [kaunt] v считать
country ['kAntri] n страна; де-
ревня; сельская местность
course [ko:s] n: of course конечно
cow [kau] n корова
crawl [кгэ:1] v ползти
cross [kros] v пересекать, пере-
ходить
crossing ['krasirj] n перекресток
cry [krai] v (cried)'кричать; пла-
кать
culture ['kAltJo] n культура
cup [клр] n чашка; спортивный
кубок
cupboard ['kAbad] n буфет
current ['kArant] n течение
D
dad [daed] n папа
dairy ['deari] n молочная
dance [dcuns] n танец; v танце-
вать
danger ['deindsa] n опасность
dark [deck] а темный
date [deit] n дата
344
daughter ['da:ta] n дочь
day [dei] n день
dead [ded] а мертвый
dear [dia] а дорогой
December [di'semba] n декабрь
decide [di'said] v решать
deck [dek] п палуба
decorate ['dekareit] v~ украшать
decoration [,deka'reijh] n укра-
шение
defend [di'fend] v защищать
demonstration [,deman'streijh] n
демонстрация
department [di'pcutmant] n отдел
desk [desk] n парта; письменный
стол
deskmate ['deskmeit] n сосед no
парте
did [did] cm. do
dictionary ['dikjanri] n словарь
die [dai] v умирать
different ['difrant] а различный,
разный
difficult ['difikalt] а трудный
dinig-room ['dainirjrum] n столо-
вая
dinner ['dina] n обед
have dinner обедать
dirty [zda:ti] а грязный
dish [dij] n тарелка; блюдо
dishes посуда
distance ['distans] n расстояние
do [du:] v (did, done [dAn]) делать
do homework учить уроки
do morning exercises делать
утреннюю гимнастику
do one’s shopping делать по-
купки
do sums решать задачи (при-
меры)
doctor ['dakta] n врач
does [dAz] 3-е л. ед. ч. наст,
времени глагола do
dog [do] n собака
done [don] cm. do
door [do:] n дверь
down [daun] adv вниз, внизу
drank [draegk] cm. drink
draw [dro:] v (drew [dru:], drawn
[dro:n]) рисовать
drawing ['dro:irj] n рисование;
рисунок
drawn [dro:n] cm. draw
dress [dres] n платье; v одеваться
drew [dru:] cm. draw
drift [drift] v дрейфовать, плыть
по течению
drink [drigk] v (drank, drunk)
пить
driver ['draiva] n водитель
drown [draun] v тонуть
drunk [drAgk] cm. drink
dry 1 [drai] а сухой
dryЕ 2 [drai] v сушить; вытирать
dry oneself вытираться
during ['djuarig] prep в течение,
во время
dust [dAst] v вытирать, выбивать
пыль
Dutch [dAtJ] п голландец; а гол-
ландский
duty ['dju:ti] п долг
be on duty дежурить
Е
each [i:tj] а, ргоп каждый
each other друг друга
eagle [zi:gl] n орел
ear [ia] n yxo
early ['a:lij а ранний; adv рано
earn [a:n] v зарабатывать
east [i:st] n восток
eat [i:t] v (ate [et], eaten ['i:tnj)
есть, кушать
eaten [zi:tn] cm. eat
eight [eit] num восемь
either ['ai6a] adv также (при от-
рицании)
either... or или... или
elefant ['elifant] n слон
eleven [i'levn] num одиннадцать
else [els] adv еще
end [end] n конец; v кончать
ending ['endig] n окончание
enemy ['enimi] n враг
engine ['endjin] n мотор
engineer [,endsi'nia] n инженер
egineering [,endsi'niarig] а ма-
шиностроительный
England ['iggland] pr n Англия
English ['igglij] а английский; n
английский язык; англича-
нин, англичанка
Englishman ['igglijman] n англи-
чанин
enjoy [in'dsoi] v получать удо-
вольствие
enough [i'nAf] adv достаточно
enter ['enta], v поступать; входить
envelope ['enviloup] n конверт
Europe ['juarap] pr n Европа
eve [i:v] n канун
evening ['i:vnig] n вечер
event [i'vent] n соревнование (no
определенному виду спорта);
событие
every ['evri] а каждый
everybody ['evribodi] ргоп каж-
дый, всякий; все
everything ['evriOig] ргоп все
excellent ['eksalant] а отличный
exercise ['eksasaiz] n упражнение
exercise-book ['eksasaizbuk] тет-
радь
exhibition [zeksizbijn] n выставка
explain [iks'plein] v объяснять
eye [ai] n глаз
345
F
fable ['feibl] n басня
face [feis] n лицо
factory ['faektari] n фабрика;
завод
fair [fca] а белокурый
fall [fo:l] v (fell, fallen) падать,
упасть
fall asleep засыпать
fallen ['fa.lan] cm. fall
family ['faemili] n семья
famous ['feimas] а знаменитый
far [feu] а далекий; adv далеко
farm [feum] n ферма
farmer ['fa;ma] n фермер
fascist ['faejist] а фашистский
fast [feisty а быстрый; adv быс-
тро
father ['fcu&a] n отец
fatherland ['fcuSalaend] n родина,
отечество
favour ['feiva] n благосклонность
in favour of в пользу
favourite ['feivarit] а любимый;
n любимая вещь
February ['februari] n февраль
feet [firt] cm. foot
fell [fel] cm. fall
fence [fens] n забор
festival ['festival] n праздник;
фестиваль
few [fju:] а мало, немного (с ис-
числ. сущ.)
a few несколько (с исчисл. сущ.)
field [fi:ld] п поле
fifteen ['fif'tim] пит пятнадцать
fifth [fif©] num пятый
fifty ['fifti] num пятьдесят
fight [fait] n борьба; v (fought
[fa:t], fought) бороться, сра-
жаться
film [film] n фильм
346
find [faind] v (found [faund],
found) находить
fine [fain] а прекрасный
finger ['firjga] n палец
finish ['finiJJ v кончать
Finland ['finland] pr n Финляндия
Finnish ['finij] n финский язык;
а финский
fire ['faia] n костер; огонь
first [fa:st] num первый
fish [fij] n рыба; v ловить, удить
рыбу
five [faiv] num пять
flag [flaeg] n флаг
flat [flaet] n квартира
flood [flAd] n наводнение
floor [f la:] n пол; этаж
flower ['flaua] n цветок
flower-garden ['flaua,gcudn] n
цветник
fond [fand] a be fond of любить
food [fu:d] n пища
foot [fut] n (pl feet) ступня
go on foot идти пешком
football ['futba:l] n футбольный
мяч; футбол
for [fa:] prep для
for breakfast на завтрак
forest ['farist] n лес
forget [fa'getj v (forgot, forgot-
ten) забывать
fork [fa:k] n вилка
form [fa:m] n класс
forty ['fa:ti] num сорок
fought [fa:t] cm. fight
found 1 [faund] v основывать
found 2 [faund] cm. find
four [fa:] num четыре
fox [faks] n лиса
France [trains] pr n Франция
free [fri:] а свободный
French [frentj] n французский
язык; француз; а французский
fresh [frej] а свежий
Friday ['fraidi] n пятница
friend [trend] n друг
friendship ['frendjip] n дружба
frighten ['fraitn] v пугать
from [from] prep из, от
front [frAnt] а передний, n перед,
передняя сторона
in front of впереди, пёред
fruit [fru:t] n фрукты
full [ful] а полный
fun [fArQ n веселье, забава
funny ['fAni] а смешной
G
game [geim] n игра
garden ['gcudn] n сад
gas [gaes] n газ
gates [geits] n ворота
gather ['дзебэ] v собирать
gave [geiv] cm. give
general ['dsenaral] n генерал; a
генеральный
geography [dji'ografi] n география
German ['dsamian] n немец; a
немецкий
Germany ['d3a:moni] pr n Гер-
мания
get [get] v (got, got) получать;
добираться
get off выходить (из автобуса
и т. д.)
get on входить (в автобус
и т. д.); жить, преуспевать
get up вставать
giant ['dsaiont] п великан
giraffe [d3i'ra.f] п жираф
girl [дэ:1] п девочка, девушка
give [giv] v (gave, given ['givn])
давать
given ['givn] cm. give
glad [gaed] а довольный
glass [glcus] n стекло; стакан
go [gou] v (went, gone [дэп]) идти
go by bus ехать на автобусе
go home идти домой
go in for увлекаться чем-либо
go on продолжать (делать
что-то)
go out выходить
go to bed ложиться спать
go to school ходить fi школу
go to work ходить на работу
goal [goul] n гол (спорт)
gone [дэп] см. go
good [gud] a (better, best) хороший
got [got] cm. get
government ['gAvnmant] n пра-
вительство
graduate ['graedjueit] v заканчи-
вать (университет)
grammar ['дгаето] n грамматика
gramme [дгает] n грамм
grandfather ['graendfcu6a] n де-
душка
grandmother ['graendmA6a] n ба-
бушка
grass [grcus] n трава
grating ['greitirj] n решетка
great [greit] а великий
Great Britain ['greit'britn] pr n
Великобритания
Greece [gri:s] pr n Греция
green [grim] а зеленый
greengrocer’s (shop) ['grim
,grousaz] n овощной (магазин)
greeting ['grktig] n приветствие
grew [gru:] cm. grow
grey [grei] а серый
ground [graundj n земля; почва
ground floor 1-й этаж
sports ground спортивная
площадка
playground площадка для игр
347
grow [grou] v (grew [gru:], grown
[groun]) выращивать; расти
grown [grounj cm. grow
guard [gcud] n часовой; караул;
pl гвардия; v охранять
gun [длп] n ружье; пушка, ору-
дие; пулемет
gymnasium [dsim'neizjam] п
спортивный зал
gymnastics [djim'naestiks] n гим-
настика
H
had [haed] см. have
hair [hra] n волосы
half [hozf] n половина
hall [ho:l] n зал; передняя
hall-stand вешалка
hand [haend] n рука (кисть)
handbag ['haendbaeg] n сумочка
handwritten ['haendritn] а руко-
писный
hang [haeg] v (hung, hung) вешать
happy ['haepi] а счастливый
hard [hcud] а трудный, тяжелый;
adv упорно, усиленно
harvest ['hcuvist] n урожай; v со-
бирать урожай
hat [haet] n шляпа
have [haev] v (had, had) иметь
have breakfast (dinner, sup-
per) завтракать (обедать,
ужинать)
he has a coat on на нем пальто
he has to do it должен делать
это
he [hi:] pron он
head [hed] n голова
at the head of во главе
health [hel0] n здоровье
348
hear [hia] v (heard [ha:d], heard)
слышать
heard [ha:d] cm. hear
heart [hcut] n сердце
by heart наизусть
held [held] cm. hold
help [help] v помогать
her [ha:] pron ее, ей; свой; при-
надлежащий ей
here [hid] adv здесь, сюда
here you are вот, пожалуйста
(при вручении чего-либо)
hero ['hiarou] п герой
herself [ha'self] pron себя; сама
hiccups ['hikApsj п икота
high [hai] а высокий; adv высоко
hike [haik] п прогулка
hill [hil] п холм; возвышенность
him [him] pron ему, его
himself [him'self] pron себя; сам
his [hiz] pron его, свой; принад-
лежащий ему
history ['histari] п история
hockey ['hoki] п хоккей
hold [hould] v (held, held) дер-
жать
hold up поднимать
hole [houl] n нора; дыра
holiday ['holadi] n праздник; от-
пуск
holidays каникулы
Holland ['holand] pr n Голландия
hollow ['holou] а полый
home [houm] n дом; жилище; adv
домой
at home дома
go (come) home идти (прихо-
дить) домой
hope [houp] v надеяться
hospital ['hospital] n больница
hot [hot] а горячий, жаркий
hotel [hou'tel] n гостиница, отель
hour ['auaj n час
house [haus] n дом
how [hau] adv как
how many сколько (с исчисл.
сущ.)
how much сколько (с неис-
числ. сущ.)
How do you do? Рад(а) поз-
накомиться. Здравствуйте.
hundred ['hAndrad] num сто
hung [Haq] cm. hang
hungry ['hArjgri] а голодный
hunt [hAnt] v охотиться
hunter ['hAnta] n охотник
hurry ['hAri] v торопиться, спе-
шить
husband ['hAzband] n муж
I
I [ai] pron я
ice [ais] n лед
ice-cream ['aiskriim] n мороженое
ice-hockey ['ais,hoki] n хоккей на
льду
idea [ai'dia] n мысль, идея
if [if] cj если, ли
ill ВИ а больной
illumination [i,lu:mi'neijn] n ил-
люминация
important [im'poitant] а важный
in [in] prep в
be in быть дома
in front of пёред
India ['indja] pr n Индия
Indian ['indjan] n индеец; а ин-
дийский
industrial [in'dAstrial] а про-
мышленный
institute ['institju:t] n институт
interest ['intrast] v интересо-
ваться
interesting ['intrastir)] а интерес-
ный
into ['into, 'intu] prep в
introduce [,intra'dju:s] v пред-
ставлять, знакомить; вводить
Ireland ['aialand] pr n Ирландия
Irish ['aiarij] а ирландский
iron ['aian] n железо
is [iz] 3-y л. ед. ч. наст. врем,
глагола be
island ['ailand] n остров
it [it] pron он, она, оно
it is four o’clock четыре часа
Italy ['itali] pr n Италия
J
jacket ['djaekit] n жакет, пиджак
jam [dsaem] n джем, варенье
January ['djaenjuari] n январь
join [dsain] v присоединяться;
вступать
joke [djouk] n шутка
journalist ['dsainalist] n журна-
лист
July [dsur'lai] n июль
jump [djAmp] n прыжок; v пры-
гать
June [d3u:n] n июнь
just [d3Ast] adv только что
Just a minute! Минутку!
К
keep [ki:p] v (kept, kept) дер-
жать, хранить
kept [kept] cm. keep
key [ki:] n ключ
kilo ['kizlou] n кило
kilogramme ['kilagraem] n кило-
грамм
349
kilometre [zkilomi:to] n километр
kind [kaind] n сорт, вид
What kind of book is this?
Какая это книга?
king [kirj] n король
kingdom ['kirjdom] n королевство
kiss [kis] n поцелуй
kitchen ['kitjin] n кухня
kitchen-garden ['kitjinga-dn] n
огород
knew [nju:] cm. know
knife [naif] n нож
know [nou] v (knew [nju:], known
[noun]) знать
known [noun] cm. know
L
laboratory [h'borotrij n лабора-
тория
labour ['leibo] n: labour training
трудовое обучение
ladder ['laedo] n лестница
laid [leid] cm. lay
lain [lein] cm. lie
lake [leik] n озеро
lamp [laemp] n лампа
land [laend] n земля
language ['laerjgwids] n язык
large [Icuds] а большой
last1 [last] v продолжаться,
длиться
last2 [last] а последний, про-
шлый
at last наконец
late [leit] а поздний; adv поздно
be late опаздывать
Latin ['laetin] n латинский яз^к
laugh [laf] v смеяться
lay 1 [lei] v (laid [leid], laid)
класть, положить
lay the table накрывать на стол
350
lay2 [lei] см. lie
leader [zli:do] n вождь, руково-
дитель
learn [lo:n] v учиться
least [li:st] (превосх. ст. от little)
а наименьший; adv меньше
всего
leave [Ii:v] v (left» left) покидать,
оставлять, уезжать
leave school оканчивать школу
left1 [left] а левый
on the left налево
left2 [left] cm. leave
leg [leg] n нога
less [les] (сравн. ст. от little) a
меньший; adv меньше, менее
lesson ['lesn] n урок
let [let] v (let» let) позволять
letter ['lets] n буква; письмо
liberation [Jibo'reiJn] n освобож-
дение
liberator ['liboreito] n освободи-
тель
librarian [lai'breorion] n библи-
отекарь
library ['laibrorij n библиотека
lie [lai] v (lay, lain) лежать
life [laif] n (pl lives) жизнь
lift [lift] n лифт
light [lait] n свет; а светлый
like [1 aik] v нравиться; а подо-
бный, похожий
What is the weather like
today? Какая сегодня погода?
lip [lip] n губа
listen ['lisn] v слушать
literature ['Iitritja] n литература
litre [zli:to] n литр
little [zlitl] (less, least) а малень-
кий; adv меньше
live [liv] v жить
living-room ['livirjrum] n жилая
комната
London [zlAndon] pr n Лондон
long [log] а длинный; adv долго
look [luk] v смотреть
look after смотреть за, уха-
живать
look for искать
lorry [zlori] n грузовик
lose [lu:s] v (lost, lost) терять;
проигрывать
lost [lost] cm. lose
lot [lot] n: a lot of много; lots
of pl много
loudly ['laudli] adv громко
love [Iav] n любовь; v любить
low [lou] а низкий; adv низко
M
machine [mo'Ji:n] n машина
made [meid] cm. make; а сде-
ланный)
magazine [,maegozzi:n] n журнал
make [meik] v (made, made) де-
лать
make a bed застилать (убирать)
постель
make up сочинять, выдумывать
man [maen] n (pl men) мужчина;
человек
many [zmeni] a (more, most) мно-
гие, много
map [maep] n карта
March [mcutf] n март
march [mcutf] v маршировать
mark [mcuk] n оценка
market ['mcvkit] n рынок
marry [zmaeri] v жениться, вы-
ходить замуж
match [maetf] n матч
mathematics [,mae0i'maetiks] n
математика
may [mei] v мочь
May [mei] n май
me [mi:] pron мне, меня
meat [mi:t] n мясо
medal ['medl] n медаль
meet [mi:t] v (met, met) встречать,
встречаться; знакомиться
meeting [zmi:tiij] n встреча; со-
брание
member [zmembo] n член
men [men] n (pl от man) муж-
чины; люди
met [met] cm. meet
metre [mi.to] n метр
Mexico [meksikou] pr n Мексика
middle [zmidl] n середина
milk [milk] n молоко
milkmaid [zmilkmeid] n доярка
million [zmiljon] n миллион
mine 1 [main] pron мой
mine2 [main] v минировать
minute [zminit] n минута
miss [mis] v пропускать
mistake [mis'teik] n ошибка
modern [zmodn] а современный
moment ['moumont] n момент
Monday [zmAndi] n понедельник
money [zmAni] n деньги
monkey [zmArjki] n обезьяна
monster [zmonsto] n чудовище
month [тлп0] n месяц
monthly [zmAn01i] n ежемесяч-
ный журнал; adv ежемесячно
monument ['monjumontj n па-
мятник
moon [mu:n] n луна
more [тэ:] (сравн. ст. от much,
many) а больший; adv больше
morning [zmo:nir)] n утро
most [moust] (превосх. ст. от
much, many) а наибольший;
adv больше всего
mother ['тлбэ] n мать
mountain ['mauntin] n гора
351
mouth [mau0] n рот
move [mu:v] v двигаться
movement [zmu:vmont] n движение
much [mAtJ] a, adv (more, most)
много; очень
mum [гплт] n мама
museum [mju'ziom] n музей
music ['mjuzzik] n музыка
must [mAst] v должен
my [mai] pron мой, моя, мое, мои
myself [таi'self] pron себя; я сам
not [not] adv не
not at all нисколько; пожа-
луйста; не стоит (благодар-
ности)
note [nout] п записка
nothing [znA0ig] pron ничто
novel ['novi] n роман
November [nou'vembo] n ноябрь
now [nau] adv теперь
number ['плтЬэ] n номер
nylon ['nailon] n нейлон
N
name [neim] n имя; фамилия
national ['naejonl] а националь-
ный, народный
near [nio] prep вблизи, рядом
need [ni:d] v нуждаться
Negro [zrii:grou] n негр, негри-
тянка; а негритянский
neither [znai6a] a, cj никакой; ни
тот, ни другой
neither... nor ни... ни
nest [nest] п гнездо
never f'nevo] adv никогда
new [nju:] а новый
newspaper ['njuzspeipo] n газета
New Zealand ['nju:'zi:lond] pr n
Новая Зеландия
next [nekst] а следующий; prep
рядом
nice [nais] а хороший
night [nait] n ночь
nine [nain] num девять
no [nou] adv нет
nobody ['noubodi] pron никто
noise [noiz] n шум
nor [no:] cj: neither... nor ни... ни
north [пэ:0] n север
Norway [zno:wei] pr n Норвегия
nose [nouz] n hoc
352
О
ocean [zoufn] n океан
October [ok'toubo] n октябрь
of [ov] prep указывает на при-
надлежность; передается род.
падежом
off [of] adv: take off снимать
office [zofis] n учреждение, кон-
тора
often [zofn] adv часто, много раз
old [ould] а старый
Olympic [o'limpik] а олимпийс-
кий
on [on] prep на
once [wahs] adv однажды
one [wah] num один; n употреб-
ляется как заменитель ранее
упомянутого существительно-
го
only ['ounli] adv только
open ['оирэп] v открывать; а от-
крытый
opposite ['opozit] adv напротив
or [o:] cj или
order [zo:do] n приказ
organization [,o:gonaizzeijh]n ор-
ганизация
organize [Zo:gonaiz] v организо-
вывать
organizer [Z3:gonaiza] n органи-
затор
other [za6o] ргоп другой
our [zauo] ргоп наш
ourselves [aua'selvz] ргоп себя;
мы сами
out [aut] prep наружу
be out не быть дома; выйти
over [zouvo] prep над
be over кончаться
P
packet [zpaekit] n пакет; пачка
page [peid3] n страница
pain [pein] n боль
painter [zpeinta] n художник
pair [pea] n пара
palace [zpaelis] n дворец
paper [zpeipa] n бумага
parachute [zpaeroju:t] n парашют
paradejpo'reid] n парад; пост-
роение; v строиться
parent [zpEoront] n родитель
park [pcuk] n парк
part [pent] n часть
take part принимать участие
party 1 [zpcvti] n партия
party2 [zpcuti] n прием гостей;
вечер
pass [peus] v передавать
past 1 [past] n прошлое, а про-
шлый, прошедший
past 2 [peust] prep после; мимо;
свыше
five minutes past two пять
минут третьего
patriotic [rpaetrizotik] а патрио-
тический
pay [pei] v (paid [peid], paid)
платить
peace [pi:s] n мир
pen [pen] n ручка
pencil [zpensl] n карандаш
pen name ['penneim] n псевдоним
pensioner ['penjono] n пенсионер
people [zpi:pl] n люди; народ
peoples народы
perhaps [pa'haeps] adv может
быть, возможно
Petrograd ['petragraed] pr n Пет-
роград
physical ['fizikl] а физический
physical training физкультура
piano ['pjaenou] n пианино
pick [pik] v собирать
pick up поднимать, подбирать
picture [zpiktfa] n картина
picture-book ['piktjabuk] n книж-
ка с картинками
piece [pi:s] n кусок
pi? [P’9] n свинья
pig-farm ['pigfeum] n свиноферма
pilot [paiht] n пилот, летчик
pinafore ['pinofo:] n передник
placard ['plaekcudj n плакат
place [pleis] n место
plain [plein] n равнина
plane [plein] n самолет
plant 1 [plcunt] n завод
plant2 [plcunt] v сажать
plate [pleit] n тарелка
play [plei] n пьеса; v играть
player [zpleio] n игрок
playground ['pleigraund] n пло-
щадка для игр
please [pli:z] пожалуйста; v до-
ставлять удовольствие
pleasure ['р1езэ] n удовольствие
plot [plot] n участок земли (при-
школьный)
plump [р1дтр] а пухлый, полный
pocket [zpokit] n карман
poem [zpouim] n поэма, стихот-
ворение
353
poet ['pouit] n поэт
point [point] v указывать
police [pa'lizs] n полиция
policy ['palisi] n политика
political [pa'litikal] а политиче-
ский
poor [pua] а бедный
popular ['papjula] а известный,
популярный
population [,papju'leijn] n насе-
ление
portrait [zpa:trit] n портрет
post [poust] v отправлять no
почте
postcard ['poustkcud] n почтовая
открытка
postman ['poustman] n почтальон
post-office ['poustpfis] n почта
potato [pa'teitou] n картофель
power ['paua] n власть
prefer [pri'fa:] v предпочитать
prepare [pri'pca] v приготавли-
ваться)
present 1 ['preznt] n подарок
present 2 ['preznt] а присутству-
ющий
pretty ['priti] а хорошенький
price [prais] n цена
printer ['prints] n печатник
prison ['prizn] n тюрьма
prize [praiz] n приз, награда
profession [pra'fefn] n профессия
progress ['prougres] n прогресс
publish ['рлЫif] v издавать, пуб-
ликовать
publisher ['publija] n издатель
pupil ['pjuzpl] n ученик
push [puf] v толкать
put [put] v (put, put) класть
put on надевать
put down класть, опускать
Q
quarter ['kwaita] n четверть
queen [kwi:n] n королева
question ['kwestjan] n вопрос; v
спрашивать, задавать вопросы
quickly ['kwikli] adv быстро
quite [kwait] adv совсем
R
rabbit ['raebit] n кролик
race [reis] n состязание в беге;
гонки
radio ['reidiou] n радио
radio set радиоприемник
raft [rcuft] n плот
rain [rein] n дождь; v идти (о
дожде)
It is raining. Идет дождь,
raincoat ['reinkout] n плащ
rainy ['reini] а дождливый
raise [reiz] v поднимать
ran [raen] cm. run
rang [raeg] cm. ring
reach [ri:tj] v достигать
read [ri:d] v (read [red], read
[red]) читать
reader ['ri:da] n читатель
reading-room ['ridigrum] n чи-
тальный зал
ready ['redi] а готовый
be ready быть готовым
receive [ri'sizv] v получать
record ['гекэ-.d] n рекорд
red [red] а красный
reed [ri:d] n тростник
refrigerator [ri'fгidsareita] n хо-
лодильник
regiment ['redsimant] n полк
relation [ri'leijn] n родственник
354
s
remember [ri'membo] v помнить,
вспоминать
repeat [ri'pizt] v повторять
report [ri'pDzt] n доклад; v до-
кладывать
republic [ri'pAblik] n республика
rest [rest] n отдых; v отдыхать
have a rest отдыхать
result [ri'zAlt] n результат
revolution [zrevozlu:Jn] n револю-
ция
rich [ritf] а богатый; n pl богат-
ство
ridden ['ridn] cm. ride
ride [raid] v (rode, ridden) ехать
right [rail] а правый; правильный
on the right направо
That’s right! Правильно!
All right! Хорошо!
That’s all right. Все в порядке,
ring [rig] v (rang, rung) звонить
rise [raiz] v (rose, risen) подни-
маться
risen [Zrizn] cm. rise
river [zrivo] n река
road [roud] n дорога
rode [roud] cm. ride
roof [ru:f] n крыша
room [ru:m] n комната
rose 1 [rouz] n роза
rose 2 [rouz] cm. rise
rouble [ru:bl] n рубль
round [raund] а круглый
rule [ru:l] n правило
run [глп] v (ran, run) бежать,
бегать
rung (глд] см. ring
Russia [ztaJo] pr n Россия
Russian ['гл|(э)п] а русский; n
русский язык; русский, рус-
ская
sad [saed] а грустный
sail [seil] v идти под парусами,
плавать
sailor ['seilo] n моряк
salt [sozlt] n соль
salute [sozlu:t] n салют; v салю-
товать
same [seim] pron тот же самый
at the same time в тоже время
the same to you и вам того
желаю
sang [saeg] см. sing
sat [saet] cm. sit
satirical [so'tirikol] а сатирический
Saturday [zsaetodi] n суббота
sausage ['sosids] n колбаса
save [seiv] v спасать
saw [so:] cm. see
say [sei] v (said [sed], said) го-
ворить, сказать
scarf [skcuf ] n шарф
school [sku:l] n школа
school-bag [zsku:lbaeg] n школь-
ная сумка
schoolboy [zsku:lboi] n школьник
schoolchildren [zsku:ltjildron] n
pl школьники
schoolgirl [zsku:lgo:l] n школьница
schoolmate [zsku:lmeit] n това-
рищ по школе
schoolyard [zsku:ljcud] n школь-
ный двор	4
science [zsaions] n наука
scientist ['saiontist] n ученый
score [sko:] n счет (в игре); v
вести счет (в игре), выигры-
вать
Scotland ['skotlond] pr п Шот-
ландия
Scottish ['skotif] а шотландский
sea [si:] п море
355
seal [si:l] v запечатывать
seaside [zsi:said] n морской берег
season [Zsi:zn] n время года
second ['sekond] num второй
see [si:] v (saw [so:], seen) видеть
seen [si:n] cm. see
sell [sei] v (sold [sould], sold)
продавать
send [send] v (sent, sent) посы-
лать
sent [sent] cm. send
sentence ['sentons] n фраза,
предложение
September [sep'tembo] n сен-
тябрь
seven ['sevnj num семь
shake [Jeik] v (shook, shaken)
трястись; качаться; дрожать
shaken ['Jeikn] см. shake
she [Ji:] ргоп она
sheep [Ji:p] n (pl sheep) овца
shelf [Jelf] n (pl shelves) полка
shine [Jain] v (shone [Jon], shone)
светить
ship [Jip] n корабль
shipwrecked ['Jiprekt] а потер-
певший кораблекрушение
shipyard ['Jipjcud] n кораблест-
роительный завод, верфь
shirt [Jo:t] n рубашка
shoe [Ju:] n туфля
shone [Jon] cm. shine
shook [Juk] cm. shake
shoot [Ju:t] v (shot, shot) стре-
лять
shoot down сбивать
shop [Jop] n магазин
shop-girl ['Jopgo:!] n продав-
щица
shop assistant ['Jopo'sistont] n
продавец
shopping ['Jopig] n посещение
магазина
356
do one’s shopping делать по-
купки
go shopping ходить по мага-
зинам
shopping-bag ['Jopigbaeg] n сум-
ка для покупок
shop-window ['Jopwindou] n вит-
рина
shore [Jo:] n берег
short [Jo:t] а короткий
shot [Jot] cm. shoot
shout [Jaut] v кричать
show [Jou] v (showed, shown)
показывать
showed [Joud] cm. show
shown [Joun] cm. show
shut [jAt] v (shut, shut) закры-
вать
side [said] n сторона
sideboard ['saidbo:d] n сервант
signal ['signal] n сигнал
silk [ silk] n шелк
silly ['sili] а глупый
sing [sig] v (sang, sung) петь
sister ['sista] n сестра
sit [sit] v (sat, sat) сидеть
six [siks] num шесть
size [saiz] n размер
skate [skeit] n конек; v кататься
на коньках
skating-rink ['sketig,rigk] n каток
ski [ski:] n лыжа; v ходить на
лыжах
skirt [sko:t] n юбка
sleep [sii:p] v (slept, slept) спать
slept [slept] cm. sleep
slogan ['slougan] n лозунг
slowly ['slouli] adv медленно
small [smo:l] а маленький
smile [smail] v улыбаться; n
улыбка
snow [snou] n снег; v идти (о
снеге)
snowball ['snouboil] n снежок,
снежный ком
snowman ['snoumaen] п снежная
баба
so [sou] adv так, таким образом
and so on и так далее
soap [soup] n мыло
socialist ['soufolist] а социалис-
тический
sock [sok] n носок
sofa ['soufo] n софа; диван
sold [sould] cm. sell
soldier ['souldso] n солдат
some [sAm] pron некоторые, не-
сколько
sometimes ['sAmtaimz] adv иногда
son [sAn] n сын
song [sog] n песня
soon [sum] adv скоро, вскоре
sorry ['sori] a: be sorry сожалеть
sound [saund] n звук; v звучать
soup [suip] n суп
south [sau0] n юг
Soviet ['souviet] а советский
Soviet Union Советский Союз
speak [spiik] v (spoke, spoken)
говорить
spend [spend] v (spent, spent)
тратить; проводить (время)
spent [spent] см. spend
splendid ['splendid] а прекрас-
ный
spoke [spouk] cm. speak
spoken ['spoukn] cm. speak
spoon [spu:n] n ложка
sport [spoil] ri спорт
sportsman ['spoilsman] n спорт-
смен
spring" [sprig] n весна
square [skwca] а квадратный; n
сквер; площадь
stadium ['steidjam] n стадион
stamp [staernp] n марка (почтовая)
stand [staend] n стенд; трибуна;
v (stood, stood) стоять
stand up вставать
stay [stei] v оставаться
steam [sti:m] n nap
steel [sti:l] n сталь; а стальной
stick [stik] n палка
still 1 [stil] а тихий, бесшумный;
adv тихо
still 2 [stil] adv все еще
stocking ['stokig] n чулок
stone [stoun] n. камень
stood [stud] cm. stand
stop [stop] n остановка; v оста-
навливаться
store [stoi] n магазин
story [zsto:ri] n рассказ
straight [streit] а прямой; adv
прямо
strap [straep] n ремешок
street [strilt] n улица
strict [strikt] а строгий
strike [straik] v (struck, struck)
ударять
string [strig] n бечевка
strong [strog] а сильный
struck [strAk] cm. strike
struggle [zstrAgl] n борьба; v бо-
роться
student ['stjuidont] n студент
study ['stAdi] n изучение; v изу-
чать
subject ['sAbdsikt] n учебный
предмет
success [sok'ses] n успех
such [saIJ] а такой, подобный
suck [sAk] v сосать
suck up всасывать
suddenly [zSAdnli] adv вдруг,
внезапно
sugar ['Jugo] n сахар
suit [suit] n костюм
summer ['sAmo] n лето
357
sun [sah] п солнце
Sunday ['sAndi] n воскресенье
sung [saq] cm. sing
sunny [zSAni] а солнечный
supper ['sApo] n ужин
have supper ужинать
suspenders [sas'pendoz] n pl под-
тяжки
swallow [zswolou] v глотать, про-
глатывать
swam [swam] cm. swim
sweep [swi:p] v (swept, swept)
мести
sweet 1 [swi:t] n конфета
sweet2 [swi:t] а сладкий
swept [swept] cm. sweep
swim [swim] v (swam, swum)
плавать
swum [swAm] cm. swim
symbol [zsimbl] n символ
T
table [zteibl] n. стол; таблица
tail [teil] n хвост
take [teik] v (took, taken) брать
take care of заботиться
take off снимать
take part принимать участие
take place иметь место; слу-
чаться, происходить
taken ['teikn] см. take
talk [to:k] n разговор; v разго-
варивать
tall [toil] а высокий; рослый
tea [ti:] n чай
teach [tiitf] v преподавать, обу-
чать
teacher [zti:tfa] n учитель
team [ti:m] n команда
telegram ['teligraem] n телеграмма
telephone ['telifoun] n телефон
358
television [ztelivisn] n телевидение
tell [tel] v (told [tould], told) рас-
сказывать, сказать
ten [ten] num десять
tennis ['tenis] n теннис
tent [tent] n палатка
terrible ['teribl] а ужасный
text [tekst] n текст ,
textile [ztekstail] а текстильный
thank [Oaegk] v благодарить
thank you спасибо
that [6aet] pron тот, та; cj чтр
the [бэ] перед согласными, [6i]
перед гласными — опреде-
ленный артикль
the Stogovs Стоговы (семья
Стоговых)
theatre [z0ioto] п театр
their [без] pron их
them [бет] pron им, их
themselves [Oom'selvz] pron их
then [беп] adv затем, потом
there [без] adv там
these [6i:z] pron эти
they [6ei] pron они
thick [Oik] а толстый
thin [Oin] а тонкий
thing [0ig] n вещь
think [0ir)k] v (thought [0o:t],
thought) думать
third [0o:d] num третий
thirteen ['Oa/tin] num тринадцать
thirty [z0o:ti] num тридцать
this [6is] pron этот, эта, это
those [6ouz] pron те
thought [0o:t] cm. think
three [Ori:] num три
threw [0ru:] cm. throw
throat [0rout] n горло
through [0ru:] prep через, наск-
возь
throw [0rou] v (threw [0ru:],
thrown [Oroiin]) бросать
thrown [Oroun] см. throw
Thursday [Z0o:zdi] n четверг
ticket ['tikit] n билет
tie [tai] n галстук
tights [taits] n pl колготки
till [til] prep до
time [taim] n время
time-table [ztaim teibl] n распи-
сание
tired [ztaiod] а усталый
be tired уставать
title [ztaitl] n заголовок
to [tu:, tu, to] prep к, в
today [to'dei] adv сегодня
together [to'ge6o] adv вместе
told [tould] cm. tell
tomorrow [ta'morou] adv завтра
too [tu:] adv тоже, также; слишком
took [tuk] см. take
tool [tu:l] n инструмент
touch [tAtf] v дотрагиваться
towel [ztauol] n полотенце
town [taun] n город
toy [toi] n игрушка
track [traek] n след
tractor [ztraekto] n трактор
tractor-driver [ztraekto,draivo] n
тракторист
tram [traem] n трамвай
translate [traens'leit] v переводить
travel ['traevol] n путешествие; v
путешествовать
tree [tri:] n дерево
tribune [ztribju:n] n трибуна
trolley-bus ['trolibAs] n троллейбус
trousers ['trauzoz] n pl брюки
true [tru:] а настоящий, истинный
trustee [ztrAszti:] n опекун
try [trai] v стараться, пытаться
try on [ztraizon] примерять
Tuesday [Ztju:zdi] n вторник
turn [to:n] v повернуть(ся)
turn off закрывать, выклю-
чать
turn on открывать, включать
turning [zto:nig] n поворот (до-
роги, улицы), перекресток
TV set [zti:zvi:zset] n телевизор
twelve [ztwelv] num двенадцать
twenty [ztwenti] num двадцать
twenty-one [ztwentizWAn] num
двадцать один
two [tu:] num два
typhus [ztaifas] n тиф
U
umbrella [лт'ЬгеЬ] n зонтик
uncle [zAr)kl] n дядя
under [zAndo] prep под
underlined [,Andazlaind] а под-
черкнутый
understand [,Andozstaend] v (un-
derstood, understood) пони-
мать
United Kingdom [juz'naitid
'kirjdam] Соединенное Коро-
левство
United States [ju:'naitidzsteits]
Соединенные Штаты
university [,ju:ni'vo:siti] n уни-
верситет
until [An'tiI] prep до тех пор пока
up [лр] adv вверх
us [as] ргоп нам, нас
use [ju:z] v употреблять
usually [zju:3uoli] adv обычно
V
vacation [vo'keijn] n каникулы,
отпуск
various [zVEorios] а разный, раз-
нообразный
359
vegetable ['vedsotobl] n овощ
Very [zveri] adv очень
victory ['viktori] n победа
village ['vilids] n деревня
visit [Zvizit] n посещение; v на-
вещать
voice [vois] n голос
volleyball [zvolibo:l] n волейбол
W
wait (for) [weit] v ждать
wake [weik] v просыпаться
walk [wo:k] n прогулка; v гулять,
идти пешком
go for a walk идти на про-
гулку
walk on идти дальше
wall [wo:l] n стена
want [wont] v хотеть
war [wo:] n война
wardrobe [zwo:droub] n гарде-
роб, платяной шкаф
warm [wo:m] а теплый
watch [wotf] n часы (наручные);
v смотреть, наблюдать, сле-
дить
watch TV смотреть телевизор
water [zwo:to] п вода; v поливать
wave [weiv] п волна
way [wei] п: on the way по до-
роге, по пути (куда-либо)
we [wi:] pron мы
wear [weo] v (wore [wo:], worn)
носить (одежду)
weather [zwe6o] n погода
Wednesday [Zwenzdi] n среда
week [wi:k] n неделя
well [wel] adv хорошо
be well быть здоровым
went [went] cm. go
west [west] n запад
360
whale [weil] n кит
what [wot] pron что; какой
wheat [wi:t] n пшеница
when [wen] adv, cj когда
where [weo] adv, cj где; куда
which [witf] pron какой; который
while [wail] cj пока, в то время
как, когда
white [wait] а белый
whitewash ['waitwof] п побелка;
v белить
who [hu:] pron кто
whose [hu:z] pron чей
why [wai] adv, cj почему
That’s why... Вот почему...
wide [waid] а широкий
wife [waif] n жена
wig [wig] n парик
win [win] v (won [wah], won)
победить, выиграть
wind [wind] n ветер
window ['windou] n окно
windy [zwindi] а ветреный
wing [wig] n крыло
winter [zwinto] n зима
wish [wij] n пожелание; v же-
лать
with [wi&] prep c
without [wiz6aut] prep без
woman ['wumonj n (pl women)
женщина
women [zwimin] cm. woman
won [WAFl] CM. win
wonderful [zWAndoful] а замеча-
тельный
wonderland [zwAndolaend] n
страна чудес
wooden [zwudn] а деревянный
wool [wul] n шерсть
word [wo:d] n слово
wore [wo:] cm. wear
work[wo:k]rt работа; v работать
worker [zwo:ko] n рабочий
workshop ['workfop] n мастерская
world [world] n мир
worn [wo:n] cm. wear
worse [wa:s] а (сравн. ст. от bad)
худший
worst [worst] а (превосх. ст. от
bad) наихудший
write [rait] v (wrote, written) пи-
сать
writer ['raito] n писатель
written [zritn] cm. write
wrong [год] а неверный, непра-
вильный
wrote [rout] cm. write
year [jio] n год
yellow ['jelou] а желтый
yes [jes] adv да
yesterday ['jestodi] adv вчера
yet [jet] adv еще
you [jur] pron вы (ты), вам (тебе)
young []лг)] а молодой
your [jo:] pron ваш (твой)
yourself [jor'self] pron себе; сам
yourselves [jor'selvz] pron себе;
сами
yard [jcud] n двор
zero ['ziorou] n нуль
zoo [zu:] n зоопарк
zoology [zou'olodsi] n зоология
CONTENTS
III
Unit 1
§ 1......................... 3
§ 3	 10
§ 4	 13
§ 5	  17
§ 6.	20
§ 7	23
§ 8	28
§ 9	30
§ 10	33
§ 11	36
§ 1,2.......................38
§ 13	42
§ 14	44
§ 15	47
§ 16	50
§ 17	52
II
Unit 2
§ 1	55
§ 2	 58
§ 3	60
§ 4	63
§ 5	66
§ 6	69
§ 7	74
§ 8	77
§ 9	80
§ 10	82
§ 11	85
§ 12	88
§ 13	91
Unit 3
94
96
99
103
106
110
114
117
120
123
125
128
132
135
140
143
146
150
155
158
162
165
167
171
174
177
180
184
362
§ 8	 187
§ 9	 190
§ 10	 193
§ 11	 198
§ 12	202
§ 13	205
§ 14	 207
§ 15	 210
Irregular	Verbs........ 213
Reference	Grammar. . . . 216
Key to Written
Exercises............... 231
READER
Reading in September and October
Task 1.	Daniel Defoe............................... 233
Robinson Crusoe............................. 234
Task 2.	Aesop’s Fables............................. 237
Task 3.	The London Zoo............................. 240
Task 4.	The Monkeys and the Reeds.................. 244
Task 5.	The Terrible Miss Dove..................... 248
Task 6.	Albert Maltz............................... 252
Circus Comes to Town........................ 252
Task 7.	Mark Twain................................. 256
The Adventures of Tom	Sawyer................ 257
Task 8.	Funny Stories and Jokes.................... 260
Reading in November and December
Task	9. John Reed................................... 261
Task	10.	Jonathan Swift............................. 265
Gulliver’s Travels......................... 266
Task	11.	Tim All Alone.............................. 270
Task	12.	Stamps..................................... 275
Task	13.	New Year’s Eve in	Great Britain............ 278
Task	14.	Funny Stories and	Jokes................ 281
363
Reading in January, February and March
Task	15.	Lewis Carroll.............................. 282
Alice in Wonderland........................ 283
Task	16.	At a Village School in Australia........... 287
Task	17.	Notes from the Sea........................ 291
Task	18.	Rudyard Kipling............................ 294
How the Whale Got His Throat............... 295
Task	19.	Mary Dodge................................  297
The Silver Skates........................... 298
Task	20.	A Day at an English School................. 303
Task	21.	Judy Enters College........................ 306
Task	22.	English-Speaking Countries................. 309
Task	23.	Glasgow.................................... 313
Task	24.	Funny Stories and Jokes.................... 315
Reading in April and May
Task	25.	Mayne Reid................................. 316
Caught in a Tree........................... 317
Task	26.	The Twenty-Second Olympic Games........... 321
Kilometres of Adventures................... 322
Task 27. Sports and Games in Britain
and in	the USA.............................. 324
Task	28.	Captain	Scott’s Expedition
to the South Pole........................... 326
Task	29.	Samuel	Morse.............................. 329
Task	30.	William	Shakespeare........................ 333
Romeo	and Juliet........................... 334
Task	31.	Funny	Stories and Jokes................... 338
Vocabulary........................................... 340
364
Анатолий Петрович Старков
Ричард Ричардович Диксон
Борис Семенович Островский
АНГЛИЙСКИЙ ЯЗЫК
Учебник
3-й год обучения
(для 7 класса средней школы)
Ответственные за выпуск Дмитриев В. В.9 Чистова ев С. В.
Научный редактор Янушевская И. Д.
Художник Фоличеева А. В.
Оформление обложки Волошкин О. П.
Технические редакторы Беккерман Ю. И., Костылева Н. В.
Корректор Толстякова Е. В.
Компьютерный дизайн и верстка Лукина Н. В.
Лицензия № 071099 от 09.11.94. Подписано в печать 14.04.97.
Формат 60x90 / 16. Гарнитура Литературная. Печ. л. 23.
Тираж 100 000 экз. (2-й завод). Зак. 52.
Издательство «Специальная Литература»,
198052, Санкт-Петербург, Измайловский пр., 29.
ОАО «Санкт-Петербургская типография N® б*.
193144, Санкт-Петербург, ул. Моисеенко, д. 10,
Future Indefinite
if (when) + Present Indefinite
Past Indefinite Passive
Present Indefinite Passive
are
given
(the 3rd form of the verb)
Cotton
grown
Vegetables
are
in this part of the country.